THINK FOR YOURSELF EX

Do PE
w RT:
n
by WT
M CB
in ro
iN u
uk gh
es t
Issue 5: October 2006 – January 2007 Price: $NZ9.90 $A9.90 $US7.95

THIS MAGAZINE COULD

SAVE YOUR LIFE
Suppressed cures the medical establishment
– and the Ministry of Health – don’t want you to know
Little known, effective treatments for chemical,
nuclear and biological agents
In this age of corporate-dominated medicine, truly effective ways of heal-
ing and staying healthy are often suppressed – while toxic medicines that
often don’t work are promoted. In this issue, we detail some surprisingly
effective homoeopathic remedies that you can easily make yourself for
use in real emergencies – as well for many everyday health problems.

Exposing the cholesterol myth

Does high cholesterol cause heart disease? The answer, despite what you’ve been
told, is a resounding “no”. In fact, compelling new evidence now shows that very
low cholesterol levels may be a serious problem for many people.
Plus ...
Is Your Bank Sunscreens may cause cancer
$camming You? It’s true. Many of the ingredients in commercial sunscreens are themselves carci-
nogenic. In fact, a lack of sunlight may itself be an overlooked cause of cancer.

America Hydrogen Peroxide: Miracle cure in your home

“Legalises” Tyranny
The Secret
History of the CIA
Fuel Savers that
Really Work
This simple liquid can power a rocket engine in its undiluted form. When it is
diluted it can kill deadly germs in your water ... or your body.
The truth about Colloidal Silver: a safe, suppressed
treatment that is often better than antibiotics
Silver has been used to combat bacterial infections for thousands of years. We tell
you its fascinating history, and how you can use it to help stay healthy.

UNCENSORED Interview: Royal Raymond Rife’s cure for cancer

STEVE CROW This is the story of the suppression of the work one of the greatest scientists the
world has ever (not) known. Inventor of the world’s most powerful microscope,
... and much more Rife attained early prominence ... and then his lab was burned to the ground.

WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL NEVER TELL YOU • UNCENSORED HISTORY • 9/11 TRUTH •
SCIENCE • TECHNOLOGY • MEDIA • HARD NEWS • SUPPRESSED ARCHAEOLOGY • UFOs
 FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK is truly a breakthrough book. It tells
EXACTLY how anyone can boost their car’s fuel economy by up to 30% – and
more – with safe, proven, simple, TESTED! and inexpensive technology.

• How to pre-heat your fuel for up to 30% savings – a

technique suppressed for nearly 100 years! (You or your
By the author of Discoveries mechanic can do it in an hour.)
er
sse d In ve ntions and Oth
Suppre
• Money-saving alternative fuels you can make yourself
– in your kitchen from yeast, sugar and water.
• HOT Water injection­: improving on the energy "innova-
tion" from World War 2 that still works great.
• How to make your own Hydrogen and Oxygen from
FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK is watertruly –a asbreakthrough
you drive – for upbook. It savings.
to a 20% tells
EXACTLY how anyone can boost their car’s fuel economy by up to 30% – and
• How
more – with safe, proven, simple lean out your air/fuel
andto inexpensive mixture for maximum
technology.
economy without harming your engine in any way.
• •How to pre-heat
Little-known your fuel
secrets for upOil
of Shell to Co.
30%engineers
savings – and
sup-
pressed
the “economyfor nearly
run”100 years!
drivers of (You or your(100+
the 1950s. mechanic
MPG in a
By the author of Discoveries can do it in an hour.)
1948 6 cylinder Studebaker!)
er
ntions and Oth
Suppressed Inve
• •Money-saving alternative
How to vaporise your fuelfuels you can
for extra make yourself
efficiency – an
–overview
in your kitchen
of the best technology of the water.
from yeast, sugar and last 60 years.
Easy injection­
• Water to make,: the
install!
energy "innovation" from World War
•2How
that to
still works
drive great.
your car on up to 70% water (more com-
plex,tobut
• How do-able!
make Proven!)
your own Hydrogen and Oxygen from
en water – as you drive – ... AND
for upMUCH MORE
to a 20% savings.
Jonathan Eis
Simple!
200+ pages. A4 format, illustrated. PRICE: $39.90
• How to lean out your air/fuel mixture for maximum econ-
omy without harming your engine in any way.
Yes! Please rush me (____) copies of FUEL SAVERS THAT REALLY WORK at
only $NZ 39.90 each (INCLUDES P/H.) Overseas• orders
Little-known secrets
please addof$NZ15
Shell Oileach
Co. engineers and the
P/H. Please
“economy run” drivers of the 1950s.
make cheque payable to THE FULL COURT PRESS, LTD. (Sorry, no credit card orders.) (100+ MPG in a
1948 6So
(GUARANTEE: Money back if not completely satisfied. cylinder
far noStudebaker!)
one has claimed it.)
• How to vaporise your fuel for
extra efficiency – an over- CLIP AND MAIL TO:
view of the best technology
Name .............................................................................................. THE FULL COURT
of the last 60 years. Easy to PRESS
PO BOX 44-128
make, install!
Address .......................................................................................... PT CHEVALIER
AUCKLAND 1246
en
Jonathan Eis • How to drive your car on up
City/Town .......................................... Email...................................
to 70% water (more complex,
is e n
J o n a th a n E but do-able! Proven!)
... AND MUCH MORE

Uncensored
STAFF
Publisher:
Steve Crow
Editor:
Jonathan Eisen
Assistant Editor:
Katherine Smith,
Catherine Janeway
Contributing Editors:
Wolf Brinsbury, Gary Cook,
David Holden, Brian O’Leary
Design:
Full Court Press Graphics
Administration:
Lisa Foden
Web:
www.uncensored.co.nz
Editorial:
PO Box 44-128,
Pt Chevalier, Auckland 1246
Business:
PO Box 28-051,
Remuera, Auckland
Tel (09) 526-3559
WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ
WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ
WWW.UNCENSORED.CO.NZ
Contents
“For reporting a scientific finding, I was called a “conspir-
acy theorist.” Only in America is scientific analysis seen as
conspiracy theory and government lies as truth.”
– Paul Craig Roberts
Columns:
Brainwashed? by Jonathan Eisen • Page 4
Letter from America by Phil Rockstroh • Page 9
No News is Slow News by John Pilger • Page 32
9/11 - A Modern Fairy Tale by Douglas Herman • Page 34
UNCENSORED INTERVIEW: STEVE CROW • Page 13
The UNCENSORED News & Fascism Watch • Page 16
CENSORSHIP WATCH • Page 29
9/11: 5 Years of Media Silence • Page 33
The US Government’s Use of Atomic Bombs at the WTC
by Christopher Bollyn and Ed Ward MD • Page 37
Israel’s Role in 9/11 • Page 43
A Timeline of CIA Atrocities
by Steve Kangas • Page 53
UNCENSORED ECONOMICS:
Do Banks Create Money Out of
Thin Air? by Katherine Smith •
Page 61
SCIENCE/TECHNOLOGY • Page 64
WHAT YOUR DOCTOR WILL
NEVER TELL YOU • Page 77
Bill Gates Buys Mars • Page 98
(And lots more we left out)
Disclaimer: The information in this magazine is for educational purposes
ONLY. Neither the editors, publisher, nor any staff accepts responsibility
for the consequences of any experiment, medical or otherwise, under-
taken by any reader, nor do we recommend any procedure, medical or
otherwise, for any condition or health problem.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 
 B rainwashed ?
Nobody likes to think of themselves as hav-
ing been “brainwashed”, dumbed down, or
manipulated. We all want to believe that we
think for ourselves, that we’re all “indepen-
dent thinkers”, making up our own minds
after considering “the evidence” – right?
However, despite our misconceptions, by and
large we’ve clearly surrendered our indepen-
dent thinking. Now we are easily classified
by marketing people who can accurately
predict what we will buy, how we will vote,
what we will read – what we will think.
Indeed, we are under so much invisible
control that most of us simply have stopped
thinking for ourselves, all the while thinking
that we do.
The game of the global elites, of course, is
to keep it that way. In fact, one of the chief
ways in which elites maintain their control
is to divorce the people from their own abil-
ity to reason, and alienate them from their
own common sense. Black is white, white is
black, war is peace, the government has your
interests at heart, America liberated Iraq,
arbeit macht frei.
We are being taught exactly what the corpo-
rate elites want us to be taught, from early
education to “higher” education, from the
media, doctors, religious leaders, employers,
and even from other members of our own
families. We don’t even realise that we have
gone along with and are part of this process.
Indeed, one of the saddest aspects of all of
this is that many of the people involved in the
brain washing do so with the best of inten-
tions.
Think teachers. Think doctors. Think Brave
New World.
Everywhere along the power pyramid people
are rewarded for rejecting their own sanity,
common sense, and inheritance as intelligent,
spiritual, natural and creative beings. We
adapt to and adopt the Big Lies in so many
ways, we don’t even notice anymore. This is
the Hindu Kali Yuga, darkest materialism,
and it’s weird.
How does it work? Firstly, those entrusted
to advance human knowledge have been
coopted into serving the System and denying
their own intelligence. I get emails from
“scientists”, telling me that the official US
Government propaganda (as opposed to the
well reasoned and factual arguments to the
contrary) about what really happened on 9/11
is “true” – regardless of the evidence.
 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
(What, I wonder, leads scientists to think
that their opinion is necessarily correct just
because of their credentials? The history of
science is replete with egos and politics, isn’t
it? And scientists are often wrong, are they
not? Even Heisenberg in the 1930s rendered
the very concept of scientific “objectivity”
obsolete. Moreover, is it not obvious that
“real” science has become “corporate sci-
ence” and now mostly speaks not from the
hallowed principles of “pure science” but
from the less-than-hallowed dictates of career
aspirations, ego, and the chances of getting
one’s hands on some serious grant money
– or just keeping one’s job in the military
industrial establishment.)
Are they “brainwashed”? You bet. Would
they ever admit it? What do you think?
Then there are the esteemed members of our
vaunted medical establishment, up to their
eyeballs in drugs, vaccines, chemo, surgery
and radiation – without very much interest
in what constitutes health and what the ways
are to achieve and maintain it. The last time
I looked, conventionally trained doctors still
don’t study any meaningful amount of nutri-
tion in medical school in their eight years of
indoctrination into the sickness/drug para-
digm. And the doctors who are courageous
and think for themselves and actually get
people well with nutritional therapies – are
excommunicated or otherwise punished.
Try talking to your doctor about how you got
well or stay well – without antibiotics – or
how your child stays well without vaccines
injected into her body. Do their eyes glaze
over? Are they brainwashed? Of course they
are – so it doesn’t pay to get angry at them.
They are not free to think for themselves and
are too ashamed, frightened or hynotised by
years of total immersion in their paradigm to
admit it. (Note: See Letters Section)
And what of our vaunted educational system?
It’s itself brainwashed, believing its own
hype, even as it brainwashes our children.
Despite the massive evidence of declin-
ing levels of literacy, academic and manual
competency generally, it cannot (or will not)
recognise the failure it has become – thanks
in part to its slavish (legislated!) addiction to
political correctness (read: conformity) in a
system wherein many of our teachers go to
teacher training institutes and graduate with-
out having to know anything of their subjects
they are going to teach. (Some of them can’t
even spell.)
So: Are our kids being stimulated to think
Jonathan Eisen
outside the box, do their own research, and
their own independent thinking – wherever
that may take them – or are they being pun-
ished for doing so, in ways both gross and
subtle? You tell me.
Education is now largely just another venue
for exercising control in which we learn
what is “acceptable” and what is not, what is
“possible” and what is not; what the “right”
answers are which will get you “ahead”, and
what happens to you when you’re considered
“different”.
Our religious institutions are no better, and
most believe, preach to and indoctrinate the
young and old alike that they and only they
are “correct”, and to believe in something
other than what they teach is a certain ticket
to hell.
And our media – our once-independent
“Fourth Estate” – have been consolidated
into a handful of conglomerates control-
ling virtually everything we see or hear, and
making damn sure that independent news
sources are disparaged as often as possible
– especially those that appear on the net (as
if where a news or opinion piece is read is
as important as the veracity of its content.)
Anything outside the comfort zone of the
politically and culturally acceptable is now
either vilified, disparaged, or ignored. War is
peace. Insanity rules, OK?
Our challenge is to wake ourselves from this
terrible nightmare, question authority and opt
out of anything that contributes to falsehood.
When we question what we’re told, do our
own research, and realise that every scientific
“law” is only hypothesis, we begin to see
through the elite’s control mechanisms, free
ourselves from the Matrix, and realise our
potential as co-creators of reality.
Waking up to the real real world, we free
ourselves from the shackles of our de-
pendence on their insidious rewards and
punishments and begin to say no to their war
machine, their diseases, their psychoses and
control.
I don’t see that we have much choice if we
are to ever to reach our true potential. To
deny the lie is to affirm life and refuse to give
the mind-controllers the key to your life.
Welcome to Issue 5 of UNCENSORED.
You may not agree with everything in these
pages, but I guarantee that it will stimulate
and challenge you to do some thinking. Bet-
ter stimulate ... than never.
 LETTERS
Ian Wishart
Defends Insanity
Jon Eisen’s Letter to Ian
Wishart
From: editor
[mailto:editor@uncensored.co.nz]
Sent: 11 September 2006 20:18
To: ian wishart
Cc: admin@uncensored.co.nz;
Subject: Ann Coulter Quote
Hi Ian
I hope this finds you well. Just came
across this quote, and since you publish
her stuff in INVESTIGATE, I wonder if
you might like to comment on whether or
not you think this is consonant with your
understanding of Christianity.
“We should invade their countries,
kill their leaders and convert them to
Christianity.”
– Ann Coulter, pundit and self-pro-
fessed Christian, This Is War (NRO,
9/13/01)
Kind regards
Jonathan Eisen
Ian Wishart’s Reply:
From: “Ian Wishart”
<ian@investigatemagazine.com>
Date: 11 September 2006 9:47:47 PM
To: “’editor’” <editor@uncensored.co.nz>
Subject: RE: Ann Coulter Quote
I think it needs to be understood in con-
text. She posted this two days after 9/11,
having lost friends in the attacks, which I
now see Bin Laden well and truly claim-
ing the credit for. There was no great
mystery as to “whodunit” and where they
were – the entire world knew al Qa’ida
were using the Taliban as their personal
glove-puppets in Afghanistan. So Coulter
expressed her fury in a fairly direct way.
Should the West have invaded Afghani-
stan? Absolutely, it was the epitome of
a terrorist state at the time. Should the
leaders of al Qa’ida and the Taliban have
been killed? One would prefer to see a fair
trial and due process, but one didn’t see
Mullah Omar or Bin Laden shedding tears
for the innocent blood they spilt. If you
recall when Bush was elected, there was
criticism of this Texan hick for wanting to
pull out of world troublespots, stop being
the world policeman, and instead focus
on domestic issues. And that’s where US
policy had been headed, right up until the
towers fell. Islamic radicals whacked a
fairly peaceable Republican for the sins
of a charismatic and more policeman-like
Democrat. Go figure. Al Qa’ida took their
war to Washington. In that sense, Coulter
was right – it is a war and no amount of
liberal handwringing is going to make
a blind bit of difference to that reality.
Which brings me to the last portion of the
quote “convert them to Christianity”. It
has been interpreted – in light of the way
Coulter writes – as converting Muslims at
the point of a gun. No genuine Christian
wants that, for we know faith comes by
hearing, not by shooting. And I honestly
don’t think Coulter meant it that way ei-
ther. What she meant is that the only way
of winning the war is ultimately if Mus-
lims become Christian. And that is entirely
correct. If you doubt the clash of civiliza-
tions line, read In The Shade of Swords by
muslim journalist M J Akbar, who sets out
very clearly that fundamentalism in Islam
is not a variance from the Qu’ran: it IS the
Qu’ran.
So if what people are trying to suggest is
that Coulter wants a new Holy Crusade
against Islam where Arabs are dragged
into the streets to swear allegiance to the
Cross…rubbish. But what she was seeking
was the removal from power of the evan-
gelists of death (it is Islam that demands
forcible conversion by sword, remember),
so that Western ideals like democracy
and Christianity could have the space to
achieve those changes.
Unless, of course, we all believe that
women should walk four paces behind
their male, while wearing a sack over
their heads and enjoying the same societal
status as a donkey. Because if we believe
that, or even if we merely believe that we
have no right to offer alternatives to Mus-
lims, then our own civilisational compass
is so skew-wiff we are doomed.
Cheers
Ian
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Jon’s reply to Ian Wishart:
Dear Ian,
I am flabbergasted. Dumbfounded.
Shocked and awed, as it were. I had heard
rumours that you had decided to ignore
the Bush/Cheney/Rumsfeld “Inside Job”
facts, but I didn’t believe them. (You see,
I’ve been really busy lately, what with
this magazine and all, and I confess that I
haven’t been reading Investigate all that
much. Not for a long time. Not even the
new issue that “outs” Peter Davies. I un-
derstand that sales went through the roof
after that one. Front page stuff, that.
How come, though, you haven’t turned
your hand to the biggest story of not only
the day, but possibly the century, the story
of the destruction of Western Democracy
as we know it – the advent of the Police
State with all the trappings?
And not by some Moslem “terrorists”,
either. I mean, really.
It’s sad to see someone who was once
New Zealand’s most admired journalist,
someone for whom getting to the bottom
of the story meant so much, someone
whose honesty was impeccable and whose
journalistic integrity beyond reproach ...
it’s sad to see such mealy words, such
twistic logic, and a complete refusal even
to acknowledge the most basic fact: that
the “war on terror” is a manufactured
“war” designed quite specifically to bring
in the age of totalitarian corporate fascism.
So, please. Don’t talk to me about bin
Laden admitting he “did it”. Did you see
that tape? Do you know what a stand-in
is? Don’t you yet know that the US actu-
ally set up al Qaeda in the first place? Or
that the PNAC, a group of crazies now in
power in the US, in 1997 actually called
for “a new Pearl Harbor” in a published
paper? I mean really, how can an allegedly
sane, intelligent man like yourself actually
write the stuff you do, unless you have let
your fundamentalism get in the way of
your investigative (sic) skills.
Anyhow, keep up the good work. I still
like some of your stuff.
Hugs and kisses, Jon
PS: Why don’t you have a peek at this:
www.scholarsfor911truth.org

 LETTERS
1000 News stories
link antidepres-
sants and suicide/
murder/crime
I’ve just discovered the International
Coalition of Drug Awareness’s amazing
website:
http://www.ssristories.com/index.php
It itemises and links to 1000 sortable news
stories that link antidepressant use with
suicide, murder and other crimes (usually
violent).  Check www.ssristories.com for
the description of how it works.
This seems particularly timely given the
Canterbury Suicide Project (for whom I do
not have an email address) note that Sept
10 is World Suicide Prevention Day. 
Why is it so hard for so many “officials”
to recognize these drugs can cause – rather
than alleviate – mental illness that can
catapult into wildly inappropriate, violent
behaviour?
Sue Thrasher
WTC7
- Yeah Right!
Well, the World’s newspapers must be
heaving a sigh of relief – mighty Reuters
was the first to release news of a study that
US Government agencies are publishing
counter-information to address the fact
that “one-third of Americans suspect that
the Government either knew about or were
complicit in the events of 9/11”.
In fact, the US National Institute of
Standards and Technology has recently
completed an exhaustive study of the
mechanism of failure of the twin towers,
in spite of the fact that the federal Emer-
gency Management Agency, [FEMA]
did the same job in the first year after the
atrocity.
Whether you believe in Conspiracy Theo-
ries, or in Conspiracy Realities, one glar-
ing inconsistency still sticks in the throats
of Structural Engineers worldwide.
 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
The mechanism of failure of Building
Seven in the WTC.
This building was a 47-storey steel-framed
building, on the North side of the Trade
Centre. [Keep in mind that 47 storeys is
over 650 feet high] The Vero Building in
Shortland St Auckland, is only 38 storeys
high.
The building was not hit by Osama’s
planes. It was not damaged by falling de-
bris from the twin towers. It appeared to
be on fire, on only two floors, the 11th and
the 16th, and both fires gave the appear-
ance of not being towering infernos.
And yet, some 7 hours after the towers
collapsed, this steel skyscraper suddenly
and inexplicably collapsed, imploding at
free-fall velocities, in under six seconds,
and without warning.
It was the first and only example ever of a
steel-framed building collapsing after two
of its floors were seen to be on fire. In
fact, the official report stated, in essence,
that the mechanism of the failure is largely
unknown, and that “how the collapse of
an unknown number of gravity columns
brought down the whole building must be
explained”.
Lo and behold, three years later, the chief
leaseholder of the World Trade Centre,
Larry Silverstein, appeared on PBS cable
television, describing how he discussed
the fate of the burning building with the
fire chief;
“I remember getting a call from the, er,
fire department commander, telling me
that they were not sure they were gonna be
able to contain the fire, and I said, “We’ve
had such terrible loss of life, maybe the
smartest thing to do is pull it.” And they
made that decision to pull and we watched
the building collapse.”
Woah, hold on a minute.... “pull it” gener-
ally means to demolish with explosives in
a controlled demolition, doesn’t it?
Anyone have an idea how long it takes to
set up a 47-storey skyscraper for con-
trolled demolition? A quick search of
Google tells us that one of the landmark
demolitions, the JL Hudson department
store, in Detroit, took three months to
investigate, four months to plan, and twen-
ty-four days to place the charges. And it
was merely 25 stories high.
So these super-engineers, in the middle
of the worst building disaster in living
memory, took five hours to plan, set up,
and carry out the planned demolition of
probably the tallest building in history to
be demolished by planned demolition.
To echo the TUI Beer ads – “YEAH,
RIGHT”.
So one in three Americans suspect that
their Government had a hand in 9/11. I
keyed in “controlled demolition of tall
buildings” into Google, and up came
www.wtc7.net Top of the page.
Go have a read, and decide for yourself.
And ask yourself this question–
If Silverstein was able to plan and carry
out an eight month demolition plan and
carry it out exactly the same day that
Osama Bin Laden’s boys attacked the
twin towers as well as the Pentagon, as
well as pocket a $600 million insurance
claim, wasn’t it the luckiest coincidence in
history?
Go figure.
Barry Hobman
Hello, pot - Kettle
calling
Re: appalling interview with Dr John
Welch and Mike Cushman on “Campbell”
– TV3
 
 I can’t help, but smile at the likes of
Dr Welch and his disdainful comments
regarding “dubious” practices such as
homoeopathy, or the very ancient practice
of acupuncture, both of which work well
on animals as well as humans, inciden-
tally.  I wonder, did Drs Welch and Holt
witness the open thoracic surgery using
acupuncture shown on NZ TV some years
ago?  The patient quietly chatted with
her surgeon as the anaesthetist twiddled a
needle in the anaesthesia point of her left
elbow.
 
Apart from testing drugs on third world
children,[i] I do so agree with the thor-
oughness of double blind testing used by
drug companies, together with pre-animal
testing, before allowing prescription drugs
onto the market.  Here are just a very few,
among the plethora that have gone through
 LETTERS
all of these “robust” tests:  Lotronex (5
deaths),  Redux (123 deaths), Raxar (13
deaths), Posicor (100 deaths), Duract
(68 deaths, including 11 liver failures),
Rezulin (391 deaths, 91 liver failures),
Propulsid (302 deaths).  We must also bear
in mind that these figures are based on
adverse drug reaction reports submitted
to the FDA and these are acknowledged
to reflect only an estimated 10% of actual
adverse drug reactions!
 
Perhaps the most recent culprit we should
not leave out is the infamous TGN 1412
genetically engineered drug which TV3
covered recently on 60-Minutes.  This
concoction of mouse and human DNA
left all six healthy volunteers almost dead
with severe organ failure.  New Zealander,
35-year-old David Oakley, one of the six
healthy human guinea pigs in this trial,
is left a potential cancer victim.  Prof.
Angus Dalgleish, who holds the Chair of
Oncology at St George’s Medical School
in London, said, “I would have told the
people not to do this trial because the
dangers were so great.”  A similar scandal,
involving German pharmaceuticals giant
Bayer and revelations of human experi-
ments with a fraudulent “cancer” vaccine,
was also exposed some years ago, but I
doubt I need labour the point any further. 
There is one big difference between Dr
Welch’s “robust” tested concoctions and
snake oil.  While the former often leads to
death,[ii] the latter may leave us just short
of a little cash.  The motivation by Codex
Alimentarius, to take over supplements
and much of the CAM [Complementary/
Alternative Medicine] spectrum, is driven
by these same pharmaceutical giants,
peeved at losing the six billion a year in
profits from this market.  As Auckland
researcher, Ron Law,[iii] said, “These at-
tacks aren’t happening in a vacuum.  The
world’s FDAs and legislators world-wide
are being coordinated via the International
Conference of Drug Regulating Authori-
ties (ICDRA), a UN umbrella group
attempting to bring about global harmoni-
sation of the laws on behalf of pharma-
ceutical interests.”  The windbaggery of
Annette King, with her contention that
New Zealand “must harmonise” its laws
with Australia in order to “properly protect
the public health,” is simply that.[iv]  in developing countries on sick and vul-
There have been only two deaths linked to
supplements,[v] but a avalanche from Dr
Welch’s pharmaceutical drugs.
As the flood of pharmaceutical lawsuits
grows, I wonder when doctors such as
John Welch will really wake up.  In case
you are not aware, there have been more
than 6000 lawsuits filed[vi] in recent years
against just four drugs:  the hormone-re-
placement treatment, Prempro; the birth-
control patch, Ortho Evra; the anti-psy-
chotic drug, Seroquel; and the anti-seizure
drug, Neurontin.  Over the last six years,
more than 65,000 liability lawsuits have
been filed against the pharmaceutical in-
dustry, more than against any other indus-
try.  Patients claim that the manufacturers
either failed to disclose the drugs’ risks
or failed to properly test them in the first
place.  When the likes of Neurontin and
Prempro have had sales of greater than
$2 billion and Seroquel had sales of $2.8
billion in 2005, the industry is well able to
absorb the costs of these suits. They just
go with the territory.
 
About 800,000 Americans die needlessly
every year as a result of conventional
medical mistakes:  650,000 more than die
each year from accidents.  Much the same
relative statistics exists in NZ.[vii]  The
comparison with the so-called “Quack” in-
dustry begins to look manifestly absurd in
the light of these facts.  As Michael Cush-
man so expertly explained, there is ample
scientific proof that these supplements and
vitamins do work – and safely – to keep
us healthy.  The Cochrane Reports are
hardly Women’s Day publications.  They
are equally, if not more, reliable than Dr
Welch’s material.  Dr Richard Horton, edi-
tor of the prestigious journal, the Lancet,
slammed the FDA as being a “servant
of industry” and accused the FDA (the
world’s most powerful drug watchdog), of
endangering people’s lives.
 
The whole industry, as Mike Cushman
said is a ‘sickness’ industry and the faster
NZ establishes an integrated medical
model for wellness, the better for all of us.  it hit the city really bad. I have a job with
I suggest you visit their new website and
share the vision of other well-informed
doctors; www.imhealth.net.
 
Sincerely
Dr Robert Anderson
 
 [i]  Experimental drug tests are conducted
nerable children under the guise of free
and ethical treatments sanctioned by the
FDA and complicit medical institutions.
www.i-sis.org.uk/FDAinDrugTrial.php  old who had the fourth vaccination of the
 
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
[ii]  www.laleva.cc/petizione/english/ron-
law_eng.html
[iii]  Former executive director of the NZ
National Nutritional Foods Association
and member of a NZ government working
group advising on strategies for reducing
medical error.
www.iahf.com/iadsa/natural_justice.html
 
[iv]  Ibid
[v] Of the two deaths reported as be-
ing linked to dietary supplements in NZ
– both were in people with malignant
cancer who consumed the herbal mixture
K4. Neither were proven to be due to K4.
The coroner in one case said there was no
evidence to link K4 to one of the deaths
– he had terminal cancer of the liver, took
K4 and died of liver failure. Officials tried
to blame his death on K4. Despite the evi-
dence to the contrary, K4 was banned.
 
[vi]  USA Today August 23, 2006
 
[vii]  Safety of Dietary Supplements
www.laleva.cc/petizione/english/ronlaw_eng.
html
Tauranga
Chemtrails
Dear Jon: We are all looking forward to
the next issue of the magazine, the last one
was excellent. For friends who are a bit
sceptical, I loan it out, for two weeks only
and hopefully get their interest going.
Regarding the recent chemtrails over
Tauranga, two days after they made their
appearance (once more) I came down
with a “something” not sure what it was
actually, but it gave me sinus problems,
headaches and an extreme tiredness, and
a babysitting Agency, and after the trails,
children were going down like flies with a
sickness. In fact families were being af-
fected, jobs were cancelled and only just
getting busy again. My sinuses cleared up
quite quickly with some natural remedies,
but with a lot of people it hangs around for
weeks on end.
I am also noticing babies who have had
vaccinations getting sick and lethargic,
and have had one instance of a 13 month
Meningitis vaccine, become very sick next

 LETTERS
day and has completely changed from a
lively little boy into a lethargic, sickly
child, and has not yet recovered. He had it
about 6 weeks ago. The mother is
denying it’s vaccinations that have af-
fected him. So he’s now on antibiotics.
I cannot for the life of me understand why
these parents aren’t seeing with their own
eyes the evidence of what the injections
are doing. They don’t seem able to cor-
relate the injections with the continuing
sickness afterwards. They are in com-
plete denial, listening only to the so-called
experts, (doctors and so called personali-
ties on ads) telling them to get their kids
vaccinated. It’s brainwashing and it just
doesn’t occur to the parents to question.
The Nanny State rules!!!!! Just what does
it take to wake people up?
Sorry, I went off in a tangent. Maybe
it’s a good subject for an article on the
Nanny State and how it’s taking over our
very thoughts, for our “own good” of
course. How easily people can be fooled
and how conditioned we have become to
have given up our own sovereignty. I am
taking mine back, wherever I can, I am
subject to no-one, except myself and the
almighty, whoever or whatever that is.
A profound saying that I like very
much....”At the end of the day, the King
and the pawn go back into the same box”
Have a great week,
Angela
Surprise! Pearl
Harbour
Dear Editor
Your feisty magazine pleases me greatly.
A certain amount of old cobblers but much
good oil.
Still, in Joan d’Arc’s article ‘Surprise!
Hartford Van Dyke and Busting the Myth
about Pearl Harbour’ in your issue 4, some
details are patently wrong, though this
does not destroy the wider argument.
Referring to the Japanese naval code as
‘Purple’ is wrong. The code known to
the Allies as ‘Purple’ was the Japanese
diplomatic code, and its decrypts were
referred to as ‘Magic.’ The British man-
aged to capture several of the ‘Purple’
coding machines very early on, and passed
one on to the Americans, who made many
duplicates of it.
 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
The Japanese army’s code, which prob-
ably involved frequent changes, remained
unbroken. However, this carried less vital
information than their naval codes. The
navy used a number of codes, of differing
degrees of sophistication, with their most
sensitive messages being sent in a code
known to the allies as JN-25.
While the Americans and British never
managed to entirely break JN-25, they
did so sufficiently to gain a tremendous
intelligence advantage, so that they knew
in advance of such Japanese plans as the
Midway operation. Also, even when the
American sig-int people could not get far
with decoding, their ability to locate the
source of a signal could be very useful.
As for the Pearl Harbour business, I re-
main a devout devotee of cockup theory. It
is said there were warning messages sent
to Admiral Kimmel, but they arrived after
the decoders had gone home, were not
marked as urgent, and were only decoded
several weeks later. And all Western-
ers utterly underestimated the Japanese
military. Their diplomats did deliver a
declaration of war, in Washington, but too
late, because their Government had got the
time-zones wrong.
John C. Ross
Palmerston North
Global
Overheating
I’m afraid our golden moment of mass
awareness will unfortunately come so late
that it will be quickly passed by the age of
mass panic. ( I am a proponent of contin-
gency planning but this is either pegged as
wacky or ‘very negative’.)
Some quick maths – it has been pro-
jected (by the leading scientific advisor
to the UK govt) that when the Greenland
iceshelf melts, the sea will rise 7 metres
– together with an extra 30 metres if the
whole of the Antarctica melts – which
according to his predictions from 2 years
ago will take more than 100 years to
unfold.
Unfortunately, the latest news is the Arc-
tic is melting 30 times faster than 2 years
ago. How much needs to melt for the sea
to rise – just 1-2 metres; 10 years – 20
years doesn’t seem unlikely now. For the
sea to rise just one metre or more means a
complete disruption to a lot of the life we
once knew. Here in Wanganui it will mean
the displacement of most the population
who live on the flat in our city which
is built at the mouth of our great river
– about 30,000 people kissing their lovely
old villas goodbye as they become part of
a new marine reserve. Many of our coastal
roads will fall into the sea. Farming areas
like the Hauraki plains will probably be
shot from the salt and flooding. All rivers
are going to back up a lot if the sea rises 1
metre and everything beach front will be
struggling to cope. The Cook straight has
had 10-12 metre swells a few times in the
past couple of years. With a rise of 1- 2
metres those swells will be landing a lot
further inland.
Recently I travelled around the steep
hill country of the Parapara’s – as far as
the eye could see the hillsides were just
washing away – probably half of all the
cleared land was completely devastated. I
don’t see them fixing it ever, as you can’t
reclaim billion of tons of top soil from
your streams and river mouths and slap
it back on the exposed clay hillsides. The
landowners still curse the Greens and re-
gional councils that would advise them to
treat their land differently. When I saw the
extent of the devastation I burst out laugh-
ing, not out of unkindness but it’s just so
total it looks ridiculous – and the people’s
enduring ignorance, despite the evidence,
is just astonishing.
Cheers
Laurence
Fluoride
Conspiracy
To the editor:
I just read another fine article (at the link
below) on the dangers of fluoridation.
Unfortunately, what so many concerned
citizens and researchers like this don’t
realize (or don’t want to conclude)... is the
BIG PICTURE. First, why is fluoridation
being so tenaciously (and literally) shoved
down our throats? Is it that our leaders are
(or pretend to be) stupid and ineffective
(like after 9-11 and Katrina)? Is it that
there is simply too much red tape and gen-
eral bureaucracy? Is it about money? Is
it that an informed (or uninformed) public
 LETTERS
really do want fluoride? Yes, a little bit of all
of the above.
Top US Official Now
But, mostly what good people like the writer
of the article hardly ever address is that Questions 9/11
fluoridation is clearly part of a conscious
and insipid agenda to sicken and kill as
many people as possible. MASS MURDER. “A lot of these pieces of information, taken
GENOCIDE. NEW WORLD ORDER. The together, prove that the official story, the of-
“spoon-feeders” of this well-known poison ficial conspiracy theory of 9/11 is a bunch of
DO know that during WWII it was given by hogwash. It’s impossible. … There’s a second
the Nazis to their prisoners to “dumb” them group of facts having to do with the cover
down – make them docile. “They” DO know
up. … Taken together these things prove that
that it was used in the making of the atomic
bomb and its subsequent dangers to those high levels of our government don’t want us to know what happened
who built the bomb, as well as the dangers to and who’s responsible. … Who gained from 9/11? Who covered
the environment. “They” DO know that it is up crucial information about 9/11? And who put out the patently
a toxic waste by-product of both the alumi- false stories about 9/11 in the first place? When you take those three
num and fertiliser industries. And, you can things together, I think the case is pretty clear that it’s highly placed
bet that “they” DO know about the myriad of individuals in the administration with all roads passing through Dick
health problems, which are the direct result Cheney. I think the very kindest thing that we can say about George
of ingesting sodium fluoride on a regular W. Bush and all the people in the US Government that have been in-
basis over a lifetime. volved in this massive cover-up, the very kindest thing we can say is
that they were aware of impending attacks and let them happen. Now
But, addressing that those behind fluorida-
some people will say that’s much too kind, however even that is high
tion happily know its dangers, along with
the sinister agenda by these global “elit- treason and conspiracy to commit murder.”
ists” to poison and kill us, is too horrible
for most people to imagine. This is classic Signatory: Petition requesting an immediate reinvestigation of 9/11
“cognitive dissonance” – or unchallengeable http://www.911truth.org
belief systems. They simply do not have Bio: http://bowman2006.com/
the capacity to consider this option and then
psychologically profile the perpe-“traitors” Email: DrBob@Bowman2006.com
who are blatantly attempting to wipe us all
out... whether it be with fluoride, dangerous Col. Robert Bowman, PhD, US Air Force (ret) – Director of Ad-
vaccinations, (known) designer diseases like vanced Space Programs Development “Star Wars Program” under
AIDS, EBOLA, etc., Chemtrails, pasteurisa- Presidents Ford and Carter. US Air Force fighter pilot with over 100
tion, homogenation, hormones, antibiotics, combat missions. (PhD in Aeronautics and Nuclear Engineering, Cal
genetic modification, irradiation, and most Tech).
recently the viralisation of lunch meats, hot
dogs and bacon. I can only imagine that the
www.patriotsquestion911.com
next so-called “protective” step that the hu-
man race must endure will be that our food
be exposed to some form of demonic “evil”
(or a picture of Dick Cheney) that would
scare the germs off of it.
The ultimate ignorance is the rejection of
Seriously, is the human race simply that
something you know nothing about and
blindly self-destructive? Or, is life on earth
being sentiently sabotaged from a multitude
refuse to investigate.
of levels? Unfortunately, the answer to the - Dr. Wayne Dyer
latter question is “yes.” The sheer weight of
evidence to back up this declaration would
sink 12 Titanics. But, for now, if you want
a good history lesson on the progress of All truth passes through three stages. First,
fluoride and fluoridation, as well as the need
to eliminate both, read the article at the link it is ridiculed, second it is violently opposed,
below.
www.lewrockwell.com/miller/miller17.html
and third, it is accepted as self-evident.
Averill, Tauranga
– Arthur Schopenhauer Philosopher, 1788-1860

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 

 Still addic ted to
“mainstream media”?
For mainstream media you’re nothing
but a “market”. Your information is
controlled by media gatekeepers.

However, for UNCENSORED, you’re a

thoughtful person who wants to know
what’s really going on.

In fact, we’re the ONLY New Zealand

magazine that exposes the real news
behind the news – free of corporate,
religious or government influence.
With no axe to grind, we bring you the
facts – so you can make up your own
mind.

Subscriptions to UNCENSORED
are only $39.60 for 4 big, quality
issues (100+ pages each). Also, if you
subscribe now, we will send you a
FREE CD of our now-classic first issue
(128 pages) featuring the cover story:
“Was 9/11 an Inside Job?”. (It was.)
(The price of the CD of our first issue without a
subscription is $9.95)

Please send me a subscription to UNCENSORED for [ ] issues at only $10 per issue (minimum 4 issues); postage included (within New Zealand). START MY
SUBSCRIPTION WITH ISSUE # 5 [ ]... # 4 [ ]... # 3 [ ] or # 2 [ ]. (Check one) Overseas subscriptions (hardcopy) are $NZ100 per year, via air mail. Australian
subscriptions are $NZ80 per year. ALL overseas subs (on CD) are $60 per year.
[ ] Yes, please send me my FREE CD COPY of Issue #1 with my subscription. (Sorry, print copies of Issue 1 no longer available)
[ ] I don’t want to subscribe, but please send me your CD of Issue 1 @ $9.95 each, p/h included. Clip and mail to:
[ ] BULK ORDERS: Please send me _______copies of Issue 4 (current issue) @ only $8 each (10 or more copies only, includes p/h) UNCENSORED
[ ] I enclose FULL PAYMENT of $____________ PO Box 28051,
[ ] Please charge to my credit card [ ]Visa [ ]MC [ ]AMEX [ ]Diners [ ]Other______________ Remuera, Auckland,
Please Note: YOUR ACCOUNT WILL BE DEBITED TO GRAFTON MARKETING New Zealand

Number on card______________/________________/________________/________________Expiry Date__________________

Name on card..............................................................................Your Name.................................................................................................

Address.............................................................................................................. City/Town...............................................................Postal Code........................

State................................ Country.................................................................... email...........................................................................

 US Congress Grants
Bush Dictatorial Powers
By Chris Floyd,
TruthOut UK Correspondent
2 October 2006
There is no week nor day nor hour when
tyranny may not enter upon this country
– if the people lose their confidence in them-
selves – and lose their roughness and spirit
of defiance.
– Walt Whitman
It was a dark hour indeed on Thursday when
the United States Senate voted to end the
constitutional republic and transform the
country into a “Leader-State,” giving the
president and his agents the power to capture,
torture and imprison forever anyone – Ameri-
can citizens included – whom they arbitrarily
decide is an “enemy combatant.” This also
includes those who merely give “terrorism”
some kind of “support,” defined so vaguely
that many experts say it could encompass le-
gal advice, innocent gifts to charities or even
political opposition to US government policy
within its draconian strictures.
All of this is bad enough – a sickening and
cowardly surrender of liberty not seen in a
major Western democracy since the En-
abling Act passed by the German Reichstag
in March 1933. But it is by no means the
full extent of our degradation. In reality, the
darkness is deeper, and more foul, than most
people imagine. For in addition to the dicta-
torial powers of seizure and torment given
by Congress on Thursday to George W. Bush
– powers he had already seized and exercised
for five years anyway, even without this fig
leaf of sham legality – there is a far more
sinister imperial right that Bush has claimed
– and used – openly, without any demur or
debate from Congress at all: ordering the
“extrajudicial killing” of anyone on earth that
he and his deputies decide – arbitrarily, with-
out charges, court hearing, formal evidence,
or appeal – is an “enemy combatant.”
That’s right; from the earliest days of the
Terror War – September 17, 2001, to be exact
– Bush has claimed the peremptory power
of life and death over the entire world. If he
says you’re an enemy of America, you are.
If he wants to imprison you and torture you,
he can. And if he decides you should die,
he’ll kill you. This is not hyperbole, liberal
paranoia, or “conspiracy theory”: it’s simply
a fact, reported by the mainstream media,
attested by senior administration figures,
recorded in official government documents
– and boasted about by the president himself,
in front of Congress and a national television
audience.
And although the Republic snuffing act
just passed by Congress does not directly
address Bush’s royal prerogative of murder,
it nonetheless strengthens it and enshrines it
in law. For the measure sets forth clearly that
the designation of an “enemy combatant” is
left solely to the executive branch; neither
Congress nor the courts have any say in the
matter. When this new law is coupled with
the existing “Executive Orders” authorizing
“lethal force” against arbitrarily designated
“enemy combatants,” it becomes, quite
literally, a license to kill – with the seal of
Congressional approval.
How arbitrary is this process by which all
our lives and liberties are now governed?
Dave Niewert at Orcinus has unearthed a
remarkable admission of its totally capricious
nature. In an December 2002 story in the
Washington Post, then-Solicitor General Ted
Olson described the anarchy at the heart of
the process with admirable frankness:
“[There is no] requirement that the executive
branch spell out its criteria for determin-
ing who qualifies as an enemy combatant,”
Olson argues.
“There won’t be 10 rules that trigger this
or 10 rules that end this,” Olson said in the
interview. “There will be judgments and in-
stincts and evaluations and implementations
that have to be made by the executive that
are probably going to be different from day
to day, depending on the circumstances.”
In other words, what is safe to do or say
today might imperil your freedom or your
life tomorrow. You can never know if you
are on the right side of the law, because the
“law” is merely the whim of the Leader
and his minions: their “instincts” determine
your guilt or innocence, and these flutter-
ings in the gut can change from day to day.
This radical uncertainty is the very essence
of despotism – and it is now, formally and
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Village Voice
officially, the guiding principle of the United
States government.
And underlying this edifice of tyranny is the
prerogative of presidential murder. Perhaps
the enormity of this monstrous perversion
of law and morality has kept it from being
fully comprehended. It sounds unbelievable
to most people: a president ordering hits like
a Mafia don? But that is our reality, and has
been for five years. To overcome what seems
to be a widespread cognitive dissonance
over this concept, we need only examine the
record – a record, by the way, taken entirely
from publicly available sources in the mass
media. There’s nothing secret or contentious
about it, nothing that any ordinary citizen
could not know – if they choose to know it.
Six days after the 9/11 attacks, George
W. Bush signed a “presidential finding”
authorizing the CIA to kill those individuals
whom he had marked for death as “terror-
ists”. This in itself was not an entirely radical
innovation; Bill Clinton’s White House legal
team had drawn up memos asserting the
president’s right to issue “an order to kill
an individual enemy of the United States in
self-defense,” despite the legal prohibitions
against assassination, the Washington Post
reported in October 2001. The Clinton team
based this ruling on the “inherent powers” of
the “Commander in Chief” – that mythical,
ever-elastic construct that Bush has evoked
over and over to defend his own unconstitu-
tional usurpations.
The practice of “targeted killing” was ap-
parently never used by Clinton, however;
despite the pro-assassination memos, Clinton
followed the traditional presidential practice
of bombing the hell out of a bunch of civil-
ians whenever he wanted to lash out at some
recalcitrant leader or international outlaw
11
– as in his bombing of the Sudanese pharma-
ceutical factory in 1998, or the two massive
strikes he launched against Iraq in 1993 and
1998, or indeed the death and ruin that was
deliberately inflicted on civilian infrastruc-
ture in Serbia during that nation’s collective
punishment for the crimes of Slobodan Mi-
losevic. Here, Clinton was following the ex-
ample set by George H.W. Bush, who killed
hundreds, perhaps thousands, of Panamanian
civilians in his illegal arrest of Manuel
Noriega in 1988, and Ronald Reagan, who
killed Moamar Gadafy’s adopted 2-year-old
daughter and 100 other civilians in a punitive
strike on Libya in 1986.
Junior Bush, of course, was about to outdo
all those blunderbuss strokes with his mas-
sive air attacks on Afghanistan, which killed
thousands of civilians, and the later orgy
of death and destruction in Iraq. But he
also wanted the power to kill individuals at
will. At first, the assassination program was
restricted to direct orders from the president
aimed at specific targets, as suggested by the
Clinton memos. But soon the arbitrary power
of life and death was delegated to agents in
the field, after Bush signed orders allowing
CIA assassins to kill targets without seek-
ing presidential approval for each attack,
the Washington Post reported in December,
2002. Nor was it necessary any longer for the
president to approve each new name added
to the target list; the “security organs” could
designate “enemy combatants” and kill them
as they saw fit. However, Bush was always
keen to get the details about the agency’s
wetwork, administration officials assured the
Post.
The first officially confirmed use of this
power was the killing of an American citizen,
along with several foreign nationals, by a
CIA drone missile in Yemen on November 3,
2002. A similar strike occurred on December
4, 2005, when a CIA missile destroyed a
house and purportedly killed Abu Hamza Ra-
bia, a suspected al-Qaeda figure. But the only
bodies found at the site were those of two
children, the house owner’s son and nephew,
Reuters reports. The grieving father denied
any connection to terrorism. An earlier CIA
strike on another house missed Rabia but
killed his wife and children, Pakistani of-
ficials reported.
However, there is simply no way of know-
ing at this point how many people have been
killed by American agents operating outside
all judicial process. Most of the assassina-
tions are carried out in secret: quietly, profes-
sionally. As a Pentagon document uncovered
by the New Yorker in December, 2002, re-
vealed, the death squads must be “small and
agile,” and “able to operate clandestinely,
using a full range of official and non-official
12 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
cover arrangements to ... enter countries sur-
reptitiously.”
What’s more, there are strong indications
that the Bush administration has outsourced
some of the contracts to outside operators. In
the original Post story about the assassina-
tions – in those first heady weeks after 9/11,
when administration officials were much
more open about “going to the dark side,”
as Cheney boasted on national television
– Bush insiders told the paper that “it is also
possible that the instrument of targeted kill-
ings will be foreign agents, the CIA’s term
for nonemployees who act on its behalf.
Here we find a deadly echo of the “rendi-
tion” program that has sent so many captives
to torture pits in Syria, Egypt and elsewhere
– including many whose innocence has been
officially established, such as the Canadian
businessman Maher Arar, German national
Khalid El-Masri, UK native Mozzam Begg
and many others. They had been subjected
to imprisonment and torture despite their in-
nocence, because of intelligence “mistakes.”
How many have fallen victim to Bush’s hit
squads on similar shaky grounds?
So here we are. Congress has just entrenched
the principle of Bush’s “unitary executive”
dictatorship into law; and it is this principle
that undergirds the assassination program.
As I wrote in December, it’s hard to believe
that any genuine democracy would accept a
claim by its leader that he could have anyone
killed simply by labeling them an “enemy.”
It’s hard to believe that any adult with even
the slightest knowledge of history or human
nature could countenance such unlimited,
arbitrary power, knowing the evil it is bound
to produce. Yet this is exactly what the great
and good in America have done.
But this should come as no surprise. They
have known about it all along, and have not
only countenanced Bush’s death squad, but
even celebrated it. I’ll end with one more
passage from that December article, which
sadly is even more apt for our degraded
reality today. It was a depiction of the one of
the most revolting scenes in recent American
history: Bush’s state of the Union address
in January 2003, delivered live to the nation
during the final warmongering frenzy before
the rape of Iraq:
Trumpeting his successes in the Terror War,
Bush claimed that “more than 3,000 sus-
pected terrorists” had been arrested world-
wide – “and many others have met a different
fate.” His face then took on the characteristic
leer, the strange, sickly half–smile it acquires
whenever he speaks of killing people: “Let’s
put it this way. They are no longer a prob-
lem.”
In other words, the suspects – and even
Bush acknowledged they were only suspects
– had been murdered. Lynched. Killed by
agents operating unsupervised in that shadow
world where intelligence, terrorism, politics,
finance and organized crime meld together in
one amorphous, impenetrable mass. Killed
on the word of a dubious informer, perhaps:
a tortured captive willing to say anything to
end his torment, a business rival, a personal
foe, a bureaucrat looking to impress his
superiors, a paid snitch in need of cash, a
zealous crank pursuing ethnic, tribal or reli-
gious hatreds – or any other purveyor of the
garbage data that is coin of the realm in the
shadow world.
Bush proudly held up this hideous system as
an example of what he called “the meaning
of American justice.” And the assembled
legislators ... applauded. Oh, how they ap-
plauded! They roared with glee at the leering
little man’s bloodthirsty, B-movie machismo.
They shared his sneering contempt for law
– our only shield, however imperfect, against
the blind, brute, ignorant, ape-like force of
raw power. Not a single voice among them
was raised in protest against this tyrannical
machtpolitik: not that night, not the next day,
not ever.
And now, in September 2006, we know they
will never raise that protest. Oh, a few Dem-
ocrats stood up at the last minute on Thurs-
day to posture nobly about the dangers of the
detainee bill – but only when they knew the
it was certain to pass, when they had already
given up their one weapon against it, the fili-
buster, in exchange for permission from their
Republican masters to offer amendments that
they also knew would fail. Had they been
offering such speeches since October 2001,
when the lineaments of Bush’s presidential
tyranny were already clear – or at any other
point during the systematic dismantling of
America’s liberties over the past five years
– these fine words might have had some
effect.
Now the killing will go on. The tyranny that
has entered upon the country will grow stron-
ger, more brazen; the darkness will deepen.
Whitman, thou should’st be living at this
hour; America has need of thee.
Chris Floyd is an American journalist. His
work has appeared in print and online in
venues all over the world, including The
Nation, Counterpunch, Columbia Journal-
ism Review, the Christian Science Monitor, Il
Manifesto, the Moscow Times and many oth-
ers. He is the author of Empire Burlesque:
High Crimes and Low Comedy in the Bush
Imperium, and is co-founder and editor of
the “Empire Burlesque” political blog. He
can be reached at cfloyd72@gmail.com
 UNCENSORED Interview: Steve Crow
Jon Eisen: Are you serious about running
for Mayor of Auckland at this time? How
many people have asked you to run for
mayor?   portunity I have fought against legislation
Steve Crow:  Oh, dozens of people have
asked me to run for mayor at various
times; not just recently but over the last
few years. When I was doing the Boobs
on Bikes parade in Queen Street I had
many people shouting to me, saying things
like “run for mayor, we’ll support you.”  levels of government whose sole purpose
JE  They probably would.  Some people
think that it’s an interesting idea, but it’s
probably just another publicity stunt.
SC  I’ve had a lot of people say it’s a
publicity stunt; it’s not. I mean it’s defi-
nitely not a publicity stunt, and it’s not
something I thought of off my own bat.
It’s something that was promoted in me
by people who are dissatisfied with the
current administration and people indicat-
ing that they agree with some of my ideas,
even if it’s not necessarily what I do for a
living they agree with – just the fact that I
promote individual freedom and the idea
that less is best when it comes to govern-
ment.
JE You seem to be a natural showman,
as evidenced by your success in keep-
ing yourself and Erotica in the headlines
for an entire week.  You’ve had several
careers including merchant banker, diver,
publisher and porn king. Do you have any
other goals other than making money?”
 SC:  Obviously making money is a pri-
mary goal in my life. I am very, very
financially oriented.
JE:  Why?
SC:  Not actually for the money itself; I
actually have very little use for money
other than as one measure of success and
for what it allows you to do – the freedom
it gives you.  I have far more interest in
social change and enacting social change
and I think with some of the things I’ve al-
ready done in my career, even in the adult
industry, I’ve already made some quite
significant social changes in New Zealand.
JE:  For the better, you think?
SC:  I think for the better.  I advocate for
freedom of choice.  I’m very much an these critics are
advocate of  the “less government is best” making which
philosophy, so wherever I’ve had the op- is that the great
unwashed have
and fought against the system in order to a look at all this
overturn the system’s control on us. and they go “it’s
OK to rape” and
JE:  When you say the system you mean all that kind of
the bureaucrats? stuff.
Sc:  Bureaucrats,  politicians and various SC: I   believe the critics that say that are
completely ignorant of the facts.  Where a
in life seems to be to impose more and porn movie is about rape and forcible sex
more control on our everyday lives. then I think such content is inappropriate.
However, we have to remember that these
JE:  Bouncing from your last idea about are stories like any other movies. Just be-
goals, money for effecting your ideas … cause they show something does not mean
they promote or advocate what they show
SC:  Mainly for giving me the ability to and more than a murder thriller promotes
fight the inevitable persecution that occurs or advocates murder.
when you step outside the square and  
when you go against the established view. I make a definition – and it is an arbitrary
definition – that what we deal in is adult
JE:  You certainly have made an art of entertainment and adult entertainment is
that. defined in my world as consensual sex
between consenting adults for the purpose
SC:  Yes, and it of other consenting
is an expensive adults to watch.  So
thing to do. if you follow that
You’ve got to be “I’m certainly railing definition, which en-
able to fight to 
defend yourself
against hypocrisy. The compasses everything
that we deal in, it
and I do that very powers that be, previous automatically ex-
vigorously and cludes rape, animals,
at great personal administrations, the kids, whatever, dead
expense. people, any of those
church or whatever seem things because it’s
JE:  Do you
think pornogra-
to think that violence consenting adults for
consenting adults to
phy denigrates is preferable to sex.” watch, so I put it into
women and helps the bag anything that
legitimise rape?” is outside of those
barriers is pornogra-
SC:  I totally and utterly do not. Pornog- phy and I don’t believe we deal in  por-
raphy liberates women.  They control the nography; we deal in adult entertainment.
porn industry. Without women there is
no porn industry. The main players in the JE: OK. What would you consider por-
porn industry are women. nography? Would you consider violence in
films to be pornography?
JE:  Are you talking about the moguls or
the models? SC: Yes I do.  I consider violence to be
pornographic. I consider violence ... we
SC:  Both.  Some of the major companies have this incredible dichotomy where
are owned by women. Some production you can have an incredibly violent movie
companies are run by women, many of the where the main theme is violence and all
producers are women these days, many of sorts of unlawful activity and you can
the directors are women these days … throw some sex into it and that’s OK, but
you can have a movie that is 99% about
JE:  But that doesn’t get to the point that loving sex and have a 1 minute rape scene
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 13
and it’s banned.
JE:  So really you’re against hypocrisy
aren’t you?
SC:  I’m certainly railing against hypocri-
sy . The powers
that be, pre-
vious admin-
istrations,
the church or
“Relax, it’s just sex.”
whatever seem
to think that
violence is preferable to sex. Violence is
fine for mainstream  entertainment ; it can
even be against women as long as it’s not
associated with sex.
JE:  Is there an appropriate an inappropri-
ate level of public nudity?   system.
SC:  I actually don’t personally believe
there is. At the end of the day we are
all born naked.    people who are in power are so concerned
JE:  Except for the holier than thou people
who were born with clothes on.
SC:  Oh, no I don’t  actually believe there
is an inappropriate level of public nudity.  them.  They spend millions of dollars wor-
I think if people want to walk around with
no clothes on and risk getting sunburned
and cold and grazed and all that, then fine.
I don’t believe clothing evolved for any
other purpose other than protecting us
against the elements.  It was the advent
of the church and religion that stated that
we needed to cover certain of our bits up.
Previously clothing served absolutely no
practical purpose whatsoever other than to
protect us from the elements.
JE:  And the motto that’s emblazoned on
your car which I really like is:
SC:  “Relax it’s just sex.”
JE:  (Laughs)  There you go.  You fre-
quently berate politicians and yet now you
apparently wish to become one. What is
the difference between you and them?  Do
you have a vision for Auckland other than
what is being pushed by the  establish-
ment?
SC:  The difference between me and a
politician is really simple. The politicians
we  have and have typically had are all
about forcing their views upon you, set-
ting down boundaries and making new
legislation and changing the rules and
shifting the goal posts further and fur-
ther out to limit what we the taxpayers,
who are ultimately their employers, can
do.Where I come from is a platform of
14 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
less government is best.  I’m not inter-
ested in telling people what they may or
may not do. I’m interested in ripping up
as much  unnecessarily restrictive  legisla-
tion as possible. I am interested in giving
people freedom of choice. 
JE: But what about
practical choices
we’re not given?
People don’t have
the choice now
when they’re stuck
in traffic to take a monorail, which would
be the simplest most logical thing, right
down the centre of the motorway. OK,
no choice. When we talk about choices
we don’t usually think that we have been
denied the choice of a decent rapid transit
SC:  We have been denied that choice.
We do have a political system where the
with staying in power or getting back in
power that they’re not prepared to make
the hard decisions. They will spend mil-
lions of dollars on studies and yet they of-
ten don’t act on them or do anything about
rying about the different pressure groups’
opinions rather than saying, “Right. Auck-
land is gridlocked: This needs to be fixed.”
Regardless of what solution  you choose
you are going to piss someone off, so just
get it on and get it done.
JE:  They never even think of monorail.
The only way they think is road orien-
tated, more roads, more roads more traffic,
whilst nobody seriously considers the real
solutions, which definitely don’t involve
more roads (and  there’s a good lobbying
reason for that and we both know why that
is).
SC:  Oil.
JE:  Just so. There’a wonderful movie
called “Who Framed Roger Rabbit”.
It came out in the eighties. It’s basically
about the takeover of the Los Angeles
intracity railway by General Motors which
proceeded to rip up the tracks and pave it
and make the world’s first superhighway
and that was General Motors, working of
course with the oil companies.  That was
the most advanced intra-city rail system
in the world.  Auckland itself had wonder-
ful rapid transit in the trams...What we’re
talking about when we’re talking about
transport is the alternatives that don’t get
presented because people don’t think out-
side the square. We can’t think any more.
Sc:  Well not that we can’t; it’s we won’t,
we won’t think anymore...We’ll take the
easy option every time.
JE:  More roads, more roads...
SC  I’m not saying we don’t need more
roads;  we certainly need better roads but
roads alone are not the solution.
JE:  But we wouldn’t need more roads
if Aucklanders could get on their little
twenty passenger monorail which one of
the dumbest cities in the states, Miami has
had one for thirtyfive, forty years and New
York had
their subway system in 1901.  However,
you’re right about the fact that we have a
deprivation of choice here. You can’t get
a drink of pure water in Auckland for
example, thanks to the aluminium and fer-
tiliser companies that put their very heavy
duty toxic waste in our water, call it good
for your teeth and deprive everybody of
their freedom to have access to pure water,
unless of course you pay for bottled water
which I’ve just learned is contaminated
from some of the products in plastic which
is itself a bit scary.
JE: UNCENSORED  seems to have
carved itself a place in New Zealand. Do
you believe that the mainstream media is
censored, too timid to deal with the really
important stories or is it that you do not
wish your porn to be censored and is your
commitment to freedom of speech strictly
a monetary consideration? Is there a larger
principle at work here?”
SC:  Yes I believe that the media is cen-
sored.  It is certainly nothing to do with
the fact that I have an interest in pornog-
raphy.  It is about freedom of speech.  I
mean I see it all the time. For example, I
do interviews and make statements and
then watch what actually comes across in
the press being completely out of context.
It has been flavoured and changed by the
editors to reflect their opinion of me to
make me appear in a bad light. I will do an
interview in a completely innocuous office
surrounding, well dressed and everything
and they will put some porn behind it,
splice in a bit of footage from ‘Boobs
on Bikes’. If it were Mr Hubbard for ex-
ample he would be sitting in his suit doing
an interview, but you don’t suddenly see
boxes of cornflakes on a conveyor belt,
simply because it’s totally irrelevant, as is
my job. So, UNCENSORED  is important
because it isn’t coloured, well I aim for it
not to be coloured by anyone’s opinions. It
simply puts forward alternative views and
leaves it to the reader to make up their
own mind. UNCENSORED is simply
putting forward alternative views and then
leaving it it to the reader to make up their
mind about what is right, what is wrong,
what is fact, what is not fact... and thereby
it seeks to circumvent censorship.
 JE:  UNCENSORED  has been provoca-
tive if nothing else  with numerous articles
on emerging US and Australian fascist
laws and increasingly strident militarism.  in the way our veterans get treated.
Other articles on science and the medi-
cal establishment and the suppression of
free energy and the UFO story are equally
cutting edge or  paranoid ravings. Some
would say that UNCENSORED  magazine
is nothing but conspiracy theory gone
wrong.  How do you respond to these ac-
cusations?
SC:  It is not the intention of UN-
CENSORED  to offer an
opinion.  UNCENSORED is
there to provide some facts,
to provide some alternative
theories, whether they be
conspiracy theories or any
other type of theories. They are
theories, they are valid theories
and we hand them to the reader
and give them, the reader, the
option to make up their own
mind; whereas mainstream
media, by covering up those
alternative views, is removing
from the intelligent reader the
opportunity to make up their
own mind. They are putting
forward their own opinions.
JE: They do and they are pushing it as
fact.
SC:  Yes. I have stated in other media that
I don’t necessarily believe everything that
is in UNCENSORED.  I don’t believe
anyone can believe everything in UN-
CENSORED because there is too much
that we don’t know.
JE:  But you could say the same about the
Herald or the NZ Listener…
SC: But what I also say and have said
many, many times in the media is, I don’t,
certainly don’t, believe everything that it
is in UNCENSORED. However, if only
ten percent of what is in UNCENSORED
is true, it’s very, very frightening, and
certainly more than ten percent is true in
my opinion.
JE:  Apart from your social persona, is
there a different private Steve Crow?
SC: Steve Crow is actually a very private
person who has a real social conscience to
work towards some of the things that re-
ally matter to me, to myself and I’m very
passionate about some of those things.
JE:  Like what?
SC: I’m very passionate about the
environment, I’m very passionate about
animals and endangered species. I’m very
passionate about history and our past and
JE:  What about our history and our past,
what aspects of that?
SC:  I’m very passionate about mis-report-
ing of our history and our past.  I’m very
passionate about the fact that there’s a
hell of a lot of evidence out there that flies
completely in the face of the accepted his-
tory of New Zealand with the Maori and
Pakeha comings and goings. And whilst
I’m part Maori myself I am very adverse
to this on-going Treaty of Waitangi settle-
ment situation and the fact that it’s some-
thing that never seems to go away.
JE:  Why do you think..?
SC:  Because it’s buying votes,  if you
want to get the Maori vote offer to pay
them some more money.
JE:  The Maori Party is scooping up the
vote now.
SC:  Yeah, um...
JE:  They have no say over the continua-
tion of the Waitangi Tribunal...
SC:  Well, if they get enough power...
JE:  They don’t and yet it’s gotta go
deeper than that.
SC:  I mean I think the whole Treaty of
Waitangi thing is a little bit of a joke to
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
be honest, I mean if my great, great, great
grandfather sold downtown Auckland for
a blanket and a knife to your great, great,
great grandfather, well, it was what it was
worth in that market, in that free market
at that time with a willing buyer and a
willing vendor and what right do I now
have to say to you, “well hang on it’s now
worth $100 million, that piece of land”...
JE:  But what about all the land that was
confiscated?
SC:  Where it was confiscated well...
again...
JE:  Like in the Maori Wars, for example.
SC:  Well again, it was confiscated as a
result of war.
JE:  It was confiscated fair and
square?
SC: It was confiscated fair
and square.  Well, OK did the
Maoris want to hand it back to
the Morioris who lived on...well
how far back do you go?
JE:  Ah, yes.
SC: It was confiscated, Gee,
well, you know that’s sad.
JE:  Get on with it.
SC:  Get on with it.  That’s hap-
pened everywhere around the
world.
JE:  That’s right you could say the same
thing about the States.
SC:  You could say the same thing about
anywhere.
JE:  Yeah that’s right...So at which point
do we stop confiscating each other’s land,
property, possessions...
SC:  Yeah, so two wrongs make a right,
let’s hand it back... to whom? The people
it  was confiscated from have long gone...
JE:  I’m just thinking at which point do we
stop all this nonsense?
SC:  We stop now and get on with moving
forward rather than looking back.
JE:  That’s a wrap!  [laughing]
15
The UNCENSORED News
October, 2006
False Flag Attack Imminent to
Start War on Iran?
False flag provocation likely
to occur within months, 9/11
& truth activists targeted for
elimination as Alex Jones
makes unpalatable prediction
Paul Joseph Watson
PrisonPlanet.com
17 August 2006
As manufactured terror alerts, magnified
turmoil in the Middle East, and dire proc-
lamations that doomsday is approaching
all converge at the end of the [Northern
hemisphere] summer of 2006, the twist in
the story is likely to be a massive staged
terror attack that will smother any remain-
ing voices of dissent and once again leave
America transfixed in an orgy of milita-
rism, paranoia and fear.
The time frame for the attacks is within 2
months – the biggest risk being before the
middle of October but at least before the
mid-term elections in November.
“The prelude to a new mega attack or a
string of large attacks – leading up to that
– I predicted that they would have five to
ten staged busts of terrorists,” said Jones.
The watershed success of the 9/11 truth
movement in obtaining national expo-
sure has been met with a fierce backlash
from the establishment in the form of
nationwide editorials on cue, almost as if
uniformly timed, that attack 9/11 sceptics
with straw man smear campaign argu-
ments. In addition, an increase in alleged
foiled terror alerts serves two purposes, to
shift attention away from the increasingly
high profile 9/11 truth information and
secondly to construct the story board to
which the next real attack will be pinned.
“Look, we protected you from all those
attacks but we just couldn’t stop them all
16 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
AND FASCISM WATCH Vol.2, No.1
– it was the peaceniks and the civil liber-
tarians who prevented us going all the way
and keeping America safe – they are to
blame for major cities being dirty bombed
and others biologically poisoned.”
The baseless terror raids, besides acting as
PR for delusional fearmongering and the
perception that terrorists are hiding under
every bed, also creates a chilling effect
whereby the government is sending a
message to anyone that doesn’t display the
proper modicum of obedience and fails to
salute the war on terror.
“We can grab you off the street or from
your own home at our own convenience
and incarcerate you – without having to
present any evidence to justify it.” The
targets of the subsequent frenzied police
state clampdown will be the ‘traitors’ who
questioned their government’s motivations
in the war on terror and blocked Bush’s
path in protecting the American people.
Alex Jones has only made one previous
prediction that he was overwhelmingly
sure would come to pass. In July 2001,
Jones launched ‘Operation Expose the
Government Terrorists,’ a desperate late
attempt to focus activism around raising
awareness of an imminent massive terror
attack that would be blamed on the patsy
Osama bin Laden.
Unfortunately that foresight came home to
roost on September 11, and we now find
ourselves in similar peril five years later.
On his August 10th show, Alex Jones
broadcast a warning that we would soon
see, “bone-shattering mega attacks in the
United States, Canada, England or Israel.”
Some have suggested that Fox News’
mention of Alex Jones’ warning (watch
above) is sufficient advance protection to
offset the coming attack. However, cover-
age of the warning needs to be infinitely
more widespread in order to have any
impact. The 9/11 Blogger website has put
together an activist page that provides
information on how people can help us
mobilise to try and prevent what govern-
ment officials and their apologists have
told us is inevitable.
Disturbing developments such as the
smearing of 9/11 truth activists as terror-
ist sympathisers and the surveillance and
wanton random arrests and beatings of
alternative news journalists act as a red
flag to denote preparation for a martial law
crackdown in the wake of a new synthetic
terror attack.
The beta test for this tactic was the 1995
Oklahoma City Bombing, a false flag
event that almost obliterated the burgeon-
ing Patriot Movement. In the immediate
aftermath of the attack the patsy, Timo-
thy McVeigh, was linked with “far-right
militia groups” that talked about the
Constitution and federal encroachment on
God-given rights. Though no mass sweeps
took place, the chilling effect was enough
to send a great deal of activists into the
shadows – or worse many sold out and be-
came frothing Neo-Cons as soon as Bush
got into office.
That same chilling effect is again being
employed and applied not just to paleo-
conservatives – but to anyone who dares
dissent against the Neo-Fascist agenda.
Even democratically elected moderate
anti-war candidates such as Ned Lamont,
hardly a George Washington, and his sup-
porters, are being accused of supporting
Al-Qaeda by the drooling maniacs who
act as PR whores for the Bushists. Though
on the face of it this kind of rhetoric – the
notion that thousands of citizens in Con-
necticut ticked Lamont’s box because they
thought it would help Osama bin Laden
– is patently schizophrenic, the mere rep-
etition of the big lie is enough for many to
zealously uphold its orthodoxy.
In addition to network news TV shows,
reports of Neo-Con cheerleaders on the
radio framing anyone who questions 9/11
as having an ‘Al Qaeda mind set’ are be-
ginning to filter in. It doesn’t take a rocket
scientist to see where all this is potentially
heading – directly to a Homeland Security
labour camp unless we stand up and point
the finger at the real freedom loathing

terrorists.
We should not consider ourselves outside
of the scope of a regime that always links
its next victims with Al-Qaeda as an ex-
cuse to decapitate them from the political
spectrum.
Alex Jones’ warning of a monumental
staged terror attack, creating the pretext to
air strike Iran, and its subsequent ramifica-
tions for freedom-exercising citizens and
truth activists in the western world, is a
piercing light through the veil of deception
and needs to be echoed around the four
corners of the globe if we are to stand a
chance of saving America from the grip of
a vampiric Neo-Fascist horror show.
Austrian Court
Confirms British
Historian Guilty
Of Thought Crimes
6 September 2006
VIENNA (AFP) – An Austrian court has
upheld a guilty verdict imposed on British
historian David Irving for denying the
existence of the Holocaust, the Austrian
Press Agency (APA) reported Monday.
 
Another court has yet to rule on Irving’s
appeal of his three-year prison sentence,
which he is now serving in a Vienna jail.
This ruling is not expected for at least two
months.
 
Irving, 68, has been in jail since a one-day
trial on February 20 at which he pleaded
guilty to a charge dating from 1989 of
The UNCENSORED News
denying the Holocaust of European Jewry.
But Irving insisted at the trial that he no
longer questioned the existence of gas
chambers at the Nazi’s Auschwitz concen-
tration camp.
 
Irving was also on trial for saying the No-
vember 1938 Kristallnacht pogrom against
the Jews was not the work of the Nazis,
but of “unknown” people who had dressed
up as storm troopers, and that Adolf Hitler
had in fact protected the Jews.  He was
found guilty on all three counts by an
eight-person jury.
 
The first court confirmed the guilty verdict
in a closed-door session August 29, APA
said.
 
Irving was prosecuted under an Aus-
trian law targeting those who “deny the
genocide by the National Socialists or
other National Socialist crimes against
humanity.” Austria is among 11 coun-
tries that have laws against denying the
Holocaust, in which some six million Jews
were slaughtered by Nazi Germany during
WWII.
 
Irving has become notorious worldwide
for attempting to establish, against the
evidence, that Hitler was not party to the
Holocaust, that there were no gas cham-
bers at Auschwitz and that the number
of Jews slain by the Nazis was greatly
exaggerated.
 
In 2000, Irving lost his fortune when he
lost a high-profile libel case against US
historian Deborah Lipstadt whom he had
sued when she called him a Holocaust
denier.
Harvard MD:
Fluoride linked
to cancer
Published On Monday, 10 April
By DORIS A. HERNANDEZ
Crimson Staff Writer
A study associating drinking fluoridated
water with osteosarcoma, a rare malignant
bone tumour, was published last Wednes-
day on “Cancer Causes and Control”, an
online peer-review journal of Harvard
University.
Elise B. Bassin, a clinical instructor in
Oral Health Policy and Epidemiology,
who led the study, wrote in an e-mail
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
that she found a significant relationship
between fluoride and cancer – contradict-
ing the findings of her dissertation adviser
Chester Douglass, the chair of the Oral
Health Policy and Epidemiology Depart-
ment at the Harvard School of Dental
Medicine.
“We found an association between fluoride
levels in drinking water during childhood
and osteosarcoma for males diagnosed
before age 20 years,” she wrote.
Douglass’ $1.3 million dollar, 15 year
study did not find a link between drinking
fluoridated water and developing osteosar-
coma. He said Bassin’s study is a subset of
his study and that he had not been able to
replicate her results.
The Environmental Working Group, a
Washington D.C. based advocacy group,
recently filed an ethics complaint against
Douglass because he allegedly cited
Bassin’s study in his report, despite the
opposite conclusions reached by the
two studies. Douglass said he just listed
Bassin’s study as a related publication and
not a reference.
Douglass has received widespread
criticism for defending the use of fluoride
while being editor of a publication funded
by a fluoride toothpaste maker.
Douglass wrote a letter in “Cancer Causes
and Control,” where Bassin’s work was
published, warning readers to take the
results of Bassin’s study with discretion.
“Readers are cautioned not to generalize
and over-interpret results... before making
conclusions, and before influencing any
related policy decisions,” he wrote.
—Staff writer Doris A. Hernandez can be
reached at dahernan@fas.harvard.edu
Chinese Cops
Crack Down On
Striptease
Funerals
23 August 2006
Beijing (AFP) – Striptease send-offs at
funerals may become a thing of the past in
east China after five people were arrested
for organising the intimate farewells, state
media reported on Wednesday.
17
The UNCENSORED News
 
Police swooped last week after two groups
of strippers gave “obscene performances”
at a farmer’s funeral in Donghai County,
Jiangsu province, Xinhua news agency
said.
 
The disrobing served a higher purpose, the
report noted.
“Striptease used to be a common practice
at funerals in Donghai’s rural areas to
allure viewers,” it said. “Local villagers
believe that the more people who attend
the funeral, the more the dead person is
honoured.”
 
Wealthy families often employed two
troupes of performers to attract a crowd.
Two hundred showed up at last week’s
funeral.
 
Five strippers were detained and local of-
ficials “issued notices concerning funeral
management,” Xinhua said.
 
Now village officials must submit plans
for funerals within 12 hours after a villag-
er dies. And residents can report “funeral
misdeeds” on a hotline, the report said.
Poll: Christians
‘Addicted To
Pornography’
Raw Story
14 August 2006
http://www.rawstory.com/news/2006/Poll_
Christians_addicted_to_pornography_08
14.html
A poll conducted by what bills itself as
“the world’s most visited Christian
website” indicates a surprising number of
Christians are addicted to pornography,
RAW STORY has learned.
“The poll results indicate that 50% of all
Christian men and 20% of all Christian
women are addicted to pornography,” said
Clay Jones, founder and President of Sec-
ond Glance Ministries www.2ndglance.org
The group defines “addicted” as applied to
pornography as use on an ongoing basis.
18 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
“We are seeing an escalation to the
problem in both men and women who
regularly attend church,” said Bill Cooper,
President of ChristiaNet.com.
The poll, conducted at ChristiaNet.com,
used a self-selected sample, and is
therefore not a scientific study. Over 1,000
users responded to the survey.
Additionally, 60% of the women who
answered the survey confessed having
“significant struggles with lust.” 40%
admitted to being “involved in sexual
sin” in the past year.
“No one is immunized against the vice-
grip clutches of sexual addictive
behaviours,” reads a release issued by the
site. “The people who struggle
with the repeated pursuit of sexual gratifi-
cation include church members,
deacons, staff, and yes, even clergy.”
“There have been dynamic paradigm
shifts in the behaviour of Christians over Bush’s Faeces &
the last four years,” explained Jones.
“Technology has allowed pornography Urine Classified
to flood the market place beyond a con-
trollable level.” Jones’ ministry “Top Secret”
provides intervention programs for
churches and individuals.
All Of It Captured And Flown
Back From Europe
By Wayne Madsen
WayneMadsenReport.com
5 July 2006
Even Bush’s crap is classified top se-
cret. According to our Austrian sources,
Austrian newspapers are currently abuzz
with special security details of George W.
Bush’s recent trip to Vienna. Although
the heavy-handed Gestapo-like security
measures meted out to Viennese home
owners, business proprietors, and pedes-
trians by US Secret Service agents and
local police before and during Bush’s visit
received widespread Austrian media atten-
tion, it was White House “toilet security”
(“TOILSEC”), which has Austrians talk-
ing the most.
The White House flew in a special por-
table toilet to Vienna for Bush’s personal
use during his visit. The Bush White
House is so concerned about Bush’s
security, the veil of secrecy extends over
the president’s bodily excretions. The
special port-a-john captured Bush’s faeces
and urine and flew the waste material
back to the United States in the event
some enterprising foreign intelligence

agency conducted a sewage pipe opera-
tion designed to trap and examine Bush’s
waste material. One can only wonder why
the White House is taking such extraordi-
nary security measures for the presidential
poop.
In the past, similar operations were con-
ducted against foreign leaders to deter-
mine their medical condition. However,
these intelligence operations were directed
against dictators in countries where even
the medical conditions of the top political
leaders were considered “state secrets.”
The Israeli Mossad conducted one such
operation against Syrian President Hafez
Assad when he visited Amman, Jordan in
Feb. 1999 for the funeral of King Hussein.
The Mossad and its Jordanian counterpart
installed a special toilet in Assad’s hotel
room that led not to a pipe but to a speci-
men canister. Assad suffered from diabetes
and cancer and the operation was designed
to discover the actual medical condition of
the ailing leader.
During Soviet President Mikhail Gorbach-
ev’s visit to Washington in 1987, the CIA
reportedly placed a special trap under a
sewage tank to collect the Soviet leader’s
bodily waste for analysis.
More recently, the CIA was reported to
have collected waste samples from Ugan-
dan President-dictator Yoweri Museveni’s
toilet when he visited Washington.
Even Bush’s toilet paper was flown in
from the US Air Base at Ramstein, Ger-
many. In addition, Bush’s food was flown
in from the United States and tested with
special chemicals before he ate it. Roma-
nian dictator Nicolae Ceausescu, who was
shot by a firing squad in 1989, was the last
major European leader to constantly use a
food tester. The last frequent state visitor
to Vienna, who always relied on a food
tester, was Adolf Hitler.
The UNCENSORED News
Pollster Pleads
Guilty to Making
Up Results
AP
BRIDGEPORT, Conn.
(7 September 2006)
The owner of DataUSA Inc., a company
that conducted political polls for the
campaigns of President Bush, Sen. Joe
Lieberman and other candidates, pleaded
guilty to fraud for making up survey and
poll results.
Tracy Costin pleaded guilty Wednesday
to one count of conspiracy to commit
wire fraud. Costin, 46, faces a maximum
of five years in prison and a fine of up to
$250,000 when she is sentenced Nov. 30.
As part of her plea agreement, Costin
agreed to repay $82,732 to the unidenti-
fied clients for 11 jobs between June 2002
and May 2004. DataUSA is now known as
Viewpoint USA.
According to a federal indictment, Costin
told employees to alter poll data, and
managers at the company told employees
to “talk to cats and dogs” when instructing
them to fabricate the surveys.
FBI Special Agent Jeff Rovelli said 50
percent of information compiled by
DataUSA and transmitted to Bush’s cam-
paign was falsified, the Connecticut Post
reported Thursday.
Assistant US Attorney Edward Chang said
on several occasions when the company
was running up against a deadline to
complete a job, results were falsified.
Sometimes, the respondent’s gender or
political affiliation were changed to meet a
quota, other times all survey answers were
fabricated.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Hacked - Virus
Implanted/Spread
On Diebold Vote
Machines!
New, first-of-its kind, univer-
sity study reveals malicious
code can be easily inserted
into voting machine, spread
from one system to the next,
resulting in flipped votes, and
stolen elections all without a
trace being left behind.
Study also confirms that voter
access cards can be created
at home to defeat security
protocols, allowing voters to
vote multiple times in a single
election!
By Brad Friedman
EXCLUSIVE
14 September 2006
A vote for George Washington could eas-
ily be converted to a vote for Benedict Ar-
nold on an electronic voting machine and
neither the voter, nor the election officials
administering the election would ever
know what happened. It wouldn’t require
a “conspiracy theory” or a “conspiracy”
at all. It could be done by a single person
with just a few moments of access to the
voting systems.
Those new findings are detailed, and
illustrated on video-tape, in a new first-
of-its-kind study released by computer
scientists and security experts at Princeton
University today.
The scientific study has revealed, for the
first time, that a computer virus can be
easily implanted on an electronic voting
machine which could, in turn, result in
votes flipped for opposing candidates. The
virus, as well, could be written to then
spread itself from one machine to the next
resulting in a stolen election. The malfea-
sance would likely never be discovered,
the scientists have said.
19
The UNCENSORED News
Though the concept of stolen votes via
electronic voting systems has been widely
regarded as theoretically possible by ex-
perts up until now, a top-secret four-month
long hands-on study of an actual touch-
screen voting system, by the scientists at
Princeton, has confirmed the worst night-
mares of elections officials and American
voters – not to mention a voting machine
company known as Diebold.
The BRAD BLOG has had exclusive
access to the scientists and information
being tested as the team’s various hack at-
tempts have been designed and carried out
over the course of the study.
Working directly with a Diebold Ac-
cuVote TS touch-screen voting system,
the computer scientists have been able to
implant a nearly-undetectable virus onto a
touch-screen voting system, managing to
successfully alter a voter’s ballot – after
it’s already been confirmed and cast – in
order to flip the vote so that it is recorded
for a candidate other than the one the voter
had intended.
According to the study’s team leader, Ed-
ward W. Felten, a professor at Princeton’s
Department of Computer Science, the re-
port confirms and records in a video-taped
demonstration that such a malicious virus
could be easily inserted onto a Diebold
touch-screen voting system by a single
individual “with just one or two minutes
of unsupervised access to either the voting
machine or the memory card” used with
the system to store ballot definitions and
vote tabulations.
The virus, as programmed by the Princ-
eton team, could then spread from one
voting system to the next depending on
the way the machine in use is configured,
or the way in which votes are tabulated in
any particular jurisdication.
“We’ve demonstrated that malicious code
can spread like a virus from one voting
machine to another,” said Felten in an ex-
clusive interview, “which means that a bad
guy who can get access to a few machines
– or only one – can infect one machine,
which could infect another, stealing a few
votes on each in order to steal an entire
election.” ...
for more details:
http://www.bradblog.com/?p=3467
20 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Detainee Measure
to Have Fewer
Restrictions
By R. Jeffrey Smith
The Washington Post
Tuesday 26 September 2006
Republican lawmakers and the White
House agreed over the weekend to alter
new legislation on military commissions
to allow the United States to detain and
try a wider range of foreign nationals than
an earlier version of the bill permitted, ac-
cording to government sources.
Lawmakers and administration officials
announced last week that they had reached
accord on the plan for the detention and
military trials of suspected terrorists, and
it is scheduled for a vote this week. But in
recent days the Bush administration and
its House allies successfully pressed for
a less restrictive description of how the
government could designate civilians as
“unlawful enemy combatants,” the sources
said yesterday. They spoke on the condi-
tion of anonymity because of the sensitiv-
ity of negotiations over the bill.
The government has maintained since
the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks that, based
on its reading of the laws of war, anyone
it labels an unlawful enemy combatant
can be held indefinitely at military or
CIA prisons. But Congress has not yet
expressed its view on who is an unlawful
combatant, and the Supreme Court has not
ruled directly on the matter.
As a result, human rights experts ex-
pressed concern yesterday that the
language in the new provision would be a
precedent-setting congressional endorse-
ment for the indefinite detention of anyone
who, as the bill states, “has engaged in
hostilities or who has purposefully and
materially supported hostilities against the
United States” or its military allies.
The definition applies to foreigners liv-
ing inside or outside the United States
and does not rule out the possibility of
designating a US citizen as an unlawful
combatant. It is broader than that in last
week’s version of the bill, which resulted
from lengthy, closed-door negotiations
between senior administration officials
and dissident Republican senators. That
version incorporated a definition backed
by the Senate dissidents: those “engaged
in hostilities against the United States.”
The new provision, which would cover
captives held by the CIA, is more expan-
sive than the one incorporated by the De-
fense Department on Sept. 5 in new rules
that govern the treatment of detainees in
military custody. The military’s definition
of unlawful combatants covers only “those
who engage in acts against the United
States or its coalition partners in violation
of the laws of war and customs of war
during an armed conflict.”
Kate Martin, director of the Center for
National Security Studies, said that by in-
cluding those who “supported hostilities”
– rather than those who “engage in acts”
against the United States – the govern-
ment intends the legislation to sanction its
seizure and indefinite detention of people
far from the battlefield.
Martin noted that “the administration
kidnapped an innocent German citizen”
and “held him incommunicado for months
... because the CIA or Pentagon wrongly
suspected him of terrorist ties.” She was
referring to Khalid al-Masri, who the Bush
administration eventually acknowledged
was detained on insufficient grounds.
Nothing in the proposed legislation
– which mostly concerns the creation of
new military panels, known as “commis-
sions,” to try terrorism suspects – directly
addresses such CIA apprehensions and
“renditions.”
But the bill’s new definition “would give
the administration a stronger basis on
which to argue that Congress has recog-
nized that the battlefield is wherever the
terrorist is, and they can seize people far
from the area of combat, label them as un-
lawful enemy combatants and detain them
indefinitely,” said Suzanne Spaulding, an
assistant general counsel at the CIA from
1989 to 1995.
Traditionally, courts have found it reason-
able for parties to armed conflicts to seize
or try people they encounter on a battle-
field, to keep them from returning to the
hostilities, added Spaulding, who was
also a general counsel for the House and
Senate intelligence committees. “The Su-
preme Court could potentially look at this
and say Congress has now defined how
anyone anywhere in the world” is subject
to detention and military trial, even when
far from an active combat zone, she said.
 The UNCENSORED News
Israel Detroyed
South Lebanon
Before: After:
Lebanon-Israel, 31 August 2006

Israel destroyed or damaged

in south Lebanon 1489 build-
ings, 21 of 29 bridges over the
Litani river, 535 sections of
road and 545 cultivated fields
during its 34-
day military
offensive

In Beirut, 326 residential buildings

have either been damaged or de-
stroyed in the southern suburbs, of
which 269 are located in the Haret
Horaik area.

All runways of Beirut airport and six

strategic highway sections have been
severely damaged.

The European Commission, through

its in-house scientific expertise and
working with the EU Satellite Cen-
tre, provided a preliminary damage
assessment and had called for another
assessment for south Lebanon to assist
a donors’ conference on Lebanon be-
ing held today Stockholm.

It is said that some 1200 civilians were

killed by Israel, and about a quarter of
Lebanon’s population was displaced
during the aggression by Israel on
Lebanon.

Lebanon’s Prime Minister Fouad

Siniora said yesterday that 130,000
housing units had been destroyed or
damaged in more than a month of
Israeli air raids and ground assaults
fighting against Lebanon. $3.6 billion
of physical damage is said to have
inflicted on Lebanon, without counting
the economic damage and loss.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 21

The UNCENSORED News
accounting for the littered and explosive landscape of post-war
IDF Commander: Lebanon.

We Fired More Than When his reserve duty came to a close, the commander in ques-
tion sent a letter to Defense Minister Amir Peretz outlining the
A Million Cluster Bombs use of cluster munitions, a letter which has remained unanswered.

In Lebanon ‘Excessive injury and unnecessary suffering’

It has come to light that IDF soldiers fired phosphorous rounds

By Meron Rappaport
in order to cause fires in Lebanon. An artillery commander has
12 September 2006
admitted to seeing trucks loaded with phosphorous rounds on
www.haaretz.com
their way to artillery crews in the north of Israel.

“What we did was insane and monstrous, we
covered entire towns in cluster bombs,” the
head of an IDF (Israeli Defence Force) rocket
unit in Lebanon said regarding the use of clus-
ter bombs and phosphorous shells during the
war.
Quoting his battalion commander, the rocket unit head stated that
the IDF fired around 1,800 cluster bombs, containing over 1.2
million cluster bomblets.
In addition, soldiers in IDF artillery units testified that the army
used phosphorous shells during the war, widely forbidden by
international law. According to their claims, the vast majority of
said explosive ordinance was fired in the final 10 days of the war.
The rocket unit commander stated that Multiple Launch Rocket
System (MLRS) platforms were heavily used in spite of the fact
that they were known to be highly inaccurate.
MLRS is a track or tire carried mobile rocket launching platform,
capable of firing a very high volume of mostly unguided muni-
tions. The basic rocket fired by the platform is unguided and
imprecise, with a range of about 32 kilometers. The rockets are
designed to burst into sub-munitions at a planned altitude in order
to blanket enemy army and personnel on the ground with smaller
explosive rounds.
A direct hit from a phosphorous shell typically causes severe
burns and a slow, painful death.
International law forbids the use of weapons that cause “exces-
sive injury and unnecessary suffering”, and many experts are of
the opinion that phosphorous rounds fall directly in that category.
The International Red Cross has determined that international
law forbids the use of phosphorous and other types of flammable
rounds against personnel, both civilian and military.
IDF: No violation of international law
In response, the IDF Spokesman’s Office stated that “Interna-
tional law does not include a sweeping prohibition of the use of
cluster bombs. The convention on conventional weaponry does
not declare a prohibition on [phosphorous weapons], rather, on
principles regulating the use of such weapons.
“For understandable operational reasons, the IDF does not re-
spond to [accounts of] details of weaponry in its possession.
“The IDF makes use only of methods and weaponry which are
permissible under international law. Artillery fire in general,
including MLRS fire, were used in response solely to firing on
the state of Israel.”
The Defence Minister’s office said it had not received messages
regarding cluster bomb fire.

The use of such weaponry is controversial mainly due to its inac-

curacy and ability to wreak great havoc against indeterminate
targets over large areas of territory, with a margin of error of as
much as 1,200 meters from the intended target to the area hit.

The cluster rounds which don’t detonate on impact, believed by

the United Nations to be around 40% of those fired by the IDF in
Lebanon, remain on the ground as unexploded munitions, effec-
tively littering the landscape with thousands of land mines which
will continue to claim victims long after the war has ended.

Because of their high level of failure to detonate, it is believed

that there are around 500,000 unexploded munitions on the
ground in Lebanon. To date 12 Lebanese civilians have been
killed by these mines since the end of the war.

According to the commander, in order to compensate for the

inaccuracy of the rockets and the inability to strike individual tar-
gets precisely, units would “flood” the battlefield with munitions,

22 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

 The UNCENSORED News

ANOTHER SMOKING GUN:

AMA Admits No Studies Were
Done On Fluoride Side Effects
This letter from Dr. Flanagan, Assistant Director of the
American Medical Association certainly makes clear that
the AMA refuses to say that fluoridation is harmless and
that no studies were ever done on fluoride side effects by
the AMA.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 23

The UNCENSORED News
PROPAGANDA WATCH
Putting Words In
Ahmadinejad’s
Mouth
By Virginia Tilley
Johannesburg, South Africa
In this frightening mess in the Middle
East, let’s get one thing straight. Iran is not
threatening Israel with destruction. Iran’s
president has not threatened any action
against Israel. Over and over, we hear that
Iran is clearly “committed to annihilating
Israel” because the “mad” or “reckless”
or “hard-line” President Ahmadinejad has
repeatedly threatened to destroy Israel.
But every supposed quote, every supposed
instance of his doing so, is wrong.
The most infamous quote, “Israel must be
wiped off the map”, is the most glaringly
wrong. In his October 2005 speech, Mr.
Ahmadinejad never used the word “map”
or the term “wiped off”. According to
Farsi-language experts like Juan Cole and
even right-wing services like MEMRI,
what he actually said was “this regime that
is occupying Jerusalem must vanish from
the page of time.”
What did he mean? In this speech to an
annual anti-Zionist conference, Mr. Ahma-
dinejad was being prophetic, not threaten-
ing. He was citing Imam Khomeini, who
said this line in the 1980s – a period when
Israel was actually selling arms to Iran, so
apparently it was not viewed as so ghastly
then. Mr. Ahmadinejad had just reminded
his audience that the Shah’s regime, the
Soviet Union, and Saddam Hussein had all
seemed enormously powerful and immov-
able, yet the first two had vanished almost
beyond recall and the third now lan-
guished in prison. So, too, the “occupying
regime” in Jerusalem would someday be
gone. His message was, in essence, “This
too shall pass.”
But what about his other “threats” against
Israel? The blathersphere made great hay
from his supposed comment later in the
same speech, “There is no doubt: the new
wave of assaults in Palestine will erase the
stigma in [the] countenance of the Islamic
world.” “Stigma” was interpreted as “Is-
rael” and “wave of assaults” was ominous.
24 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
But what he actually said was, “I have no
doubt that the new movement taking place
in our dear Palestine is a wave of morality
which is spanning the entire Islamic world
and which will soon remove this stain of
disgrace from the Islamic world.” “Wave
of morality” is not “wave of assaults.” The
preceding sentence had made clear that
the “stain of disgrace” was the Muslim
world’s failure to eliminate the “occupy-
ing regime”.
For months,
scholars like Cole
and journalists The most infamous quote,
like the London
Guardian’s Jona- “Israel must be wiped
than Steele have
been pointing out
off the map”, is the most
these mistransla- glaringly wrong. In his
tions while more
and more appear: October 2005 speech, Mr.
for example, Mr.
Ahmadinejad’s Ahmadinejad never used
comments at the
Organization of
the word “map” or the
Islamic Coun- term “wiped off”.
tries meeting on
August 3, 2006.
Radio Free Eu-
rope reported that he said “that the ‘main
cure’ for crisis in the Middle East is the
elimination of Israel.” “Elimination of Is-
rael” implies physical destruction: bombs,
strafing, terror, throwing Jews into the
sea. Tony Blair denounced the translated
statement as “quite shocking”. But Mr.
Ahmadinejad never said this. According to
al-Jazeera, what he actually said was “The
real cure for the conflict is the elimination
of the Zionist regime, but there should be
an immediate ceasefire first.”
Nefarious agendas are evident in consis-
tently translating “eliminating the occupa-
tion regime” as “destruction of Israel”.
“Regime” refers to governance, not
populations or cities. “Zionist regime” is
the government of Israel and its system of
laws, which have annexed Palestinian land
and hold millions of Palestinians under
military occupation. Many mainstream
human rights activists believe that Israel’s
“regime” must indeed be transformed,
although they disagree how. Some hope
that Israel can be redeemed by a change
of philosophy and government (regime)
that would allow a two-state solution.
Others believe that Jewish statehood itself
is inherently unjust, as it embeds rac-
ist principles into state governance, and
call for its transformation into a secular
democracy (change of regime). None of
these ideas about regime change signi-
fies the expulsion of Jews into the sea or
the ravaging of their
towns and cities.
All signify profound
political change,
necessary to creating
a just peace.
Mr. Ahmadinejad
made other state-
ments at the Orga-
nization of Islamic
Countries that clearly
indicated his un-
derstanding that
Israel must be treated
within the frame-
work of international
law. For instance, he
recognised the reality
of present borders when he said that “any
aggressor should go back to the Lebanese
international border”. He recognised the
authority of Israel and the role of diplo-
macy in observing, “The circumstances
should be prepared for the return of the
refugees and displaced people, and prison-
ers should be exchanged.” He also called
for a boycott: “We also propose that the
Islamic nations immediately cut all their
overt and covert political and economic
relations with the Zionist regime.” A
double bushel of major Jewish peace
groups, US church groups, and hordes of
human rights organisations have said the
same things.
A final word is due about Mr. Ahma-
dinejad’s “Holocaust denial”. Holocaust
denial is a very sensitive issue in the West,
where it notoriously serves anti-Semitism.
Elsewhere in the world, however, foggi-
ness about the Holocaust traces more to
a sheer lack of information. One might
think there is plenty of information about
the Holocaust worldwide, but this is a mis-
take. (Lest we be snooty, Americans show
the same startling insularity from general
knowledge when, for example, they live

to late adulthood still not grasping that US
forces killed at least two million Vietnam-
ese and believing that anyone who says
so is anti-American. Most French people
have not yet accepted that their army
slaughtered a million Arabs in Algeria.)
Scepticism about the Holocaust narra-
tive has started to take hold in the Middle
East not because people hate Jews but
because that narrative is deployed to argue
that Israel has a right to “defend itself”
by attacking every country in its vicin-
ity. Middle East publics are so used to
western canards legitimising colonial or
imperial takeovers that some wonder if the
six-million-dead argument is just another
myth or exaggerated tale. It is dismal that
Mr. Ahmadinejad seems to belong to this
ill-educated sector, but he has never been
known for his higher education.
Still, Mr. Ahmadinejad did not say what
the US Subcommittee on Intelligence
Policy reported that he said: “They have
invented a myth that Jews were massacred
and place this above God, religions and
the prophets.” He actually said, “In the
name of the Holocaust they have cre-
ated a myth and regard it to be worthier
than God, religion and the prophets.”
This language targets the myth of the
Holocaust, not the Holocaust itself - i.e.,
“myth” as “mystique”, or what has been
done with the Holocaust. Other writers,
including important Jewish theologians,
have criticised the “cult” or “ghost” of the
Holocaust without denying that it hap-
pened. In any case, Mr. Ahmadinejad’s
main message has been that, if the Ho-
locaust happened as Europe says it did,
then Europe, and not the Muslim world, is
responsible for it.
Why is Mr. Ahmadinejad being so system-
atically misquoted and demonised? Need
we ask? If the world believes that Iran is
preparing to attack Israel, then the US or
Israel can claim justification in attacking
Iran first. On that agenda, the disinforma-
tion campaign about Mr. Ahmadinejad’s
statements has been bonded at the hip to a
second set of lies: promoting Iran’s (non-
existent) nuclear weapons programme.
The current fuss about Iran’s nuclear
enrichment programme is playing out so
identically to US canards about Iraq’s
WMD that we must wonder why it is not
meeting only roaring international deri-
sion. With multiple agendas regarding
Iran – oil, US hegemony, Israel, neocon
fantasies of a “new Middle East” – the
Bush administration has raised a great
The UNCENSORED News
international scare about Iran’s nuclear
enrichment programme. (See Ray Close,
“Why Bush Will Choose War Against
Iran”.) But, plowing through Iran’s fa-
cilities and records, International Atomic
Energy Agency inspectors have found no
evidence of a weapons programme. The
US intelligence community hasn’t found
anything, either.
All experts concur that, even if Iran has
such a programme, it is five to ten years
away from having the enriched uranium
necessary for an actual weapon, so pre-
emptive military action now is hardly
necessary. Even the recent report by the
Republican-dominated Subcommittee on
Intelligence Policy, which pointed out that
the US government lacks the intelligence
on Iran’s weapons programme necessary
to thwart it, effectively confirms that the
supposed “intelligence” is patchy and
inadequate.
The Bush administration’s casual neglect
of North Korea’s nuclear programme
indicates that nuclear weapons are not,
in fact, the issue here. The neocons are
intent on changing the regime in Iran and
so have deployed their propagandists to
promote the “nuclear weapons” scare just
they promoted
the Iraqi WMD
scare. Republi-
can rhetoric and What we are seeing now
right-wing news
commentators
is the US creating the
have fallen into international security
line, obediently
repeating base- context for Israel’s uni-
less assertions
that Iran has a lateral strike and pre-
“nuclear weap-
ons program,” is
paring to cover Israel’s
threatening the back in the aftermath.
world and espe-
cially Israel with
its “nuclear weapons program,” and must
not be allowed to complete its “nuclear
weapons program.” Those who nervously
point out that hard evidence is actually
lacking about any Iranian “nuclear weap-
ons program” are derided as naïve and
spineless patsies.
Worse, the Bush administration has
brought this snow-job to the UN, wran-
gling the Security Council into passing
a resolution (SC 1696) demanding that
Iran cease nuclear enrichment by August
31 and warning of sanctions if it doesn’t.
Combined with its abysmal performance
regarding Israel’s assault on Lebanon,
the Security Council has crumbled into
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
humiliating obsequious incompetence on
this one.
Like all phantasms, the nuclear-weapons
charge is hard to defeat because it cannot
be entirely disproved. Maybe some Iranian
scientists, in some remote underground
facility, are working on nuclear weapons
technology. Maybe feelers to North Korea
have explored the possibilities of getting
extra components. Normally, just because
something can’t be disproved does not
make it true. But in the neocon world, pos-
sibilities are realities, and a craven press
is there to click its heels and trumpet the
scaremongering headlines. It doesn’t take
much, through endless repetition of the
term “possible nuclear weapons program,”
for the word “possible” to drop quietly
away.
Evidence is, in any case, a mere detail to
the Bush administration, for which the
desire for nuclear weapons is sufficient
cause for a pre-emptive attack. In US
debates prior to invading Iraq, people
sometimes insisted that any real evidence
of WMD was sorely lacking. The White
House would then insist that, because
Saddam Hussein “wanted” such weapons,
he was likely to have them sometime in
the future. Hence
thought crimes,
even imaginary
thought crimes, are
now punishable by
military invasion.
Will the US really
attack Iran? US
generals are rightly
alarmed that bomb-
ing Iran’s nuclear
facilities would
unleash unprec-
edented attacks
on US occupation
forces in Iraq, as well as US bases in the
Gulf. Iran could even block the Straits of
Hormuz, which carries 40 percent of the
world’s oil. Spin-off terrorist militancy
would skyrocket. The potential damage
to international security and the world
economy would be unfathomably danger-
ous. The Bush administration’s necons
seem capable of any insanity, so none
of this may matter to them. But even the
neocons must be taking pause since Israel
failed to knock out Hizbullah using the
same onslaught from the air planned for
Iran.
25
The UNCENSORED News
But Israel can attack Iran, and this may
be the plan. Teaming up, the two coun-
tries could compensate for each other’s
strategic limitations. The US has been
contributing its superpower clout in the
Security Council, setting the stage for
sanctions, knowing Iran will not yield
on its enrichment programme. Having
cultivated a (mistaken) international
belief that Iran is threatening a direct
attack on Israel, the Israeli government
could then claim the right of self-de-
fense in taking unilateral pre-emptive
action to destroy the nuclear capacity of
a state declared in breach of UN direc-
tives. Direct retaliation by Iran against
Israel is impossible because Israel is
a nuclear power (and Iran is not) and
because the US security umbrella would
protect Israel. Regional reaction against
US targets might be curtailed by the
(scant) confusion about indirect US
complicity.
In that case, what we are seeing now is
the US creating the international secu-
rity context for Israel’s unilateral strike
and preparing to cover Israel’s back in
the aftermath.
Is this really the plan? Some evi-
dence suggests that it is on the table.
In recent years, Israel has purchased
new “bunker-busting” missiles, a fleet
of F-16 jets, and three latest-technol-
ogy German Dolphin submarines (and
ordered two more) – i.e., the appropri-
ate weaponry for striking Iran’s nuclear
installations. In March 2005, the Times
of London reported that Israel had
constructed a mock-up of Iran’s Natanz
facility in the desert and was conduct-
ing practice bombing runs. In recent
months, Israeli officials have openly
26 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
stated that if the UN fails to take action,
Israel will bomb Iran.
But Hizbullah, Iran’s ally, still threatens
Israel’s flank. Hence attacking Hizbul-
lah was more than a “demo” for attack-
ing Iran, as Seymour Hersh reported; it
was necessary to attacking Iran. Israel
failed to crush Hizbullah, but the out-
come may be better for Israel now that
Security Council Resolution 1701 has
made the entire international commu-
nity responsible for disarming Hizbul-
lah. If the US-sponsored 1701 effort
succeeds, the attack on Iran is a go.
As Israel and the US try to make that
deeply flawed plan work, we will
doubtless continue to read in every
forum that Iran’s president – a hostile,
irrational, Jew-hating, Holocaust-deny-
ing Islamo-fascist who has threatened to
“wipe Israel off the map” – is demon-
strably irrational enough to commit
national suicide by launching a (nonex-
istent) nuclear weapon against Israel’s
mighty nuclear arsenal. The message
is being hammered home: against this
media-created myth, Israel must truly
“defend itself.”
Virginia Tilley is a professor of political
science, a US citizen working in South
Africa, and author of The One-State So-
lution: A Breakthrough for Peace in the
Israeli-Palestinian Deadlock (Univer-
sity of Michigan Press and Manchester
University Press, 2005). She can be
reached at tilley@hws.edu
N
H ER A
TE Y
A
TOD New Zealand and Australian readers:
How many Hillman Hunters (Iranian
Peykans) can you count in these pic-
tures? (Answers on page 101)

End of the US
Dollar?
Merger of Canada, Mexico
and US in the pipeline.
by Leland Lehrman
leland.lehrman@gmail.com
Globalisation Speeds Up.
Council on Foreign Relations
Reveals Plan to Submerge
America into a “North Ameri-
can Union.”
When the American Free Press recently
reported that the Council on Foreign Rela-
tions (CFR) is actively promoting a North
American Currency called the “Amero”
as part of its plan to submerge the United
States into a “North American Union,” I
was not surprised. Deconstituting America
represents the planned endgame of those
whose aim is total global control. While
I do not share the author’s somewhat
xenophobic concern regarding our porous
borders, his other points are important:
“The “Amero,” is the name of the new
currency proposed by Robert Pastor, a
vice chairman of the CFR task force that
produced the report “Building a North
American Union.” It will replace the US
dollar, the Canadian dollar and the Mexi-
can peso.
Last year, Pastor, the director of the Center
for North American Studies at Ameri-
can University, and author of the book,
Toward a North American Community,
testified before the US Senate Foreign
Relations Committee in favour of limiting
the power and sovereignty of the United
States in deference to the CFR’s desired
super-regional entity.
Building a North American Union is the
blueprint contrived by globalist groups
like the CFR and Bilderberg. The North
American Union is proposed to supplant
the sovereign governments of the United
States, Canada and Mexico with a “super-
regional governance board.”
Under the North American Union,
Congress is to be superseded by a North
American Parliamentary Group. As cor-
The UNCENSORED News
rupt as Congress is, an unelected “par-
liamentary group” would be infinitely
worse.”
At first I wasn’t entirely sure that the
American Free Press report was accurate,
having observed a tendency towards exag-
geration on the internet with respect to the
issue. But, after looking at the CFR’s own
website, it is clear that the CFR is moving
in exactly the way described.
According to the complete CFR report:
“At their meeting in Waco, Texas, at the
end of March 2005, US President George
W. Bush, Mexican President Vicente Fox,
and Canadian Prime Minister Paul Martin
committed their governments to a path of
cooperation and joint action.” Although
the report attempts to placate anticipated
criticism by stating that “we must main-
tain respect for each other’s national sov-
ereignty,” Robert Pastor, the vice-chair of
the Task Force which produced the report,
recently testified to the Senate Foreign
Relations Committee that:
“This trilateral approach should be institu-
tionalized in a new North American Advi-
sory Council... the Commission or Council
should be lean, independent, and advisory,
composed of 15 distinguished individuals,
5 from each nation. Its principal purpose
should be to prepare a North American
agenda for leaders to consider at biannual
summits and to monitor the implementa-
tion of the resulting agreements.”
He went on to recommend that: “The US
Congress should also merge the US-Mexi-
can and US-Canadian interparliamentary
groups into a single North American
Parliamentary Group. A third institution
should be a Permanent Tribunal on Trade
and Investment.”
From: http://prisonplanet.com/articles/
september2006/070906insidejob.htm
US FDA Approves
Viral Adulteration
Of US Food Supply
By Byron J. Richards, CCN
24 August 2006
On Friday, August 18, 2006, the FDA
approved a viral cocktail to be sprayed on
foods we eat. This is the first time viruses
have been approved for use as food ad-
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
ditives. The FDA wants you to believe
it will be safe to consume these viruses
every day for the rest of your life with no
adverse health effects. This is a monumen-
tal announcement by the FDA, indicating
they are throwing all caution to the wind
regarding the safety of our food supply.
Are you willing to stand in line for a
virus-laden sandwich? How do you like
the idea of buying virus-infested food
for your family? The first virally con-
taminated foods entering our food supply
with the blessings of the FDA will be
luncheon meat and poultry. Live viruses
will be sprayed on foods such as cold
cuts, sausages, hot dogs, sliced turkey, and
chicken.
At issue is the very real problem of a poor
quality FDA-approved food supply that
is already full of diseased and sickly ani-
mals, many of them imported from other
countries. The use of antibiotics during
growth and radiation during food process-
ing is required by the fast-food animal
farms owned by multi-national companies
to cover up the horrendous health of the
animals they wish to feed to Americans.
Animals in poor health are a friendly place
for bacteria to grow and prosper, especial-
ly after such meat goes to market. Rather
than address the source of the problem,
the FDA wants to add another adulteration
into our food supply.
The stated goal of the new FDA-approved
viruses is to kill a rare bacterium known
as Listeria monocytogenes. This bacterium
is killed by cooking; however, it poses a
problem in meats that are cooked during
processing and not cooked again prior to
consumption, so it can readily infect foods
such as deli meats. Yes, the FDA plans to
use one infectious organism to fight an-
other. The carnage of battle will end up in
your digestive tract along with the victori-
ous live viruses, which the FDA assures us
will not attack human cells. However, they
cannot possibly be certain the viruses will
not attack the friendly bacteria that make
up the lining of your digestive tract. The
FDA approval was based on scant human
testing, mostly from unrelated medical
experiments. Such safety data is woefully
inadequate to determine safe ingestion
of a specific product by humans over the
course of a lifetime.
www.truthinwellness.com
www.cryobenthics.org
www.regainyourbrain.org
www.synthaissance.blogspot.com
27

World’s Largest
Rice Company
Halts All Imports
from USA
AMSTERDAM - September 29 - In yet
another blow to the US rice industry, the
world’s largest rice processing company,
Ebro Puleva,(1) which controls 30% of the
EU rice market, has confirmed to Green-
peace International that it has stopped
all imports of rice from the USA to the
EU due to the threat of contamination by
genetically engineered (GE) rice.
The move follows a summer of scandals,
with illegal GE contamination found in
rice products all over Europe. As a result
of Bayer’s recklessness, the global food
industry is facing massive costs associated
with this contamination, including test-
ing costs, product recalls, brand damage,
import bans and cancelled imports and
contracts.
Ebro Puleva has also indicated that it will
not consider purchasing from the US until
the situation is under control. Instead, the
company will purchase rice from other
countries, with the exception of China,
which continues to have problems with
GE contamination of its rice.
At least three multi-million dollar class
action lawsuits have been filed by US
rice farmers against Bayer CropScience
already, as farmers struggle to protect their
livelihoods (3). Ebro Puleva has said they
expect to bring legal actions against Bayer
as well.
In January this year, Bayer’s illegal GE
LL601 rice was detected in rice intended
for export from the US. This variety has
not been approved for human consump-
tion anywhere in the world. It has only
been grown in field trials that ended in
2001, and yet in September 2006, testing
commissioned by Greenpeace and then by
various European government agencies
showed a broad variety of products on
supermarket shelves in Europe had been
contaminated by Bayer’s illegal GE rice.
Following the Greenpeace exposé German
supermarket chain Edeka announced that
they would cease selling all US long grain
rice. A number of European retailers, mill-
ers and processors have followed suit.
http://www.commondreams.org/
news2006/0929-12.htm
28 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
and open faith. He adds that he changed
Hinduism No his name to Ananda because of its Sanskrit
meaning, happiness.
Barrier to Job as In an interview with today’s edition of
Priest in Church of Church Times, Mr Hart admits that he had
not told Dr Russell that he had converted,
England but said that he would be amazed if his
conversion were treated with any suspi-
cion.
By Ruth Gledhill
Religion Correspondent, Times Online
“I have neither explicitly nor implicitly re-
nounced my Christian faith or priesthood,”
A PRIEST with the Church of England
he said. The renewal of his licence was
who converted to Hinduism has been al-
sponsored by the Rural Dean of Colombo
lowed to continue to officiate as a cleric.
in Sri Lanka. Mr Hart believes that his
change to Hinduism would be “read in the
The Rev David Hart’s diocese renewed
spirit of open exploration and dialogue,
his licence this summer even though he
which is an essential feature of our shared
had moved to India, changed his name to
modern spirituality”.
Ananda and daily blesses a congregation
of Hindus with fire previously offered up
He also said that he would continue to
to Nagar, the snake god. He also “recites
celebrate as an Anglican priest when he
Gayatri Mantram with the same devotion
visited England, but he would
with which he celebrates
also visit a Hindu temple
the Eucharist”, according to
while there. “My philosophi-
The Hindu, India’s national
cal position is that all reli-
newspaper.
gions are cultural constructs,”
he said. “I am acting out
The Hindu this week pic-
God’s story in local terms.”
tures him offering prayers
to an idol of the elephant
In an earlier interview in In-
god Ganesh in front of his
dia, the former University of
house. However, he still
Cambridge chaplain said that
believes he is fit to cel-
he was planning to immerse
ebrate as an Anglican priest
his idol of the four-armed
and plans to do so when he
Ganesh in the ocean.
returns to Britain.
David Hart offers prayers to Ganesh in his “In England, the idol
Mr Hart, a for-
new Indian “parish”. He now calls himself of Ganesha is more
mer chairman of
Ananda (C.Ratheesh Kumar/The Hindu) popular than Krishna
Christian Aid in
or any other Indian
Loughborough
god and many households have Ganesha
and chaplain at Loughborough Univer-
in the living room,” Mr Hart said.
sity, now serves in the Hindu temple in
Thiruvananthapuram, a village in Kerala,
“The modern world is no longer domi-
southern India.
nated by any single form of belief. It is a
world of religious pluralism. The Anglican
He was initiated as an Anglican priest in
Church firmly believes in engaging itself
1984 and, before leaving for India, was
fully in inter-faith dialogues. God is the
serving the Diocese of Ely, which cov-
same irrespective of whether you pray to
ers most of Cambridgeshire and part of
him in a temple, church or mosque.”
Norfolk, and living in Stretham. Anthony
Russell, the Bishop of Ely, sent Mr Hart
However, not everyone in the Church
his licence, along with a personal letter,
of England is impressed by Mr Hart’s
just three months after Mr Hart published
passion for Hinduism. Pauline Scott, the
a book, Trading Faith: Global Religion
team vicar of St James, in Stretham, said
in an Age of Rapid Change, in which he
that she would oppose any attempts by Mr
writes about his conversion to Hinduism.
Hart to celebrate in the Ely Diocese.
Mr Hart is the international secretary for
“We do tend to use Christian priests, sur-
the World Congress of Faiths, the world’s
prisingly enough,” she said.
oldest interfaith organisation, and is a
strong advocate of pluralism. He says in
The Bishop of Ely’s office said that it had
his book that Hinduism accepts the divin-
not known of Mr Hart’s conversion to
ity of Jesus and is an especially tolerant
Hinduism until this week.
CENSORSHIP WATCH:
US CREATES
INFORMATION
VISAS (I-VISA)
A Bush administration method for controlling
the foreign media’s coverage of the United
States...
By Wayne Madsen
August 28, 2006
http://www.waynemadsenreport.com
SPECIAL REPORT FROM EUROPE – You’re a foreign journal-
ist and you want to visit the United States to cover a story. If you
think it is as easy as hopping on an airplane, even if you are a
citizen or resident of a visa-waiver country, guess again. Journal-
ists wishing to travel to the United States – whether they are with
print, television, radio, or Internet media – must first obtain an
“I-Visa” from the US embassy or selected consulates responsible
for their jurisdictions. Freelance journalists who are not under
contract to a US-recognised media organisation need not apply.
Journalists must fill out a detailed application in which they are
required to outline what story they are writing about and they
must personally visit the US embassy and consulate for “adminis-
trative processing, biometric collection and a personal interview.”
Biometric processing at the US embassy in Copenhagen entails
having one’s thumb electronically scanned. Journalists visiting
some US diplomatic missions for the interview cannot bring in
electronic devices (cell phones, PDAs, laptops) [or] backpacks,
suitcases and attaché cases.” At certain missions, US embassy
security personnel refuse to store such items during the interview
process. Others confiscate cell phones and tag them for pick up
after the interview process (needless to say, the interview process
might last a bit longer if the local US spooks decide to examine
the journalist’s cell phone call list and perform certain “modifica-
tions.”) At the Madrid embassy, the only bags that are permitted
inside the compound are those having medical purposes, such as
insulin kits.
Journalists must also provide their addresses in the United States
and the names and addresses of those who they will be inter-
viewing. So much for freedom of the press and the protection of
journalists’ sources.
The real rub comes with the I-Visa application fee. Journalists
who believe they can pay the 85 Euro (US$108) fee in Germany
and Denmark by cheque, cash, or credit card are out of luck. Cer-
tain US embassies, like those in Copenhagen and Berlin, through
a bank wire contrivance, require visa fees to be paid into special
bank accounts established by the various US embassies. In Ger-
many, the Bush cronies have cut a deal with a small outfit called
Roskos and Meier OHG, a 23-person subsidiary of the giant
banking consortium, Alianz Group. Roskos and Meier has only
been around since 1994 when Messrs. Roskos and Meier formed
their company to provide insurance and financial services in the
Berlin-Brandenburg area. Now they have a lucrative sweetheart
deal with the US embassy to confirm that visa fees have been
paid from individuals applying for visas at the Berlin embassy
and Frankfurt consulate. The visa payments go to a special
account established at Dresdner Bank AG Berlin, Bank Rout-
ing Number (BLZ): 120 800 00, Account No. (Kontonr.): 405
125 7600. In Denmark, the journalists’ visa money (600 Danish
Kroner) is wired to a special embassy account at the Jyske Bank
Reg. No. 5013, account number 200200-2. Internet banking or
bank-to-bank payments are not permitted. The US embassy in
Helsinki requires journalists to pay 85 Euros into Nordea Bank
account #221918-16629.
In Spain, $100 in Euros must be deposited with the Banco
Santander Central Hispano (BSCH), bank account: 0049-1803-
54-2210316035. In China, a visa application fee of 810 RMB
(US$101) can only be paid at selected branches of the CITIC
Industrial Bank. In the United Arab Emirates, the $100 applica-
tion fee must go to the National Bank of Abu Dhabi. In Cyprus,
46 Cyprus Pounds (US$102) lands in special LAIKI Bank ac-
count “American Embassy – MRV – Account Number: 070-21-
074824.”
Morten Torkildsen, a special investigator for the UN’s Interna-
tional Criminal Tribunal for Yugoslavia, stated the following
concerning the Nicosia US embassy’s favorite Cypriot bank in
a 58-page report on Slobodon Milosevic’s secret foreign hold-
ings. “Popular (LAIKI) Bank, the island’s second largest bank,
allowed a group of Yugoslav-controlled front companies to oper-
ate in defiance of UN sanctions. These companies supplied Mr.
Milosevic’s government with fuel, raw materials, spare parts and
weapons to pursue wars in Bosnia in 1992-1996 and in Kosovo
in 1998-1999.” LAIKI’s largest shareholder (at 22 percent) is
the powerful Hong Kong and Shanghai Banking Corporation
(HSBC). Even with all the questions surrounding LAIKI Bank
and its involvement in money laundering for Milosevic and his
regime, the Cypriot bank easily purchased Belgrade, Serbia-
based Centrobanka in January 2005.
Just think of all the various and differing US embassy visa ap-
plication fee requirements and bank accounts in all the countries
around the world. Considering all the other financial malfeasance
in the Bush administration, to what degree are these accounts
audited? Can anyone spell “slush fund?”
And there is no consistency in the visa fee programme. At the US
embassy in London, they accept credit cards (but no debit cards)
or bank transfer or bank cash payments (bank Giro) to a Barclays
Bank special account.
What happens if the Bush cronies decide they do not like the
story a foreign journalist will be pursuing? They will reject the
I-Visa application – no explanation necessary. But if the rejected
journalist expects a refund of his or her $108, $102, or $100, he
or she can guess again. According to the US embassy in Germa-
ny, “refunds of this fee are rarely granted, and generally only in
cases in which the embassy has made an error in processing the
visa application. In the case in which a visa request has been re-
fused or an applicant has erroneously paid the fee twice, a refund
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 29
will not be approved.” In Denmark, it does not matter if the US
embassy screwed up the application processing or not, refunds
are not made under any circumstance.
What happens if the visa payment confirmation is delayed for
some reason. Well, the journalist can call the US Visa Informa-
tion Service. But it is at a cost. Callers are charged 1.86 Euros
(US$2.37) per minute. In Spain and Andorra, the US embassy in
Madrid has figured out another phone scam. Landline phone in-
quiries about US visa status in Spain cost 1.09 Euros per minute
but if someone calls on a cell phone, the charge is higher, 1.51
Euros per minute ($1.93/minute). That can get pretty expensive
if some bureaucratic nincompoop puts a caller on hold. If a
journalist phones the US visa line in Spain from, say, Morocco
or Portugal, an additional $10 per transaction charge is assessed.
But you can charge that to your Visa or Master Card.
Only certain US diplomatic missions process I-Visas. If you’re
a journalist in Greenland or the Faeroe Islands and you want to
cover a story in the United States, you must make a long trip east
to Copenhagen before you travel west to the United States. The
same cumbersome process goes for journalists in the Maldives
(they must fly to Colombo, Sri Lanka), East Timor (figure on a
trip to Jakarta, Indonesia – not friendly territory for East Ti-
morese), Sao Tome (you must go to Libreville, Gabon), San
Marino (visas only obtainable in Rome), Liechtenstein (no good
to go to Zurich, which is a hop, skip, and jump away, you must
go to the embassy in Bern), Monaco (no trip to the US without
going to the embassy in Paris first), and Grenada (not without a
trip to Bridgetown, Barbados). There are countless other similar
roadblocks thrown in the way of journalists wishing to travel to
the United States.
In some cases, foreign journalists who carry the necessary I-Visa
are, nevertheless, subjected to humiliating questioning and strip
searches at US airports. One Danish journalist was required to
slip down to his skivvies, bend over, and have some perverted
Homeland Security official stick his finger up his rectum. Some
female journalists from such friendly countries as Britain and
Australia have been handcuffed and sexually groped by other
30 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Homeland Security lechers and lotharios. Meanwhile, the Bush
administration’s grand dame of international public relations,
Bush’s gal-pal Karen Hughes, who might even put off a Home-
land Security sex maniac, continues to insist that she is improv-
ing America’s image abroad. As far as most international journal-
ists are concerned, she is a complete joke. And so is George W.
Bush. The State Department web page comically posts the fol-
lowing message from Bush to US visa seekers: “America is not a
fortress; no, we never want to be a fortress. We’re a free country;
we’re an open society. And we must always protect the rights
of our law – of law-abiding citizens from around the world who
come here to conduct business or to study or to spend time with
their family.” Yeah, right. And Bush thinks jamming fingers up
the asses of arriving journalists is part of living in a free country.
Right now, it is fortunate that most countries are not reciprocating
against US journalists in kind. In fact, there are very few coun-
tries that require special visas for journalists. The United States
and a few tin horn dictatorships are among the few countries
that restrict admittance and travel for foreign journalists. Israel
severely restricts media access to the West Bank and Gaza. On
the other hand, Cuba provides freer access for foreign journal-
ists than does the United States. It is just that a vocal jingoistic
minority in southern Florida and their lickspittles in the Bush
administration don’t want any American journalists to witness for
themselves the relative freedom for foreign journalists to report
from Cuba. Ask Cuban authorities the total lack of restrictions on
journalists reporting on and photographing conditions inside the
US prison camp at Guantanamo Bay from their side of the fence
and then consider the draconian restrictions places on US and
foreign journalists inside the US military concentration camp.
If the Republicans and neo-cons are not run out of Washington
soon, the situation for American journalists abroad may change
dramatically. And the public’s right to know will be the major
casualty in such an event.
Copyright 2006 Wayne Madsen Report. All rights reserved.
What every up-to-the-minute
surveillance agency needs ...

UK to Criminalise
US Reporters for
‘Banned’ News
By Paul Craig Roberts
31 August 2006
Now, the UK-NWO want to prosecute
American companies, individual journal-
ists and website owners who post stories
that are BANNED by UK Big Brother as
unacceptable in BRITAIN.
Translation...The UK can now prosecute
not only the NY Times, but also people
like Alex Jones, Jeff Rense, Paul Watson,
etc... ANYONE no matter if they LIVE in
England OR NOT. Say anything against
the British Government and YOU can be
PROSECUTED.
Should only be a matter of time before the
Elite, NWO, Brownshirt, Royal Interpol
Agents come a knocking on Alex’s, Jeff’s,
etc front door for posting News Stories
against the wishes of the UK NWO.
Read it and weep:
NYT Move To Block Internet News To
Brits Raises Questions
By Daniel Trotta
31 August 2006
NEW YORK (Reuters) – A New York
Times decision to block British online
readers from seeing a story about London
terrorism suspects raises new questions on
restricting the flow of information in the
Internet age, legal and media experts say.
The New York Times said on Tuesday
it had blocked British Internet readers
from seeing a story detailing elements of
the investigation into a suspected plot to
blow up airliners between Britain and the
United States.
The story was published in Monday’s pa-
per. Under British laws, courts will punish
media organisations that publish material
that judges feel may influence jurors and
prevent suspects receiving a fair trial.
“There has not been a prosecution for
contempt over anybody publishing outside
this jurisdiction (Britain), but logically
there is no reason why there should not
be,” said Caroline Kean, partner at UK
media law firm Wiggin.
While restricting what British media can
report has been effective in the past, the
Internet has made it far harder to stop
information published by foreign outlets,
which may breach Britain’s laws, from
being seen by UK readers.
The New York Times article cited unnamed
investigators providing information not
given publicly by British police.
It detailed the content of martyrdom vid-
eos and bomb-making equipment found
by police and said an attempt to blow
up the airliners was not as imminent as
authorities had suggested.
The same article appeared on the paper’s
Web site, www.nytimes.com, but readers in
Britain who clicked on the headline re-
ceived the notice “This Article Is Unavail-
able.”
“On advice of legal counsel, this article is
unavailable to readers of nytimes.com in
Britain. This arises from the requirement
in British law that prohibits publication of
prejudicial information about the defen-
dants prior to trial,” the notice said.
PUBLISHED IN BRITAIN
However British newspapers the Times
and the Daily Mail also published details
from the New York Times article this week.
A government source said no injunctions
had been taken out against the British
papers, but action could not be ruled out
if details were in any future publications,
closer to a trial date.
“We’re keeping it under careful, constant
review,” he said.
Because British courts may impose heavy
fines and jail editors, foreign newspapers
sometimes hold potentially sensitive sto-
ries out of their British print editions.
Media lawyer Mark Stephens of Finer,
Stephens, Innocent said he could not see
anything wrong with the blocked New
York Times article and the decision by
British papers to print similar details
showed the contempt of court law may be
the problem.
“It’s probably unhelpful to have an area of
law which is so uncertain where one set of
lawyers is saying censor everything while
another says there’s nothing wrong with
it,” he said.
“Even by blocking you don’t have the
desired effect. You actually create an
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
enhanced interest as the blocking becomes
a story in itself, which fans the flames of
curiosity,” he said.
This was the first time the New York Times
had targeted a readership and blocked it
from seeing a story on the Web, as far as a
spokeswoman and a lawyer from the paper
could recall.
“The British take this very seriously and
tend to attack publications for contempt
even if the arguments that we would have
made sounded fairly reasonable,” George
Freeman, a lawyer with the New York
Times.
Freeman said it was no guarantee that
someone in Britain could not find the
story.
“But our position is that we did what we
could to prevent publication in Britain. If
someone carries in on a jet plane a New
York Times from New York, that’s not our
doing and we can’t prevent that,” Freeman
said.
(Additional reporting by David Clarke and
Michael Holden in London)
US out of US!
If you consider that there has
been an average of 160,000 troops
in the Iraq theatre of operations
during the last 22 months, and a
total of 2,112 deaths, that gives
a firearm death rate of 60 per
100,000 soldiers.
The firearm death rate in Wash-
ington D.C. is 80.6 per 100,000 for
the same period.
That means that you are about
25% more likely to be shot and
killed in the U.S. Capitol which
has some of the strictest gun con-
trol laws in the nation, than you
are in Iraq.
Conclusion: The U.S. should pull
out of Washington.
31
No News Is
Slow News
by John Pilger
15 September, 2006
When I began working as a journalist, there was
something called “slow news.” We would refer to
“slow news days” when “nothing happened” – apart
from, that is, triumphs and tragedies in faraway places
where most of humanity lived. These were rarely
reported, or the tragedies were dismissed as acts of
nature, regardless of evidence to the contrary. The
news value of whole societies was measured by their
relationship with “us” in the West and their degree of
compliance with, or hostility to, our authority. If they
didn’t measure up, they were slow news.
Few of these assumptions have changed. To sustain
them, millions of people remain invisible, and expend-
able. On Sept. 11, 2001, while the world lamented the
deaths of almost 3,000 people in the United States,
the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organisation
reported that more than 36,000 children had died from
the effects of extreme poverty. They were very slow
news.
Let’s take a few recent examples and compare each
with the regular news as seen on the BBC and else-
where. Keep in mind that Palestinians are chronically
slow news and that Israelis are regular news.
Regular news: Charles Clarke, a spokesman for Tony
Blair, “revives the battle of Downing Street” and calls
Gordon Brown “stupid, stupid” and a “control freak.”
He disapproves of the way Brown smiles. This is
given saturation coverage.
Slow news: “A genocide is taking place in Gaza,”
warns Ilan Pappe, one of Israel’s leading historians.
“This morning … another three citizens of Gaza were
killed and a whole family wounded. This is the morn-
ing reap; before the end of the day many more will be
massacred.”
Regular news: Blair visits the West Bank and Leba-
non as a “peacemaker” and a “broker” between the
Israeli prime minister and the “moderate” Palestinian
president. Keeping a straight face, he warns against
“grandstanding” and “apportioning blame.”
Slow news: When the Israeli army attacked the West
Bank in 2002, flattening homes, killing civilians, and
trashing homes and museums, Blair was forewarned
and gave “the green light.” He was also warned about
the recent Israeli attack on Gaza and on Lebanon.
32 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Regular news: Blair tells Iran to heed the UN Se-
curity Council on “not going forward with a nuclear
programme.”
Slow news: The Israeli attack on Lebanon was part of
a sequence of carefully planned military operations, of
which the next is Iran. US forces are ready to destroy
10,000 targets. The US and Israel contemplate the use
of tactical nuclear weapons against Iran, even though
Iran’s nuclear weapons programme is nonexistent.
Regular news: “We have been making real progress
in areas where the insurgency has been strongest,”
says a US military spokesman in Iraq.
Slow news: The US military has lost all control over
al-Anbar province, west of Baghdad, including the
towns of Fallujah and Ramadi, which are now in the
hands of the resistance. This means the US has lost
control of much of Iraq.
Regular news: “It is quite clear that real progress has
been made [in Afghanistan],” says the Foreign Office.
Slow news: NATO pilots kill 13 Afghan civilians,
including nine children, during an attack to “pro-
vide cover” for British troops based at Musa Kala in
Helmand province.
Regular news: Blair is Labour’s most successful
prime minister, winning three landslide election victo-
ries in a row.
Slow news: In 1997, Tony Blair won fewer popular
votes than John Major’s Tories in 1992. In 2001, Blair
won fewer popular votes than Neil Kinnock’s Labour
in 1992. In 2005, Blair won fewer popular votes than
the Tories in 1997. The past two elections have pro-
duced the lowest turnouts since the franchise. Blair
has the support of little over a fifth of the eligible Brit-
ish voting population.
Regular news: In the age of Blair “ideology has sur-
rendered entirely to ‘values’ … there are no sacred
cows [and] no fossilised limits to the ground over
which the mind might range in search of a better Brit-
ain,” wrote Hugo Young, the Guardian, 1997.
Slow news: “Nuremberg declared that aggressive war
is the supreme international crime. They [Bush and
Blair] should be tried along with Saddam Hussein,”
says Benjamin Ferencz, chief prosecutor of Nazi
crimes at Nuremberg.
“Everything faded into mist.
The past was erased, the erasure was
forgotten, the lie became the truth.” 
– George Orwell, 1984
Five Years OF
MEDIA SILENCE
 9/11 - A Modern Fairy Tale
Once upon a time in America, the land of
opportunity, a group of foreign guys at a
Florida strip club said: “Let’s get Korans
and boxcutters and hijack airplanes and
crash them into skyscrapers.”
 
And so they did.
 
They bought flight manuals and lapdances,
Korans and double martinis. They took
flight lessons and bad photos. But most of
all they flew badly and partied and flunked
flight school.
 
“But how will we deceive NORAD?” said
one flunky. “And how will we get past
airport security?” asked another. “And
how many millions should we invest in
Put Options?” said a third.
 
They discovered that NORAD and the
Pentagon would be having some mili-
tary exercises on the exact same day they
chose for their mission. Although several
top US officials knew in advance not to
fly that day, nobody warned any average
citizen.
 
Next the G-string jihadists outwitted the
FBI. They outfoxed the Bureau’s top of-
ficials by brilliantly exposing their plans
to FBI field agents months in advance.
The plotters seemed to know that the FBI
head honchos would never believe their
most patriotic field agents. Instead they
would harass these agents long after the
plot unfolded.
 
Next the 19 outlined their plan. “We’ll get
past Israeli security at Logan airport in
Boston by posing as Arab terrorists. We
won’t even check in or show proper cre-
dentials. We’ll just go right on through,
like ghosts.”
 
And so they did.
 
But one BIG problem vexed them greatly.
How exactly would steel skyscrapers,
seven of them, fall down once two alu-
minum airplanes hit them? So they went
bowling and decided that the two airplanes
would be like the bowling ball and the
WTC buildings would be like the pins.
 
Still they wondered: How to make these
massive towers, built with an enormous
inner core to withstand 180 mph hurri-
canes, engineered to survive the impact of
a jumbo jet, actually fall down?
34 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
 So the 19 flight school dropouts put their
minds together and thought and thought.
The Newtonian laws of gravity and phys-
ics, and the long history of burning steel
skyscrapers (none had ever fallen down
before – or since) seemed to be against
them.
 
“What if we make the Twin Towers pan-
cake down?” said one flunky, with a face
full of buttermilk hotcake. The plotters
were all eating a pre-dawn breakfast spe-
cial with their bleary-eyed lapdancers. A
group of Iraqi undercover agents, Sad-
dam’s finest, had joined them, savouring
a short stack of blueberry pancakes. And
so the laws of physics and logic waffled
that day.
 
“We can also knock down the CIA head-
quarters in New York City, demolish the
mayor’s command post, and wreck the
SEC records building while we’re at it,
crushing the entire building while smack-
ing the structure with a few objects the
size of an I-beam,” said one bright plotter, the alleged mastermind.
remembering his Put Options.
 
And so they did.
 
The mighty Pentagon was next to fall. A
fortress guarded by many layers of secu-
rity, the trillion dollar war toy shopping
mall seemed impregnable.  But not to the
19 G-string jihadists.
 
They had discovered, by trial and error,
that it was mush easier to fly a hijacked
jumbo jet with screaming passengers than
Douglas Herman
to control a small Cessna with a calm
instructor beside them. They flew those
jumbo jets like Blue Angels – except bet-
ter – pulling ten G’s before leveling off
and smacking the Pentagon exactly where
it had been recently remodeled.
 
But unfortunately for the G-string jihad-
ists, the Pentagon bigwigs knew months
in advance. The Pentagonals even pub-
lished a report with a hijacked plane ex-
actly in the centre. They knew no hijacker
could ever score a bull’s eye – and they
were right.
The flight school dropouts only hit the
edge. But by outflanking, outfighting,
and outthinking the combined resources
of the Pentagon, CIA, NSA and FBI, the
flight school dropouts had succeeded.
Sure, they never received their certifica-
tion in small planes but they had outfoxed
NORAD, Israeli security and the com-
bined resources of the US Air Force in the
airspace over America.
And even more amazing: the 19 strip-
club afficiandos had engineered their own
deaths to look like deaths. Nearly half of
them were still alive the next day.
Call it a modern mission impossible.
19 flight school dropouts who couldn’t
control a Cessna had destroyed seven
heavily-insured steel skyscrapers and the
recently remodeled wing of the Penta-
gon, while outwitting airport security,
smashing CIA and SEC headquarters
in a 47-story New York skyscraper they
hadn’t even hit, while devising a brand
new scientific “pancake” theory. All while
remaining alive and forcing the entire US
population to live in terror, utterly taxed
for the unforeseeable future, to pay for
the trillions in new war toys and security
measures, in a fruitless manhunt to find
 
In conclusion, the19 boxcutter boys were
either the Ultimate Fighting Champions,
or the the above account remains a mod-
ern fairy tale, fabricated by the very same
people who placed those Put Options and
demolition charges and continue to profit
today.
 
USAF veteran and amateur historian, Douglas
Herman is the contorversial author of The Guns of
Dallas. He recieves mail at:
douglasherman7@yahoo.com

More Whistle Blowers Speak
Out on 9/11 “Inside Job”
28-Year Career
CIA Official Says
9/11 An Inside Job
Highlights missing Pentagon
trillions as potential motive
Paul Joseph Watson
Prison Planet.com
7 September 2006
A 28-year CIA career man and a former
sceptic of alternative 9/11 explanations
has gone further than ever before in voic-
ing his convictions that the attacks bore
the hallmarks of an inside job and the
three buildings in the WTC complex were
brought down by controlled demolition.
Bill Christison is a former senior official
of the CIA. He was a National Intelligence
Officer and the Director of the CIA’s
Office of Regional and Political Analysis
before his retirement in 1979. Since then
he has written numerous articles on US
foreign policies.
In Christison’s recent article, “Stop Belit-
tling the Theories About September 11”,
he afforded credibility to the notion that
“significant parts” of the official 9/11 story
were false and after careful research he
concluded that the twin towers and build-
ing 7, “were most probably destroyed by
controlled demolition charges placed in
the buildings.” Christison went further on
The Alex Jones Show, agreeing that the
attacks being an inside job was the “most
likely possibility.”
“David Griffin believes this all was totally
an inside job – I’ve got to say I think that
it was too,” said Christison.
Christison initially approached the subject
unwilling to even consider that elements
of the government could be engaged in
such heights of criminality but his re-
search quickly began to change his mind.
“Just about half a year ago it dawned on
me that not only was I trying to avoid
an issue that might be extraordinarily
important – more important than any other
issue,” said Christison.
“I have since decided that....at least some
elements in this US government had con-
tributed in some way or other to causing
9/11 to happen or at least allowing it to
happen.”
Christison stated that the suspicious col-
lapse of the three buildings, including
building 7 which wasn’t hit by a plane,
were likely the result of controlled demoli-
tions.
“The reason that the two towers in New
York actually collapsed and fell all the
way to the ground was controlled explo-
sions rather than just being hit by two air-
planes...All of the characteristics of these
demolitions show that they almost had to
have been controlled explosions.”
Referencing the 2.3 trillion dollars that
was discovered to be missing from the
Pentagon’s coffers, Christison emphasised
the fact that with an unlimited budget, the
scope of operations that could be under-
taken by the military-industrial complex
are almost without recourse.
“There is so much money now slosh-
ing around throughout not only the CIA
but the intelligence components of the
Defense Department – which are actually
bigger than the CIA – that these guys can
do almost anything they want these days.”
Christison said that one of the subsidiary
motives behind 9/11 was to take attention
away from an impending exposure of the
missing trillions and criminal proceed-
ings against high officials – just as LBJ
(Lyndon Johnson) had Kennedy assassi-
nated partly to delay imminent corruption
probes that would have sent him to prison.
Christison is just the latest in a deluge of
former government and intelligence agen-
cy insiders to boldly go public with their
doubts about the official story behind 9/11
and he has an urgent message for future
whistleblowers who might be considering
the same course of action.
“We have got to be willing to be discred-
ited, we have got to stick our necks out
– this is just plain too important.”
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Robert M. Bowman,
Head of Advanced
Space Programs for
DOD: 9/11 Inside Job
In 1977, Dr. Robert M. Bowman, head
of advanced space programmes for
the Department of Defense [DOD],
authored a report describing a new
missile-defence shield system called
the “Star Wars Defense.” Lt. Col.
Robert Bowman (Ret.), a combat pilot
who flew 101 missions in the Vietnam
War...ran for president in 2000.
www.rmbowman.com/ssn/Secrecy.htm
- Article on Dr. Bowman’s website dis-
cussing 9/11
Many people are convinced that George
W. Bush knew what was going to happen
and purposely allowed it to happen so he
and his neo-conservative buddies could
have the “new Pearl Harbor” they needed
to justify their wars against Afghanistan
and Iraq. Others go further. They are abso-
lutely sure Cheney and company actually
planned and carried out the attack. What
is so disturbing is that their arguments are
quite convincing. If an enormous cloud of
suspicion is not to be permanently over
the head of our government, the Bush
Administration must “come clean,” releas-
ing information thus far withheld from the
American people. Why did John Ashcroft
and top Pentagon officials cancel plans
to fly commercial airlines the morning of
9/11? If they knew what was about to hap-
pen, why wasn’t it stopped? Who made all
the millions of dollars selling short United
and American Airlines [stock] just before
9/11? Why weren’t the hijacked airliners
intercepted by jet fighters and shot down
before they could fly into the WTC and
Pentagon? What did the air traffic control-
lers say, and to whom? Why did the FBI
impound the tapes of those conversations?
Why has the public never been told what
was on them? Why weren’t the congres-
sional investigators told? If it was just a
matter of incompetence or somebody not
doing their job, why hasn’t anyone been
fired or reprimanded?
www.wanttoknow.info/
050908insidejob911#bowman
http://www.illinoistimes.com/gyrobase/
Content?oid=oid%3A4282
– Illinois Times on Bowman
35

Controllers’ 9/11 Tape
Destroyed, Report Says
By Sara Kehaulani Goo
Washington Post Staff Writer
May 7, 2004
Six air traffic controllers provided accounts of
their communications with hijacked planes on
Sept. 11, 2001, on a tape recording that was
later destroyed by a Federal Aviation Admin-
istration manager, according to a government
investigative report issued yesterday.
It is unclear what was on the tape, but its destruction did little to
dispel the appearance that government officials withheld evi-
dence, the report by the Department of Transportation inspector
general said.
The report found that an FAA manager tape-recorded an hour-
long interview with the controllers just hours after the hijacked
aircraft crashed into the World Trade Center towers, the Pentagon
and a field in Pennsylvania. His intention was to provide the in-
formation quickly to the FBI. But months after the recording, the
tape was never turned over to the FBI and another FAA manager
decided on his own to destroy the tape, crushing it with his hand,
cutting it into small pieces and depositing the pieces into several
trash cans, the report said.
The existence of the tape and its destruction were revealed in a
report that initially was to find whether the FAA had fully cooper-
ated with an independent panel investigating the terrorist attacks
after the panel complained last fall that it needed more informa-
tion from the agency. Inspector General Kenneth M. Mead found
that the FAA never intentionally withheld information, but he
condemned the managers’ actions and said they were required to
keep such evidence for five years.
The report said investigators were told that the tape was never
listened to, copied or transcribed.
“The destruction of evidence in the Government’s possession,
in this case an audiotape – particularly during times of national
crisis – has the effect of fostering an appearance that information
is being withheld from the public,” the report says. “We do not
ascribe motivations to the managers in this case of attempting to
cover-up, and we have no indication there was anything on the
tape that would lead anyone to conclude that they had something
to hide or that the controllers did not properly carry out their du-
ties on September 11. The actions of these managers . . . nonethe-
less, do little to dispel such appearances.”
The FAA yesterday said it had taken disciplinary action against
the employee who destroyed the tape. That manager, identified
by a source familiar with the investigation as Kevin Delaney,
was last week given a 20-day suspension without pay. Delaney
appealed that decision, the source said, confirming a report last
night by Newsday. The employee who recorded the tape, Mike
McCormick, was not subject to a disciplinary procedure and is in
Iraq for the FAA, helping to set up an air traffic control system,
the source added.
36 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
The FAA said it has provided thousands of documents to govern-
ment investigators and the National Commission on Terrorist
Attacks Upon the United States, known as the 9/11 commission.
“We believe the audiotape in question appears to be consistent
with written statements and other materials provided to FBI
investigators and would not have added in any significant way to
the information contained in what has already been provided to
investigators and members of the 9/11 commission,” said FAA
spokesman Greg Martin.
The 9/11 commission does not allege that FAA employees were
attempting to cover up information related to the terrorist at-
tacks. A spokesman for the commission yesterday said that it
has received all information it sought from the FAA and that it
interviewed controllers involved with the tape.
Evidence in the report and from the air traffic controllers union
suggests that the decisions to make the recording and later to de-
stroy it were meant to conform to traditional protocols following
a plane crash. The actions also were aimed at protecting control-
lers who were under excessive stress and emotion, according to
union officials representing the controllers.
According to the report, an FAA manager at the New York Air
Route Traffic Control Center in Ronkonkoma recorded 10-min-
ute interviews with six controllers who communicated with or
tracked two of the hijacked planes.
According to union officials representing air traffic controllers,
it is almost unheard of to tape-record an air traffic controller’s
account of an accident. The normal procedure is for controllers to
provide written statements after reviewing radar and other data. A
union official representing the New York controllers agreed to the
tape recording on Sept. 11 because the union wanted to help law
enforcement officials, but only on the condition that the tape was
to be a “temporary” document, a union official said.
Ruth E. Marlin, executive vice president of the National Air Traf-
fic Controllers Association, said she could not speak to the ques-
tion of why the union official involved in the incident wanted the
tape to be “temporary.” “If it were me, my concern would be that
if tapes were saved permanently, they might be subject to FOIA
[Freedom of Information Act] request and then controllers would
be subject to hearing their own voices recounted on television
over and over again,” Marlin said, adding that any accident can
feel personal and emotional for controllers.
According to the report, a second manager at the New York
centre promised a union official representing the controllers that
he would “get rid of” the tape after controllers used it to provide
written statements to federal officials about the events of the day.
The second manager said he destroyed the tape between Decem-
ber 2001 and January 2002.
The tape’s existence was never made known to federal officials
investigating the attack or FAA officials in Washington. Staff
members of the 9/11 panel found out about the tape during inter-
views with some controllers who participated in the recording.
Washington Post Staff writer Dan Eggen contributed to this
report.
 The US Government’s Use of
Atomic Bombs at the WTC
Two Huge
Energy Bursts
Under WTC
Towers
New Seismic Data Refutes
Official Explanation Of
Collapses
Exclusive to American Free Press
By Christopher Bollyn, 13/12/04
Two unexplained “spikes” in the
seismic record from Sept. 11 indi-
cate huge bursts of energy shook
the ground beneath the World
Trade Center’s twin towers imme-
diately prior to the collapse.
American Free Press has learned
of pools of “molten steel” found
at the base of the collapsed twin
towers weeks after the collapse.
Although the energy source for
these incredibly hot areas has yet
to be explained, New York seis-
mometers recorded huge bursts of
energy, which caused unexplained
seismic “spikes” at the beginning
of each collapse.
The official explanation for these massive explosions is that the the entire gravity load
floors were creating this force as they were “pancaking” down. of the structures. The
These spikes suggest that massive
underground explosions may have
literally knocked the towers off their foun- two days later and wrote the clean-up plan lower box columns were four inches thick.
dations, causing them to collapse.
In the basements of the collapsed tow-
ers, where the 47 central support columns
connected with the bedrock, hot spots of
“literally molten steel” were discovered
more than a month after the collapse.
Such persistent and intense residual heat,
70 feet below the surface, in an oxygen
starved environment, could explain how
these crucial structural supports failed.
Peter Tully, president of Tully Construc- The molten steel was found “three, four,
tion of Flushing, N.Y., told AFP that he and five weeks later, when the rubble was
saw pools of “literally molten steel” at the being removed,” Loizeaux said. He said
World Trade Center. molten steel was also found at 7 WTC,
which collapsed mysteriously in the late
Tully was contracted after the Sept. 11 afternoon.
tragedy to re move the debris from the
site. Construction steel has an extremely high
melting point of about 2,800 degrees
Tully called Mark Loizeaux, president Fahrenheit.
of Controlled Demolition, Inc. (CDI) of
Phoenix, Md., for consultation about re- The maximum temperature that can be
moving the debris. CDI calls itself “the in- reached by hydrocarbons like jet-fuel
novator and global leader in the controlled burning in air is 1,520 degrees F. Because
demolition and implosion of structures.” the WTC fires were fuel rich, as evidenced
Loizeaux, who cleaned up the bombed
Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building in
by the thick black smoke, it is argued that
they did not reach this upper limit.
Oklahoma City, arrived at the WTC site
Dozens of hot spots
were mapped, the
hottest being in the
east corner of the
South Tower where
a temperature of
1,377 degrees F was
recorded.
This is, however, less
than half as hot at the
molten steel in the
basement.
The foundations of
the twin towers were
70 feet deep. At that
level, 47 huge box
columns, connected to
the bedrock, supported
steel walls of these
for the entire operation.
Videos of the North Tower collapse show
AFP asked Loizeaux about the report of its communication mast falling first,
molten steel on the site. “Yes,” he said, indicating that the central support columns
“[there were] hot spots of molten steel in must have failed at the very beginning of
the basements.” the collapse. Loizeaux told AFP, “Every-
These incredibly hot areas were found thing went simultaneously.”
“at the bottoms of the elevator shafts of
the main towers, down seven [basement] “At 10:29 the entire top section of the
levels,” Loizeaux said. North Tower had been severed from the
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 37
base and began falling down,” Hufschmid
writes. “If the first event was the falling of
a floor, how did that progress to the sever-
ing of hundreds of columns?”
Asked if the vertical support columns gave
way before the connections between the
floors and the columns, Ron Hamburger,
a structural engineer with the FEMA as-
sessment team said,
“That’s the $64,000
question.”
“Experts cannot
explain why the seis-
Loizeaux said, “If I
were to bring the tow- mic waves peaked
ers down, I would put
explosives in the base-
before the towers ac-
ment to get the weight tually hit the ground.”
of the building to help
collapse the structure.”
Seismic ‘Spikes’
Seismographs at Columbia University’s
Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory in
Palisades, N.Y., 21 miles north of the
WTC, recorded strange seismic activity on
Sept. 11 that has still not been explained.
While the aircraft crashes caused minimal
earth shaking, significant earthquakes with
unusual spikes occurred at the beginning
of each collapse.
The Palisades seismic data recorded a
2.1 magnitude earthquake during the
10-second collapse of the South Tower
at 9:59:04 and a 2.3 quake during the
8-second collapse of the North Tower at
10:28:31.
However, the Palisades seismic record
shows that as the collapses began a huge
seismic “spike” marked the moment the
greatest energy went into the ground. The
strongest jolts were all registered at the
beginning of the collapses, well before the
falling debris struck the Earth.
These unexplained “spikes” in the seismic
data lend credence to the theory that mas-
sive explosions at the base of the towers
caused the collapses.
A “sharp spike of short duration” is how
seismologist Thorne Lay of University
of California at Santa Cruz told AFP an
underground nuclear explosion appears on
a seismograph.
The two unexplained spikes are more than
20 times the amplitude of the other seis-
mic waves associated with the collapses
and occurred in the East-West seismic
recording as the buildings began to fall.
Experts cannot explain why the seismic
38 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
waves peaked before the towers actually
hit the ground.
Asked about these spikes, seismologist
Arthur Lerner-Lam, director of Columbia
University’s Center for Hazards and Risk
Research told AFP, “This is an element of
current research and discussion. It is still
being investigated.”
Lerner-Lam told AFP
that a 10-fold increase
in wave amplitude
indicates a 100-fold
increase in energy
released. These “short-
period surface waves,”
reflect “the interaction
between the ground
and the building foundation,” according to
a report from Columbia Earth Institute.
“The seismic effects of the collapses are
comparable to the explosions at a gasoline
tank farm near Newark on Jan. 7, 1983,”
the Palisades Seismology Group reported
on Sept. 14, 2001.
One of the seismologists, Won-Young
Kim, told AFP that the Palisades seismo-
graphs register daily underground explo-
sions from a quarry 20 miles away.
These blasts are caused by 80,000 pounds
of ammonium ni-
trate and cause lo-
cal earthquakes be-
tween Magnitude
1 and 2. Kim said
the 1993 truck-
bomb at the WTC
did not register on
the seismographs
because it was
“not coupled” to
the ground.
“Only a small
fraction of the energy from the collaps-
ing towers was converted into ground
motion,” Lerner-Lam said. “The ground
shaking that resulted from the collapse of
the towers was extremely small.”
Last November, Lerner-Lam said: “During
the collapse, most of the energy of the
falling debris was absorbed by the towers
and the neighboring structures, converting
them into rubble and dust or causing other
damage-but not causing significant ground
shaking.”
Evidently, the energy source that shook
the ground beneath the towers was many
times more powerful than the total poten-
tial energy released by the falling mass of
the towers. The question is: What was that
energy source?
While steel is often tested for evidence of
explosions, despite numerous eyewitness
reports of explosions in the towers, the en-
gineers involved in the FEMA-sponsored
building assessment did no such tests.
Dr. W. Gene Corley, who investigated for
the government the cause of the fire at the
Branch Davidian compound in Waco and
the Oklahoma City bombing, headed the
FEMA-sponsored engineering assessment
of the WTC collapse.
Corley told AFP that while some tests had
been done on the 80 pieces of steel saved
from the site, he said he did not know
about tests that show if an explosion had
affected the steel.
“I am not a metallurgist,” Corley said.
Much of the structural steel from the WTC
was sold to Alan D. Ratner of Metal Man-
agement of Newark, N.J., and the New
York-based company Hugo Neu Schnitzer
East.
Ratner, who heads the New Jersey branch
of the Chicago-based company, sold
the WTC steel to overseas companies,
reportedly selling more than 50,000 tons
of steel to a Shanghai
steel company known
as Baosteel for $120
per ton. Ratner paid
about $70 per ton for
the steel.
Other shipments of
steel from the WTC
went to India and other
Asian ports.
Ratner came to Metal
Management after
spending years with a metal trading firm
known as SimsMetal based out of Sydney,
Australia.
* Painful Questions (Item# 1051, $20, 160
pages, softcover) Is available from First
Amendment Books, 645 Pennsylvania
Avenue SE, Suite 100, Washington D.C.
20003. Call 1-888-699-6397 to order by
Visa or MasterCard.
www.americanfreepress.net/09_03_02/NEW_
SEISMIC_/new_seismic_.html

A Close Look at the Evidence
for a Nuclear Demolition
of the World Trade Center
By Ed Ward, MD
edward19@cox.net.
Declassified August 1958:
“FACT: The U S has developed atomic
munitions suitable for use in demolition
work.”
Declassified January 1967:“The fact [is]
that we are interested in and are continu-
ing studies on a weapon for minimizing
the emerging flux of neutrons and internal
induced activity.”
Declassified March 1976: “The fact of
weapon laboratory interest in Minimum
Residual Radiation (MRR) devices [ex-
ists]. [Likewise] the fact of successful
development of MRR devices.”
The factual evidence indicates that our
government is using and has used 3rd or
possibly 4th generation hydrogen bombs
domestically and internationally. The
evidence for international usage is not
quite as strong as the domestic usage, but
when domestic usage is considered, the
international usage seems inescapable.
The process of exclusion based on the
known facts leaves only one viable option
for the destruction of the World Trade
Center (WTC) buildings – a relatively
pure hydrogen bomb.
Just some of the facts involved in the
WTC destruction are: widespread cancer
in the responders, molten steel, melted
cars, steel beams hurled hundreds of feet,
aerosolised metals, vaporised steel wit-
nessed and videoed, aerosolised and pul-
verised concrete, elevated tritium levels,
vanishing (vaporised) victims, only sliver
fragments of victims on roof tops, EMP
– Electro Magnetic Pulse effects on com-
munications, hundreds of eyewitness tes-
timony by heroic rescuers and victims of
ancillary explosions, massive dispersal of
debris, demolition expert stating hydrogen
bomb was needed for this type of demoli-
tion, audio of a massive explosion prior
to collapse, video of ancillary explosions,
audio of ancillary explosions, significant
reduction in debris pile, ancillary thermate
found in wreckage, shockwave of a mini
yield nuclear blast knocked people off
their feet, vaporisation of 200,000 gallons
of water, removal of wreckage without
investigation, only remnants of fire in one
tower minutes after the plane collision,
unprecedented history of three skyscrapers
collapsing secondary to fire, early miscal-
culation stating WTC building 7 ‘pulled’,
towers falling at demolition or free fall
speed, foreknowledge of WTC 7 immedi-
ate collapse, slow-motion video evidence
of plane appendage with smoke and
explosion immediately prior to impact of
both planes, unprecedented NORAD non-
response to variant flights, FEMA drill
scheduled for same day, military ‘exercise’
of exactly what was taking place to pre-
vent NORAD response, most of NORAD
protection planes sent far away in another
“exercise” to prevent response, preven-
tion of examination of wreckage by those
assigned to investigate, seismic evidence
of a mini-yield nuclear explosion, Cheney
taking over NORAD response command,
Cheney preventing NORAD response,
WTC towers designed for 707 collision
and fire, 911 used falsely for previously
planned war, government fabrication of
‘evidence’ correlation for starting war.
In addition, hundreds of people found
themselves trapped by locked doors and
missing escape routes above and below
the impact zone, and not all inclusively,
but finally, Bush branding anyone noting
any of these facts a “terrorist”.
Cancer Evidence
The spectrum and percentages of cancer
are massive (and even reported in
mainstream media). There are at least
4 classifications of blood-cell cancers:
leukemia, lymphoma, Hodgkin’s and
myeloma. There are many more classifi-
cations of soft tissue cancers, including
brain cancer, and breast cancer. For most
of these there are subclassifications of
many different types of specific cancer
in each, so far not publicly disclosed.
There are huge percentages of respi-
ratory distress and loss of function.
Multiple reports of ‘irregular cycles’
(miscarriages?). Most likely there will
be several more types of cancer to fol-
low. In particular, responders should be
checked for thyroid cancer and function.
There has been no noting of birth defects
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
which also needs to be done. There is one
thing and only one thing that can cause
all these cancers and problems – RADIA-
TION.
In response to this massive outbreak of
disease, the officials point to the presence
of mercury. That claim is not verified in
testing of air and particle debris samples
by private citizens and organisations. It
is possible the mercury quotes are from
the federal source of science, the United
States Geological Survey’s analysis of the
WTC dust debris. The USGS’s leached
analysis did show mercury at the 3rd low-
est concentration of metals at the mean
value (mv) of 0.011 parts per Billion
(ppB).
However, the most abundant element
concentration in the leaching tests was
Strontium at 1,000 ppB (1 ppM) - 100,000
times more than the mercury value. It ap-
pears that the leaching of the sample was
only partial and inadequate as the reader
will see from the spectrometry values.
Why would only mercury be quoted when
there were so many other more dangerous
elements at higher concentrations than
mercury?
While the regular elements like Copper
- mv 136 ppM, Silver - mv 1.66 ppM,
and Vanadium - mv 31 ppM were pres-
ent, some of the other significant elements
were: Barium - mv 533 ppM, Strontium
- mv 727 ppM, Cerium - mv 91 ppM, Yt-
trium - mv 57 ppM, Lanthanum - mv 46
“2/3rds of the building
was indeed turned to
dust or vaporised.”
39
ppM, Molybdenum - mv 11 ppM, Tho-
rium - mv 9 ppM, Uranium - mv 3 ppM,
Beryllium - mv 3 ppM, and Caesium - mv
0.6 ppM - partial listing.
For readers who are not familiar with most
of these elements, here is a link to their
relevance: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/
Fission_products_(by_element)
Officials also claim environmental ben-
zene ‘permeated’ the area in jet fuel and
cite this as the cause of all of these prob-
lems. Once again, we have the quoting of
the miraculous jet fuel that burns up in a
massive fireball in the first few minutes,
then like Christ’s feeding the multitudes,
still causes a massive fire inside that
reaches the temperatures of a Hades that
weakens massive fire proofed steel beams
and trusses, then resurrects itself on the
permeated ground to cause cancer in one
hour of limited exposure.
In less than 1 hour, the first WTC building
had collapsed and covered Manhattan in
at least 1/3 of a million tons of particulate article as a 2 storey debris pile. Look at
debris. Unless the jet fuel makes a final
appearance and is again resurrected by
NIST in its 3rd miracle, benzene is buried
under 1/3 of a million tons of particulate
debris after 56 minutes of
exposure. Benzene is also
a component of gaso-
line. The assertion that
cancer was the result of
56 minutes of exposure
to minimal amounts of
benzene is ludicrous. If
that was true, everyone in
the US would be suffer-
ing from cancer. Huge plume from WTC base
before either WTC collaspes. several stories is minimal
After the 3rd WTC build-
ing fell, Manhattan was
covered in two billion
pounds of pulverised and
aerosolised building. Two
billion pounds seemed
like an extremely large
amount of particulate
matter from buildings
whose total weight has
been quoted at around 3 billion pounds.
Debris removal has been quoted at 1.2
billion pounds. Based on these rough
numbers 2/3rds of the building was indeed buildings had craters of a depth of ‘several
turned to dust or vaporised.
“Live loads on these [perimeter] columns
can be increased more than 2,000% before cantly smaller than the area covered at
failure occurs.”
“One could cut away all the first-story col-
umns on one side of the building, and part
way from the corners of the perpendicular
40 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
sides, and the building could still with-
stand design loads and a 100-mph wind
force from any direction.” – Engineering
News-Record, April 2, 1964
Take a look at a collapsed 10 story build-
ing in Pakistan. Note the height and size
of the collapsed building’s remnants com-
pared to the other 10 storey buildings. The
debris pile is about 30 feet, approximately
1/3 of the height of the erect building.
This ratio is consistent with a collapsed
building’s rubble height. Note the almost
complete lack of fine
particles. The 47 sto-
ry WTC 7’s building
debris should have
contained at least
five times (approxi-
mately 15 stories) the
amount of the Paki-
stan debris as WTC
7 was also built with
significantly stronger
materials. Yet, WTC 7 remains are casu-
ally noted in the government propaganda
the Pakistan debris ‘collapsed’ picture
again, then imagine that debris with 4
more piles on top of it and finally try to
imagine the awesome power it would take
to break it into 53 micron
or smaller dust particles.
The only estimates of
the two 100 story WTC
building debris piles are
‘several stories’. In the
very few area photo-
graphs of the debris piles
published, the amount
of debris in the range of
at best. There is also
quoting of debris “6
storeys high”. However,
if the reader looks at the
rare pictures, the only
debris of that height
are portions of outer
beam skeleton towering
significantly higher than
the general debris. Not
one official measurement of the debris
piles is noted. The building residue height
is deceiving on 2 levels. First, all of the
storeys’. Secondly, since the craters were
in tiered sub-level flooring, the area of the
bottoms of the craters would be signifi-
ground level.
In a failed demolition, a 20 story concrete
building, Zip Feed Mill in South Dakota,
of significantly weaker construction than
the WTC buildings, takes a 4 story dive
while the top 16 floors remain intact.
Of the cumulative facts previously noted
that deal specifically with a major explo-
sion and its effect, the only single possibil-
ity for all is a thermonuclear bomb placed
by the US government. Even when taken
individually, the only possibility for some
of the facts is a thermonuclear bomb. The
next logical question is, “Do bombs with
the needed characteristics exist?”
The government refuses to
answer. Both political parties
sequestered Operation North-
woods and more for 40 years,
so they are certainly not going
to answer the question truth-
fully. The following evidence
clearly shows a mini yield
semi-pure hydrogen bomb
existed in 1958 and that it has
had 40 years of refinement.
The graphic to the right depicts the only
published diagram of an atomic bomb
in which public general knowledge of
atomic weaponry is known. This is not the
bomb that would be required for the WTC
demolition. The bomb is a 2nd genera-
tion atomic bomb of the ‘hydrogen bomb’
category. The H-bomb pictured is not a
pure hydrogen bomb which is actually
very closely related to the already devel-
oped ‘neutron bomb’. In reality, this 2nd
generation H-bomb is nothing more than
a fission bomb used for a trigger with hy-
drogen fusion used for extra power. This
bomb produces the results of which the
general public is aware – massive power,
radiation and millen-
niums of radioactive
devastation. It is at
least 30 to 40 year old,
late 2nd generation
technology that has
been phased out for
lower yield 3rd gener-
ation atomic weapons
which have a longer
half life, easier mainte-
nance and an inserted energy source.
Note the use of DU in the weaponry. DU
is used as the casing and as the container
for the fusion reaction which becomes
part of the fissionable material. This is
important in the current international 3rd
generation H-bomb usage and the hybrid
fusion bomb. At first it was believed that
the DU casing and the DU fusion con-
tainer would most likely not be part of
the late 3rd generation or 4th generation
weaponry used in the WTC demolitions,
as it is too dirty (long term radioactive
residue) for the pure hydrogen bomb
needed. However, subsequent information
of dust analysis, hybrid fusion, old known
facts of pure fusion bombs, early low yield
semi-pure warheads, neutron bombs, and
knowledge that debris would be removed,
as classified information makes either
scenario viable.
According to brave activist, Howard
Morland, in his article “The Holocaust
Bomb”, second generation atomic bombs
got their start in 1950 and came to fruition
in 1956 with Eisenhower’s announce-
ment of a “95% clean” bomb. In 1958
the Mk-41C was tested for a 9.3 megaton
yield, 4.8% of the energy was from fission
with 95.2% from fusion. Less radioactive
(more fusion and less fission energy) or
semi-clean H-bombs were known then and
were used for testing purposes only. The
more powerful, mostly fission bombs were
deployed for usage in an effort to produce
maximum destruction on “enemies” for
generations and no forethought of the
worldwide consequences. Among various
other types of hydrogen bomb warheads,
the W54 nuke was developed in 1961. The
W54 was a micro-nuke that weighed 51
pounds and could be fired from a slightly
modified ordinary bazooka. Different
versions of the W54 ranged from .01 kt
to 1 kt yield. Between the mid 1950s and
the mid 70s both types (large yield dirty
and small yield clean), of 2nd generation
H-bombs were refined.
Focused nuclear explosions were envi-
sioned in 1959 as a possible concept for
propulsion of the spacecraft Orion. The
mere directing of the yield was obviously
known prior to 1959. Samuel Cohen has
stated that a low yield neutron bomb may
be tailored to direct yield and proposed
the concept more than 35 years ago. An
underground detonation causes shaping of
the direction of yield as well.
Around 1960, the relatively pure H-bomb
was modified for selective effects creating
the first 3rd generation H-bomb – the Neu-
tron bomb, Enhanced Radiation Warhead,
or a mostly fusion bomb.
The neutron bomb’s energy was mostly
based on fusion using Deuterium/Tritium
with only a small fission component to
ignite the fusion reaction. The neutron
bombs are designed to release at least 80%
of its yield as neutrons at the expense of
blast and heat as compared to previous
fission-fusion warheads. It was not until
around 15 years ago that the existence of
the neutron bomb was noted. It was during
this period that a trial regarding Chinese
espionage forced the revelation of the
neutron bomb. Shortly thereafter, Reagan
deployed the W70 version with a yield
range of 0.8 kt to 1.6 kt. At least 2 years
after the neutron bomb had been devel-
oped and tested, declassified May 1963,
came this: The U. S. is “interested in
pursuing” a programme to determine the
characteristics of an “enhanced radiation”
weapon (neutron bomb).”
The standard policy seems to be to de-
velop the weapon, inform Congress to get
funding for development of the weapon
and then (sometimes) to inform the public.
Very little has been released about the spe-
cific selective refinements of 2nd and 3rd
generation weapons in the last 40 years
since their development. The fact that re-
finement was taking place is proven by the
Orion spacecraft and the neutron bomb.
EMP (Elecgtro-magneteic Pulse) ef-
fects have been another area of study and
refinement. While these effects were noted
in 1950s testing, there was elevated inter-
est in 1962 with the high altitude (HEMP)
detonation producing a massive EMP
effect. In November 1972, the following
sentence was declassified: “The fact of ex-
istence of weapons with tailored outputs,
e.g., enhanced x-ray, neutron or gamma-
ray output, that we are hardening our
weapons to enhanced weapon outputs and
that high-Z materials are used in harden-
ing nuclear weapons against high-energy
x-rays.” Note: the date is the declassifica-
tion date, not the development date.
How small can a nuclear reaction be? Very
small, indeed. Through hydrodynamic ex-
periments for triggering fusion, extremely
low yield nuclear explosions have been
generated on the magnitude of “several
pounds of TNT.” As noted above, in 1961
.01 kt was unveiled in 1961. In 1956, the
Tamalpais with a yield of 0.072 kt was
declassified.
Prior to the demolition of the WTC build-
ings, the largest imploded building, Hud-
son’s Department Store was 2.2 million
square feet with 33 levels and required
2,728 lbs of explosive. The WTC build-
ings were significantly stronger than the
Hudson’s building, but it is doubtful more
than a 0.01 kt bomb would be needed for
the 47 centre columns designed to hold
many times the weight of the buildings.
This programme produced (partial list)
the following information for a regular
0.01 kt yields, air ignition: Fireball max
light radius = 25.4 meters, Max time light
pulse width = 0.011 seconds, Max fireball
airburst radius = 10.6 meters, Time of
max temperature = 0.0032 seconds, Area
of rad. exposure = 0.12 sq. miles; Blast-
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
wave Effects: Overpressure = 5 lb/sq. inch
(160 mph) radius = 0.09 km, 1 lb/sq. inch
radius = 0.26 km; Underground ignition:
Crater diameter = 56 feet with a Richter
magnitude of 3.52. Thermal radiation
damage range is significantly reduced by
clouds, smoke or other obscuring ma-
terials. Surface detonations are known
to decrease thermal radiation by half. A
neutron bomb produces much less blast
and thermal energy than a fission bomb of
the same yield by expending its energy by
the increase in the production of neutrons.
Even the older neutron bombs produce
very little long term fallout, but made
considerable induced radiation in ground
detonations. The half life of induced radia-
tion is very short and is measured in days
rather than years.
Summing up known information: An
underground explosion of a pure (most
likely) or semi-pure, Minimum Residual
Residue direction focused 0.01 kt yield
hydrogen bomb with selected enhanced
radiation dispersal – most likely neutron
since that radiation would be absorbed
by the ground and building, and would
decrease the blast and temperature effects.
In 1993, Joe Vialls exposed some facts
about single explosions that were very
similar to the 2001 WTC bombing. The
article, “Micro Nukes in London,” notes
the sudden usage of massive explosions in
business districts by the IRA (sic) – with a
brief mention of the 1993 bombing of the
WTC. In the supposed first mega-bombing
by the “IRA”, an eyewitness stated, “The
ground shook under our feet. There was
a brilliant white flash and a tall vertical
column of smoke.” Significant informa-
tion about the Special Atomic Demolition
Munition (SADM – the general class of
the W54 warhead). While the government
was working on the usage of a conven-
tional bomb to the corporate media, there
was accidental filming of investigators of
the bombing in full radiation protective
gear.
Full story as well as hundreds of corrobo-
rating links HERE:
www.thepriceofliberty.org/06/09/25/ward.htm
Dei Jurum
Conventus
41
42 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
The growing evidence for the most
disturbing conspiracy of our time

ISRAEL’S
SECRET
ROLE IN
9/11 Source: www.tbrnews.org:/Archives/a652.

This is the Big One – the “forbidden story”

that nobody is allowed to report – at least no
one in mainstream media. If you do, you are
likely to be called “anti-Semitic” – or worse.
And yet, there it stands, like the 12 foot gorilla
that everyone knows is ������������������������
in the room, �����������
but no one
wants to acknowledge it. It’s the “conspiracy
theory” of all time – and it’s backed by some
very compelling evidence.
The following document was published in June, 2002. If genuine, reasons for the attack being encouraged by the US administration
it must rank as one of the most remarkable documents in history. was a desire to have a pretext to attack Afghanistan to secure a
It purports to be a top-secret report from the German external in- pipeline route for western oil companies to export oil from the
telligence agency, the Bundesnachrichtendienst (BND) prepared Caspian basin. Despite angry denunciations of the authenticity of
with assistance from an internal German intelligence agency, the the report from various quarters, the German government has to
BfV. Among the most important claims it makes are the follow- the best of our knowledge not issued a denial of its authenticity.
ing: German intelligence detected plans for an attack by Arab Even if it were to do so, the alleged urgent request for secrecy
extremists on the United States, to take place on September 10 or could provide grounds for such a denial. No other effective refu-
11, 2001. Israel was aware of the plans and wished the attack to tation of the accuracy of the report has been seen by the editors
take place without hindrance. The German ambassador informed of this website. Consequently, it is presented for what it is worth
the President of the US of the impending attacks. He thanked as a possibly genuine document of immense historical signifi-
the ambassador and said that he already knew. Subsequently, his cance.
administration urgently requested the suppression of information
on this warning. The report elaborates that among the various
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 43
 Israel and 9/11
This report was sent
by a German source in January of 2002 to a number of interested
individuals. We subsequently sent a copy of this to the German
Embassy in Washington for comment. The reply they gave after
their receipt of the attached document is that the papers had been
e
sent on to Germany for comment on their authenticity. After a
G r man
cial Background:
reasonable lapse of time, we again contacted the Embassy and
Offi vt inBecause
at that point were advised that “the German authorities would tel of the Bush family’s involvement in oil (Zapata Oil
Go Company),
neither confirm nor deny the authenticity nor the authorship of”
o r t withmany
the document. p rations
Re cal career. Today, the Bush financially supported the Bush politi-
In view of this response, we present this for the comments of
readers. The original document has been scanned and follows the
translation. – WS
[Translation of BND Report on September 11, 2001]
TOP SECRET
Background Report
on 9/11/2001
– DO NOT RUBBERSTAMP –
– DO NOT SIGN –
– DO NOT WRITE ON –
– DO NOT MARK –
On Monday August 6, 2001, at 17:50, [German] Ambassador
Ischinger personally notified the President of the United States
that information developed by the Bundesamt für Verfas-
sungsschutz [German domestic secret service] as well as the
BND [Bundesnachrichtendienst, German foreign secret service]
indicated clearly that an attack by a radical Arab group partially
based in Germany was to occur on September 10-11, 2001. The
President was at that time in residence at his farm in Texas. Our
[German] Ambassador was acting in direct response to instruc-
tions from Foreign Minister Fischer.
This information was developed from official surveillance of
Arab extremist groups operating in the Federal Republic as well
as from intercepted communications between the Embassy of
Israel and the Israeli Foreign Ministry in Tel Aviv concerning this
matter.
The information was “gratefully received” by the US President
who stated at the time that he was also aware of the same pend-
ing assaults.
Subsequent to these attacks, the office of the US President,
through the US Department of State, made an urgent request to
the Federal Government [of Germany] that no reference what-
soever should be made to the official warnings given by Ambas-
sador Ischinger.
In order to clarify the background of this matter, this Gesam-
tübersicht [overall survey] of the events leading to the assault
44 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
was prepared, basing on extracts of reports from our [BND’s]
stations abroad.
Overall, it is evident that the American authorities were aware
of the pending attacks. Why they did nothing, is explained in the
following.
General Overview
important and wealthy individuals and corpo-
oil interests
administration is therefore strongly
influenced by major American business groups.
The candidate for American Vice President, Richard “Dick”
Cheney, had been the Chief Director of the Halliburton Company.
This company, based in Dallas, Texas, where Bush was Gover-
nor, is the largest oil service company in the world.
Between 1991 through 1997, such important American oil
companies as Texaco, Unocal, Shell, BP Amoco, Chevron and
Exxon-Mobil became involved with the former Soviet state of
Kazakhstan who holds enormous oil reserves. The government
of Kazakhstan was eventually paid over $3 billions of corpo-
rate money to allow these companies to secure oil rights. At the
same time, these companies agreed further to give the sums of
35 billion US Dollar in investments in plant and equipment to
the Kazakhstan projects. A confidential project report of said
US firms announced that the gas and oil reserves in Kazakhstan
would amount to 4 trillion US Dollar.
The United States is not self-sufficient in oil and 50% of their
supply is imported from various foreign sources. Some 80% of
oil imported to the US comes from OPEC-countries, the Arabian
oil cartel. Because of the unconditional support by American po-
litical leaders of the state of Israel, these Arab governments have
a very strained relationship with the USA.
A further smaller percentage of oil imported to the US comes
from Venezuela. Just recently, the US government has been at-
tempting to overthrow the government of Chavez with the help of
the CIA and replace it with a government “more sympathetic to
American oil needs.”
A position paper prepared by the office of the later-Vice President
Cheney states that the Kazakhstan oil reserves would be “more
than sufficient to supply US needs for at least a decade” and
would further “reduce American dependence on OPEC.”
Unocal Oil Company signed an agreement with the reigning
Taliban forces as well as their opponents, the Northern Alliance,
in order to permit an oil pipeline to be built through Afghanistan
direct through Pakistan to the Indian Ocean. By this, the exorbi-
tant rates charged by the Russians to use their pipelines would
be avoided. Unocal then opened official offices in Uzbekistan,
Pakistan, Turkmenistan and Kazakhstan to facilitate the construc-
tion of this oil pipeline.
In December of 1997, official Taliban representatives were in the
United States to attend a conference at Unocal headquarters in
Texas to discuss the Afghanistan pipeline. These talks failed be-
cause the Taliban made what Unocal felt were excessive financial
demands.
 Israel and 9/11
In 1998, internal strife in Afghanistan and inherent instability in a more specific warning. This warning specified the exact date,
Pakistan reached such levels as to render the pipeline project im- time and places of the attacks.
possible to execute. In the same year, the Houston, Texas based
firm of Enron suggested instead to build a $3 billion oil pipeline On September 11, President Bush and top aides flew to the state
parallel to the Russian pipelines, running westwards rather than of Florida so that the President could speak with children in a
taking the shorter but more problematic route south. kindergarten. Also at that time, Vice President Cheney absented
himself from Washington and went to the safety of the Presiden-
In a secret memorandum by Cheney, it is stated that the Unocal tial compound in the mountains of Maryland.
company was prepared to finance the southern route. Accord-
ing to this, this project would take five years to complete and its It was noted in Washington that Cheney remained sequestered in
annual revenues from the successful completion of this pipeline Maryland for some time and only appeared in public surrounded
would approximate $2 billions. However, and this has been the by heavy security.
subject of a number of secret American reports, the only thing
standing in the way of the construction of this pipeline was the The Role of the Israeli Mossad in
basic opposition of the Afghanistan government and its political
supporters. the Terrorist Attacks
On May 8, 2001, the US Department of State, in the name of the Note: The following two sections are considered to be extremely
Secretary of State Powell, gave 43 million US Dollars to the Tal- sensitive due to the special relationship between the Federal Re-
iban in order to facilitate their cooperation in the pipeline project. public [of Germany] and its Jewish citizens as well as the State
of Israel. This material is compiled from German and American
On June 10, 2001, the BND sources.
warned the CIA office in the US Summary and Outlook
Embassy to the Federal Republic During the term of President
[of Germany] that certain Arab George H.W. Bush, the govern-
The terrorist attacks on American targets were fully known to ment of Israel made an official,
terrorists were planning to seize many entities well in advance. The US President was fully in-
American commercial aircraft but very secret, request of
formed as to the nature and exact time of these attacks. the American President. This
for use as weapons of destruc-
tion against significant American request was to permit agents
The US government in general and the US President in specific of the Mossad, Israeli Foreign
symbols. This was considered have become subservient to the wishes and plans of the Israeli
a general warning only. The Intelligence, to enter the United
government. As these plans encompass the removal of the Arab States and conduct surveillance
Federal Republic’s warning of population of Israel and adjoining territories, it is evident that the
August 6, however, was specific operations against various Arab
population of the United States is being pushed into a situation groups residing in that country.
as to date, time and places of the that could easily result in more, and terrible, attacks on their home
attacks. country. The stated purpose of this sur-
On July 11, 2001, in Berlin, US veillance was to permit Israeli
In view of this possibility, the US authorities are determined to early warning of terrorist plots
officials: Thomas Simmons, a limit any discussion of the 11 September attacks to the official
former American Ambassador against their country. Permission
version as it appears regularly in the US media. for this surveillance was granted
to Pakistan, Lee Coldren, State
Department expert on Asian mat- with the caveat that the Mossad
It also appears from confidential sources that Bush’s plans to would have a liaison with the
ters and Karl Inderfurth, Assis- attack Iraq are based mainly on a desire on the part of Israel to
tant Secretary of State for Asian FBI and report any and all find-
remove Saddam Hussein. Tel Aviv views Hussein as a real threat ings to that agency.
matters met with Russian and and has already attacked that country before.
Pakistani intelligence officers. At
this meeting, which was under However, these conditions were
There is also evidence that if Hussein is toppled by American not observed. The Mossad not
surveillance, it was stated by the military force, the oil resources of Iraq would be put under the
Americans that the United States only did not inform the FBI of
control of a consortium of the American oil interests that so avidly any of its findings, it is known to
planned to launch military strikes support the Bush Administration.
against Afghanistan in October have engaged in commerce with
of that year. The purpose of these several groups of Israeli crimi-
strikes was to topple the Afghani- nals of Russian backgrounds.
stan government and the Taliban in order to replace it with a gov- These groups were engaged in extensive criminal activities inside
ernment “more sensitive to the needs of American oil interests.” the United States, to include the smuggling of the Ecstasy drug.
Mossad agents were able to subvert American criminal investiga-
In mid-August, 2001, President of the Russian Federation Putin tions through their knowledge of American telephone surveil-
ordered that the American authorities be warned of pending lance of such groups.
attacks on government buildings inside the United States. This
warning was conveyed to the US Ambassador in Moscow and via It is very evident from surveillance conducted against Mossad
the Russian Ambassador’s office directly to the US President. agents in the Federal Republic as well as interceptions of Israeli
On August 20, the Government of France, through the American diplomatic communication from the Federal Republic to Tel Aviv,
Embassy in Paris and their Embassy in Washington, issued that the Mossad had successfully penetrated various extremist
Arab groups in both the Federal Republic and the United States.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 45

 Israel and 9/11
These investigations disclosed in late May of 2001 that an attack
was to be made against certain specified targets in the American
cities of Washington and New York. But it was apparent that the
Mossad was not only fully aware of these attacks well in advance
but actually, through their own agents inside the Arab groups, as-
sisted in the planning and the eventual execution of the attacks.
That the Israeli government was fully aware of these attacks is
absolutely certain and proven. Diplomatic traffic between the
Israeli Embassy in the Federal Republic and the Israeli Foreign
Office made it very clear that Minister President Sharon was fully
aware of this pending attack and urgently wished that no attempt
was made to prevent the attacks.
Although the Israeli officials were instructed to warn the Ameri-
can intelligence community that some kind of an attack might be
possible, at no time were the specific dates and targets (known at
that time to Israeli officials) to be given to the Americans.
The rationale for this attitude was expressed in a conversation on
P
August 1, 2001, between the Israeli Military Attaché in the Fed-
T
eral Republic to a member of the Israeli General Staff. There it
O
was stated that Israel believed an attack on the continental United
T RE
States would so inflame American public opinion that they would
permit Israel to “cleanse” their state of “Arab terrorists and those
who support such terrorists.” This “cleansing” was explained as
the expulsion of all Arabs, and even Christian groups, from the
C
Palestine area.
E
American intelligence officials have repeatedly expressed great
concern in meetings with our people that the Israeli government,
S
through a company called Amdocs, was able to conduct surveil-
lance of all telephone communications within the United States.
It was categorically stated that this Israeli-based firm was given
an American contract with 25 of the largest American telephone
companies. This contract was granted over the objections and
concerns of the American intelligence community.
The official reason given for this extraordinary arrangement
that permitted Israeli agencies to observe all highly confiden-
tial investigative telephone calls was that the United States had
a “special relationship” with the State of Israel and they had
requested this.
The Israeli Political Influence in
the United States
It should be noted here that the professional Israeli lobby in
America is huge in size and is considered even by our American
colleagues to be a very powerful and entirely dominant factor in
American politics.
The American Israel Public Affairs Committee is the largest
foreign lobby in Washington and the fourth most powerful lobby
in the country. Other Israeli groups also include the Anti-Defama-
tion League (from whose national offices, along with the Israel
Trade Mission and the many Israeli Consulates, many Mossad
agents were working,) the Jewish Institute for National Security
Affairs and the Committee for Accuracy in Middle East Report-
ing in America.
46 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
These groups, in conjunction with Jewish dominated media gi-
ants like the New York Times, the Washington Post, Newsweek
Magazine, the Los Angeles Times, Time-Warner-AOL and their
CNN news network, basically control the dissemination of news
in the United States.
It is therefore almost impossible for any news that would be
considered in opposition to Israeli interests to appear before the
American public, although such stories are readily available in
most European media.
The Role of the Christian Funda-
mentalists in American Politics
The so-called “Christian Right” consists of Protestant fundamen-
talists, where the so-called Pentecostals play a dominant role.
This is a very fanatical and aggressively missionary denomina-
tion that believes in a return of a living Christ to earth and the
subsequent elevation of its members to heavenly paradise.
In order for this appearance of Christ to occur, several factors
must be in place according to the views of this denomination. In
the first place, a number of Jews must convert to Christianity, and
in the second, there must be a rebuilding of the Jewish temple in
Jerusalem. As the site of this temple is now occupied by a major
Islamic mosque, it will be necessary to destroy this building.
Starting as an Episcopalian, Bush tried other Protestant denomi-
nations before joining the Pentecostals. Apart from US President
Bush and his Attorney General Ashcroft, other members of his
administration are members of this denomination, too, which
is the second largest Christian denomination after the Catholic
Church. As a considerable part of the American public sentiment
is strongly opposed to religious fanatics, these facts have been
kept very quiet.
Bush and his entourage are very strong supporters of the State of
Israel because of their belief, that the founding of this nation is
viewed as another requirement for the return of Christ. For this
reason, Bush unconditionally supports any program put forward
by the Israeli government and is a devoted follower and supporter
of Sharon, the Israeli right wing extremist Minister President.
Attorney General Ashcroft has stated in a public sermon (he is
a lay preacher of the Pentecostal church) that the Muslims are
“agents of the Anti-Christ” and must be destroyed in the so-called
“Battle of Armageddon.” According to the beliefs of fundamen-
talist Christians, this battle will be fought over Israel’s existence
and will lead to the end of the world and the return of Christ.
It is generally known in Washington that Bush is entirely guided
by his religious beliefs and that he has been attempting repeat-
edly to force his views onto the American public by means of
various disguised programs, such as religious control of charities,
unconditional support of Israel, and so forth.

IS ISRAEL BLACKMAILING AMERICA?
Fox News Spikes Four
Part Story On Israeli
Phone Tapping Scandal
What follows is the original article I wrote
when the news story first broke regarding
the existence of a system to tap into any
phone in America built into the surveil-
lance system used by law enforcement
authorities. Several cases were cited where
investigations ranging from drug running
and money laundering to the events of
9/11 had been compromised by leaks from
the company that operated the phone taps
as well as phone data from an associated
company that handles billing services for
almost every phone in America.
The focus of the article was a single ques-
tion. Could Israel be blackmailing the
entire US Government and media?
The answer is now obvious. Fox News,
the so-called “We report, you decide” all
news network,
has removed
the four part
story from their
website. No
explanation is
given except
for the single
Orwellian
sentence at the
end of one of
the links, “This
story no longer
exists”.
Israel, purportedly our friend, has been
spying on us all. And we’re not talking
about individual spooks like Jonathan Pol-
lard, or small-time networks such as the
140 Israelis arrested by the FBI prior to
9/11, or the 60 arrested since (including 5
arrested who were cheering and celebrat-
ing as the World Trade Towers collapsed).
It turns out that Israel has had a potential
wiretap on every phone in America for
years, along with the ability to monitor
and record who any person is calling,
anywhere in America – information of
great value even if one does not listen to
the calls themselves. Amdocs, Inc. the
company which sub-contracts billing and
directory services for phone companies
around the world, including 90 percent
of American phone companies, is owned
by Israeli interests. Yet another company,
Comverse Infosys, is suspected of having
built a “back door” into the equipment
permanently installed into the phone
system which allows instant eavesdrop-
ping by law enforcement agencies on any
phone in America. This includes yours.
Concerns about allowing an Israeli
company such intimate access to the
infrastructure go back many years. As re-
ported by Fox News, the Israeli company
Amdocs was implicated in the leaking
of police phone data that resulted in the
collapse of an investigation into a massive
drug and credit card fraud operation with
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Israel and 9/11
Israeli connections.
In a telling repeat of the Los
Angeles drug case, investigators
looking into the attacks on the
World Trade Towers are again
reporting that confidential tele-
phone information is again being
leaked in a manner that is inter-
fering with the investigations.
Again, Amdocs was implicated.
Not content with the phones of
ordinary citizens in the United
States, evidence has surfaced that
Israel compromised the telephone
systems at the highest levels of
the US Government.
Now, I want you all to stop and
think for a minute of the full ramifications
of this. Israeli interests have the ability
to listen in on ANY phone in America
connected to any of the systems used by
Amdocs or Comverse Infosys. They have
had this ability for several years. They can
listen in and track the phone calls made
by anyone’s phone, whether police officer,
elected official, media talking head, editor,
policy setter, news mogul, even the Presi-
dent of the United States. The Ken Starr
report on Whitewater describes how Bill
Clinton warned Monica Lewinsky that
a foreign government was tapping their
phone calls.
Few indeed are the people in America
who do not have something to hide. That
insider trade, the brief but torrid affair,
the stolen votes,
the deliberate
smear, the role
one played in an
assassination,
the acceptance
of money from
drug runners to
look the other
way. Be hon-
est. Is there a
skeleton in your
closet you hope
will stay there?
Something nobody knows about? Well, if
that skeleton involved a phone call, some-
one may know about it. Amdocs and Com-
verse Infosys. And their Israeli owners.
Just think about it for a moment. Every-
one’s private phone traffic, right up to the
President, potentially visible to Israeli
47
 Israel and 9/11
interests. And you cannot find the phone
taps or bugs because they are built right
into the phone system!
Suddenly, a lot of events which have
puzzled observers start to make sense.
• Like the way the US vetoed the UN
resolution calling for peace in Palestine,
despite being the only 1 out of 15 voting
nations to have voted against the measure.
The USA gained nothing by this veto. But
Israel did.
Over the last few weeks, the people of
the United States have given “evidence”
pointing the finger of blame for 9/11 at
Osama bin Laden and Arabs in general
– evidence which is circumstantial, often
self-contradictory, and in some cases
faked. Yet, as was reported in the news,
evidence also exists linking many of the
arrested Israeli spies (some of whom
worked for the Israeli telecom companies
above) with the events of 9/11. Yet this
evidence is NOT being broadcast end-
lessly on the news. In fact, this evidence is
CLASSIFIED. Someone has “persuaded”
the US Government and the media that
the American people are supposed to see
ONLY the evidence that points a certain
direction, and must never see any evi-
dence that points someplace else. Like-
wise, the media has been “persuaded” not
to report evidence that Israel knew of the
9/11 attacks ahead of time.
The foreign press has outright accused the
Mossad of taking part in the 9/11 attacks
but the American media have been “per-
suaded” not to cover these accusations.
It was well known that there was an Israeli
spy inside the Clinton White House. But
Clinton ordered the FBI to cease searching
for the mole, code-named “Mega”. It is
now known that “Mega” was not just any
Mossad spy but the top Mossad agent in
America.
The cancellation of the hunt for “Mega”
occurred at the same time Clinton warned
Monica Lewinsky that their phone conver-
sations were being recorded. This strongly
suggests that Clinton was “persuaded” to
call off the FBI’s hunt for “Mega” with
the threat of a recorded phone sex session
being made public.
Because of the purported links between
Muslims and the attacks on the World
48 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Trade Towers, the US Government has
been shutting down all Muslim linked
charities in the USA. By contrast the
Chairman of the Jewish Defense League, a
group with a violent history, was arrested
recently in a plot to bomb a US congress-
man. But the US Government has been
“persuaded” not to take actions against
Jewish charities, while the media has been
“persuaded” to allow the story of hard
evidence of JDL terrorism to fade away as
quickly as possible.
In October 2001 two Mossad agents were
arrested with dynamite inside the Mexi-
can Congress. The Mexican government
was “persuaded” to release the two men
without trial. Meanwhile, the American
media was “persuaded” not to report on
the Mexican arrests.
Israel receives a hugely disproportion-
ate share of foreign aid from the United
States, about $5 billion a year. A large
segment of the US population questions
the wisdom of sending so much money
to such a small population while so many
people remain homeless on our own
streets. But somehow, Congress is “per-
suaded” to keep sending more cash each
and every year.
Sharon faces war crimes trial. The Ameri-
can media is “persuaded” not to make a
big deal of the story. Israel is in violation
of the Geneva Accords. The American
media is “persuaded” not to make a big
deal of this story.
The United Nations accuses Israel of using
torture on children. The American media
is “persuaded” not to make a big deal of
this story, either.
How is such persuasion possible? Black-
mail.
The revelation of an Israeli-linked system
for monitoring and potentially listening in
to the phone calls of every single person in
the US at will opens up the possibility that
a massive blackmail operation, unprec-
edented in scale, is the real force shaping
media bias and United States policy.
The reality is that this nation’s politicians
and media leaders all have secrets to hide.
Mistresses, drug habits, links to that air-
field in Mena, Arkansas, BCCI cash sitting
in that bank in Barbados, loot from ADFA
in the Cayman’s; in a corrupted society
only the corrupt can reach the heights of
power, and they all have secrets to hide.
They are all vulnerable to blackmail. And
being the kind of people who were willing
to do, and usually did, anything to get
power, they are also the people willing to
do anything to keep it. Look the other way
when the drugs come in, spike an embar-
rassing news story or plant a fake one that
embarrasses your enemy, alter the books,
destroy a report, falsify data, destroy
evidence, maybe even allow the military
might of the United States and the blood
of her children to be tricked into fighting
someone else’s war.
History has shown that if a crime is pos-
sible, it is also inevitable. The cold hard
reality is that Amdocs and Comverse
Infosys are the most powerful tools a
blackmailer could ever hope for, open-
ing up the private lives of everyone in the
nation, including the secrets of targets able
to control the media and US policy.
Dare we ignore this potential threat?
Or will the media be “persuaded” that all
this fuss about Israeli-owned companies
with wires into the phone system is just a
lot of nonsense?
There is one more aspect to this issue that
needs to be looked at: If indeed Israel
is blackmailing our officials and media
icons, it is because those who are being
blackmailed ARE blackmailable. If we
elect a government of criminals, we elect a
government subject to blackmail. Finally,
given the fact that blackmail may be as-
sumed to be as widespread as the collec-
tion system itself is, those who persist in
trying to defend Israel may no longer be
assumed to be operating from the purest
of motives. After all, who will defend a
blackmailer more staunchly than those
who are the blackmailer’s victims?
by Warren Royal
www.la.indymedia.org/news/2003/07/74953_
comment.php?theme=1

Mossad Spies Caught in America ...
sed or Deported
ea
Then Rel
The Austin American-Statesman
November 25, 2001, pg. A-11
The world now knows about the five
celebrating Israeli “movers”, (Mossad
agents), who were arrested and placed in
solitary confinement for weeks after they
were spotted in a white van suspected of
attempting to blow up the George Wash-
ington Bridge. We have also seen how the
Israeli owner of Urban Moving Systems
– Dominick Suter – then suddenly aban-
doned his “moving company” and fled for
Israel on 14/9 [2001]. But there were still
more Israeli “movers” and other Israelis
whose actions raise serious suspicions.
Even more suspicious is how they are
always quietly released and deported.
In October of 2001, three more Israeli
“movers” were stopped in Plymouth, PA
because of their suspicious behaviour.
These “movers” were seen dumping furni-
ture near a restaurant dumpster! When the
restaurant manager approached the driver,
a “Middle Eastern” man later identified as
Moshe Elmakias fled the scene. The man-
ager made note of the truck’s sign which
read “Moving Systems Incorporated” and
called the police. When the police spotted
and stopped the truck, two other Israelis
– Ayelet Reisler and Ron Katar began
acting suspiciously. The Plymouth police
searched the truck and found a video.
The Israelis were taken into custody and
the video tape was played at the police
station. The video revealed footage of
Chicago with zoomed in shots of the Sears
Tower. The police quickly alerted the FBI
and it was also discovered that the Israelis
had falsified travel logs and phony paper-
work on them. (1) They were also unable
to provide a name and telephone number
for the customer that they claimed to have
been working for. These Israelis were up
to some sort of dirty business, and you can
be sure it had nothing to do with moving
furniture. These Israeli spies may have had
a dark sense of humour. The name of their
“moving company” actually contained the
word MOSSAD embedded inside. Moving
Systems Incorporated… MOving SyStems
IncorporAteD…….MOSSAD
On October 10, 2001, CNN made a brief
mention of a foiled terrorist bomb plot in
the Mexican Parliament building. They
promised to bring any further develop-
ments of this story to their viewers, but
the incident was never heard of again in
America. However, the story appeared in
bold headlines on the front page of the
major Mexican newspapers (2) and was
also posted on the official website of the
Mexican Justice Department. (3) Two
terror suspects were apprehended in the
Mexican Chamber of Deputies. Caught
red-handed, they had in their possession
a high powered gun, nine hand grenades,
and C-4 plastic explosives (great stuff for
demolishing buildings!) Within days, this
blockbuster story not only disappeared
from the Mexican press, but the Israelis
were quietly released and deported! The
two terrorists were Salvador Gerson Sunke
and Sar ben Zui. Can you guess what their
ethnicity was? Sunke was a Mexican Jew
and Zui was a colonel with the Israeli
special forces (MOSSAD). (4)
The story in El Diario de Mexico went
on to reveal that the Zionist terrorists had
fake Pakistani passports on them. Can you riddled FBI would only have caved into
say “false flag operation?” The probable
motive of this particular botched terrorist
operation was to involve
oil rich Mexico in the
“War on Terrorism”. (The
War on Israel’s enemies
would be a more accurate
description). Mexico is
no military power, but
the psychological trauma
Llevaban un maletín con explosivos y granadas
of an “Arab” attack on
Mexico would surely have
induced Mexico to provide
unlimited cheap oil to her
American “protector”.
With cheap oil flowing
Los Cacería
rostros
to America at low prices
from Mexico, the US
could better afford to
break off relations with the
oil rich Arab states in gen-
eral and Saudi Arabia in
particular. That’s why the
planners chose 15 Saudi
identities to steal for the 9-11 operation.
Many Mexicans expressed shock at the
release of the two Israelis. But when you
learn that Mexico’s Secretary of For-
eign Relations is a Zionist named Jorge
Gutman, it’s not surprising. The Zionist
tentacles reach even into Mexico! La Voz
de Aztlan (Mexican-American news ser-
Israel and 9/11
vice), in its excellent investigative report
revealed:
“La Voz de Aztlan has learned that the
Israeli Embassy used heavy handed
measures to have the two Israelis released.
Very high level emergency meetings
took place between Mexican Secretary of
Foreign Relations Jorge Gutman, General
Macedo de la Concha and a top Ariel
Sharon envoy who flew to Mexico City
specially for that purpose. Elías Luf of the
Israeli Embassy worked night and day and
their official spokeswoman Hila Engelhart
went into high gear after many hours of
complete silence. What went on during
those high level meetings no one knows,
but many in Mexico are in disbelief at
their release.” (5)
In November of 2001, 6 more suspicious
Israelis were detained in an unspecified
mid-eastern state. They had in their pos-
session box cutters, oil pipeline plans, and
nuclear power plant plans. (6) The local
police called in the Feds and Immigration
officials took over the scene and released
the men without calling the FBI. The Jeru-
salem Post, the Miami Herald, (7) and the
Times of London (8) all carried this amaz-
ing story and all revealed how furious FBI
officials were that these terror suspects
with nuclear power plant plans were al-
lowed to go free. Of course, the corruption
Zionist pressure from the Justice Depart-
ment’s Criminal Division boss, Michael
Chertoff, and also from
the ADL’s “partner”, FBI
boss Robert Mueller – who
LOPEZ OBRADOR ALVARO VALLARTA
Urge plan emergente, el Las mujeres no marcharán,
panorama poco alentador primero están los hombres
would no doubt have found
7-A 4-A
TRABAJA,
AHORRA,
a way to eventually release
INVIERTE.
those Israeli terror suspects
AÑO LII Director General FEDERICO BRACAMONTES México, D.F., Jueves 11 de octubre de 2001 No. 13068
Dos detenidos, uno extranjero
too.
Bomba en San Lázaro
In December, 2001, the
●
● Iban armados; fueron detenidos por cañeros
Gran movilización provocó Sunke, de nacionalidad mexica- a elementos de la Procuraduría
Los Angeles Times pub-
en la Cámara de Diputados la na, y Sar Ben Zui, quien dijo ser General de la República (PGR),
detención de dos individuos, coronel de los grupos especia- quienes los sacaron del Palacio
presuntamente de origen israe- les de Israel, permanecieron de- Legislativo, cubiertos con capu-
lí, que portaban un arma de alto tenidos por más de tres ho- chas, y se los llevaron deteni-
poder y un maletín con nueve ras en el recinto legislativo, du- dos.
granadas, tres cargadores con rante las cuales no declararon
Más en 5-A
53 cartuchos útiles y explosivos nada, para luego ser entregados
C-4, considerados de alto im-
lished the story of how
Exponen posiciones
pacto.
Los detenidos, que dijeron
llamarse Salvador Gerson Pataleo político por aeropuerto
El pato-lógico ● Edomex e Hidalgo, argumentan; DF, rechaza
En el marco sobre la decisión de la ubicación del nuevo aero-
two Jewish terrorists were
puerto alterno de la ciudad de México, el secretario de Goberna-
ción, Santiago Creel Miranda, recibió a legisladores y autoridades
de los gobiernos del Distrito Federal, Hidalgo y estado de México.
La decisión sobre el nuevo aeropuerto no dejará a todos con-
tentos, ya que funcionarios del D.F. denunciaron que el Gobierno
federal tenía previsto desde hace tiempo que fuera Texcoco el lugar
privilegiado, pero anunciaron que no dejarán que sea en ese sitio, y
Cualquiera entra llegarán hasta las ultimas consecuencias para lograrlo.
arrested by the FBI for
ELEMENTOS DE la Procuraduría General de la República sacan del Palacio Legislativo a los sujetos
que fueron detenidos con un arsenal dentro del recinto. en San Lázaro Más en 6-A
Los 22 más buscados
del terrorismo
mundial en su contra: Bush
●
plotting to blow up the of-
Washington.- Estados Unidos dio a conocer una lista con los 22 terroristas más
fice of US Congressman of
buscados del mundo, y como era de esperarse Osama Bin Laden encabeza la lista.
El presidente Bush dijo: “Enlistamos sus nombres, publicamos sus fotografías y
así acabamos con su secretismo, el terror tiene un rostro y hoy los exponemos”,
esperando que la lista ayudará a lanzar una cacería mundial contra los 22 criminales.
Más en 9-A
Arab descent – Darrell Issa ´
ALFREDO ANAYA Gudiño, candidato del PRI a la gubernatura
de Michoacán, fue víctima ayer de un atentado, ya que su camione-
ta fue baleada.
(R-CA), and a California
Contra el candidato del PRI
Atentado en Michoacán
● Cuatro balazos al carro de Alfredo Anaya
El Dólar Morelia.- La camioneta en que via- aprovechó para denunciar que lo ha-
mosque. (9) Irv Rubin and
jaba el candidato priísta al gobierno de bían estado “cazando”, sin denunciar
Compra 9.2300 Venta 9.4800 Michoacán, Alfredo Anaya Gudiño, fue a nadie en particular.
baleada alrededor de las 13:00 horas Por su parte, el Comité Ejecutivo
En interiores de ayer, sin que lesionaran al político. Nacional del PRI manifestó su total so-
Los hechos ocurrieron unos mi- lidaridad con su candidato al gobierno
Columnas nutos antes de que se efectuara el michoacano, y ante la gravedad de los
Opinión segundo debate entre los candidatos hechos consideró necesario exigir a las
Guadalupe Elizalde del PRI, del PRD, Lázaro Cárdenas
CHISPAZOS POLITICOS autoridades competentes una investiga-
Earl Kruger of the Jew-
ESTA ES la lista que dio a conocer el FBI, con los 22 terroristas más Batel, y del PAN, Salvador López
buscados del mundo, en la que destaca Osama Bin Laden. Glafira Osorio Clark ción rápida y exhaustiva capaz de satis-
Abel Magaña (5-A) Orduña, organizado por el Consejo facer a la opinión pública, a los militan-
Gustavo Cortés Campa DIARIO LEGISLATIVO
Coordinador Empresarial.
tes y simpatizantes del partido, así como
Giran orden de aprehender
Anaya Gudiño comentó que nin-
Carlos Bracho a la familia de Anaya Gudiño.
Pág.2-A Pedro Jiménez (4-A)
gún acto de violencia impedirá que
continúe con su labor proselitista y Más en 5-A
Provincia (11-A)
a un ex embajador de Perú
Se fue Fox a Europa
ish Defense League (JDL)
$ 5.00 2 secciones
8-B www.diariodemexico.com.mx 5-A
were charged with conspir-
acy to destroy a building
by means of explosives. This story got
brief national coverage but quickly disap-
peared too.
In May of 2002, yet another moving van
was pulled over in Oak Harbor, Washing-
ton near the Whidbey Island Naval Air
Station. Fox News reported that the van
was pulled over for speeding shortly after
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 49
 Israel and 9/11
midnight. The passengers told the police
they were delivering furniture, but because
it was so late at night, the police weren’t
buying the story. A bomb sniffing dog was
brought in and the dog detected the pres-
ence of TNT and RDX plastic explosives
in the truck (great stuff for demolishing
buildings!) Both Fox News (10) and the
Ha’aretz newspaper of Israel (11) reported
that the two “movers” were Israelis.
In December, 2002, Ariel Sharon made
the amazing claim that Al-Qaeda agents
were operating inside of Israel. But when
Palestinian authorities apprehended the
suspects, they turned out to be Palestinian
traitors impersonating Al-qaeda agents for
the MOSSAD! From the Sydney Morning
Herald of Austrailia:
“Palestinian security forces have arrested
a group of Palestinians for collaborat-
ing with Israel and posing as operatives
of Osama bin Laden’s al-Qaeda terrorist
network, a senior official said yesterday.
...The arrests come two days after Israeli
Prime Minister Ariel Sharon charged al-
Qaeda militants were operating in Gaza
and in Lebanon.
It was considered a surprise because the
Gaza Strip is virtually sealed off by Israeli
troops. The hardline Israeli leader also
charged other members of the terror group
were cooperating with Lebanon’s Shi’ite
militia Hizbollah” (12)
You know, if Sharon hadn’t been so dan-
gerous, I would almost have been amused
by his bullshit!
According to FOX news, throughout late
2000 and 2001, a total of 200 Israeli spies
were arrested. (13) It was the largest spy
ring to ever be uncovered in the history of
the United States. The Washington Post
also reported that some of these Israelis
were arrested in connection with the 9-11
investigation. (14)
Carl Cameron of FOX News Channel did
a excellent four part, nationally televised,
series of investigations into this blockbust-
er scandal. But FOX pulled the investiga-
tive series after Zionist groups complained
to FOX executives. FOX even went so
far as to remove the written transcripts
of the series from its website! In its place
was posted a chilling, Orwellian message
which reads: “This story no longer exists.”
(15) Fortunately for the sake of history,
the FOX transcripts were copied onto to
many other websites and all four parts are
available for your review. (See footnotes.)
The FOX series and other mainstream
news media sources revealed that many
of these Israelis were army veterans with
electronics and explosives expertise.
50 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Many of them failed lie detector tests. FBI
agents told FOX that some of their past
investigations were compromised because
suspects had been tipped off by Israeli
wiretapping specialists. It was discovered
that Israeli companies such as Comverse
and Amdocs have the capability to tap
American telephones (great for blackmail-
ing all those wife-cheating politicians!)
FBI agents also told FOX they believed
the Israelis had advance knowledge of
the 9-11 attacks – which certainly would
explain why no Israelis died in the WTC.
Still another US official informed FOX
that some of the detained Israelis actu-
ally had links to 9-11, but he refused to
describe the nature of those links. The FBI
official told FOX’s Carl Cameron:
“Evidence linking these Israelis to 9-11
is classified. I cannot tell you about the
evidence that has been gathered. It is clas-
sified information.” (16)
Then there was that small army of Israeli
“art students” who were arrested for trying
to sneak into secured US Federal buildings
and staking out 36 Department of De-
fense sites. Some of these suspicious “art
students” even showed up at the homes
of Federal employees. (17) Ron Hatchett,
a Department of Defense analyst, told
Channel 11, KHOU news in Houston that
he believed that the “art students” were
gathering intelligence for future attacks.
Here’s an excerpt from the October 1,
2001 KHOU investigative report by Anna
Werner:
“Could federal buildings in Houston and
other cities be under surveillance by for-
eign groups? That’s what some experts are
asking after federal law enforcement and
security officials – nationally and in Hous-
ton – described for the 11 News Defenders
a curious pattern of behavior by a group of
people claiming to be Israeli art students.”
“Hatchett says they could be doing what
he would be doing if he were a terrorist,
sizing up the situation: “We need to know
what are the entrances to this particular
building. We need to know what are the
surveillance cameras that are operating.
We need to know how many guards are at
this operation, when do they take breaks?”
Says Hatchett: This is not a bunch of kids
selling artwork.”
“A former Defense Department analyst,
Hatchett believes groups may be gather-
ing intelligence for possible future attacks.
“Some organization, thinking in terms
of a potential retaliation against the US
government could be scouting out poten-
tial targets and … looking for targets that
would be vulnerable.”
And a source tells the Defenders of an-
other federal memo, stating that besides
Houston and Dallas, the same thing has
happened at sites in New York, Florida,
and six other states, and even more wor-
risome, at 36 sensitive Department of
Defense sites. “One defense site you can
explain,” says Hatchett, “well that was
just a serendipitous... Thirty-six? That’s a
pattern.” (18)
A Federal memo stated that these “art
students” may have had ties to an “Islamic
terror group”. More likely, they were the
“Islamic terror group”! Remember the
bombing of the King David Hotel in 1946,
and how the “Arab terrorists” were actu-
ally Irgun terrorists? Remember the Zion-
ist terrorists caught in Mexico with Arab
passports? Remember the official motto of
the Mossad – “By Way of Deception Thou
Shalt Do War”. Are you getting the pic-
ture? Can you say “false flag operations”?
In a follow up report a few days later,
KHOU Channel 11 revealed that Dallas
was also targetted:
“11 News reported how people claiming
to be ‘Israeli art students’ might be trying
to sneak into federal buildings and defense
sites, and even doing surveillance. And at
least one expert said he thought it could
all be preparation for an attack. Well, now
federal sources say they are not ruling out
that all of this could be connected with the
hijackings on September 11, because of
events in another Texas city.”
In Dallas, the so-called students hit early
this year at the city’s FBI building, the
Drug Enforcement Administration and at
the Earle Cabell Federal building, where
guards found one student wandering the
halls with a floor plan of the building.
So the Dallas INS went on the alert, find-
ing and arresting 15 people in March.
Thirteen claimed to be Israelis and two are
professed Colombians. But according to
sources, once again their passports were
phony. And another federal source says
some of those arrested also appeared to
have lists of federal employees and their
home addresses.
All 15 “students” have now been deport-
ed. Now, since our first story ran Sunday
night, some viewers called who said that
they’ve been visited by people who claim
to be Israeli students selling art.” (19)
Absolutely mind boggling! Why were
Israeli explosives experts, posing as “art
students” roaming the halls of US Federal
buildings? Why were Israeli army vets,
armed with explosives and detonators,
roaming the halls of the Mexican Con-

gress? Why were Israeli “movers” caught
in vans with explosives residue ? Might
some of these shady characters have once
also “roamed the halls” of the World Trade
Center prior to 9-11? Why aren’t “60 Min-
utes”, “Nightline”, “20/20”, and the rest of
the Zionist media aggressively pursuing
the story behind the Israeli “art students”
and “movers” with 1/1,000th the zeal that
they pursued Martha Stewart over allega-
tions of insider trading (who cares?), or
1/10,000th the zeal that they pursued the
Catholic Church over an occasional pae-
dophile priest? (funny how we never hear
about the documented cases of paedophile
rabbis!) or 1/100,000th the zeal that they
pursue the Muslim bogeyman on a daily
basis? Something smells rotten here!
One would think that these intriguing
mysteries would have great TV audience
appeal, especially in light of the fact that
the Oklahoma Federal building was blown
up in 1995 by the since executed Timothy
McVeigh (dead men tell no tales), and a
“John Doe # 2” of “Middle-Eastern ap-
pearance”, who was never tracked down
or pursued despite numerous eye-witness
accounts and despite an FBI All Points
Bulletin which clearly described him as
such.
Of America’s major networks, only FOX
News made a meager attempt to investi-
gate these mysteries, but FOX was quickly
silenced by Zionist pressure. This alone
is evidence of criminal activity! Before
his excellent work was silenced, FOX’s
Carl Cameron reported this amazing bit of
information:
“Investigators within the DEA, INS,
and FBI have all told FOX News that to
pursue or even suggest Israeli spying is
considered career suicide.” (20)
Did you catch that? If a Federal investiga-
tor dares to “even suggest” Israeli spying,
he has committed “career suicide”! And
if a journalist like FOX’s Cameron dares
to bring this scandal to light, he is told to
shut his mouth. If they persist, they may
even be called “anti-Semitic” – a label
which has served as the kiss of death for
many a career. This means that Zionist
Mafia can do whatever it wants, whenever
it wants, and however it wants – includ-
ing orchestrating, financing, executing,
and covering up the true story of events in
the Middle East, the 9-11 massacre, and
the ensuing “War on Terrorism” (war on
Israel’s enemies).
Now do you remember the Mossad’s
“warning” about the 200 “Al-Qaeda ter-
rorists” said to have been preparing major
attacks in the US? (21) At the time of this
writing, we are one year into the largest
investigation in American history, and not
one of these 200 “terrorists” has yet to be
uncovered. (22) But 200 Israeli spies were
uncovered, among them many military
members, electronics experts, wiretapping
and phone tapping specialists, and explo-
sives experts with the skill to bring down
tall buildings. (23) Logic and common
sense leads to the conclusion that the “200
Al Qaeda terrorists” were in reality, 200
Zionist terrorists sent to frame the Arabs
for terrorist attacks and drag America into
a war.
On December 11, 2002, Senator Bob Gra-
ham (D-FL), a leading member of the Sen-
ate Intelligence Committee, appeared as
a guest on the PBS Newshour with Gwen
Ifill. Graham surprised Ifill by express-
ing his belief that a foreign government
or governments had to have funded and
supported the hijackers. Here’s part of the
exchange:
IFILL: “Are you suggesting that you are
convinced that there was a state sponsor
behind 9/11?”
GRAHAM: “I think there is very compel-
ling evidence that at least some of the
terrorists were assisted not just in financ-
ing – although that was part of it – by a
sovereign foreign government and that we
have been derelict in our duty to track that
down, make the further case, or find the
evidence that would indicate that that is
not true and we can look for other reasons
why the terrorists were able to function so
effectively in the United States.”
IFILL: “Do you think that will ever
become public, which countries you’re
talking about?”
Now listen to Graham’s bombshell.........:
GRAHAM: “It will become public at
some point when it’s turned over to the
archives, but that’s 20 or 30 years from
now. And, we need to have this infor-
mation now because it’s relevant to the
threat that the people of the United States
are facing today.” (24) (emphasis added)
Senator Graham is suggesting that US
intelligence knows which foreign govern-
ment helped the terrorists, but the govern-
ment isn’t going to tell us for another 30
years! Given the current state of anti-Mus-
lim war hysteria being promoted by the
media and government, common sense
dictates that if an Arab government was
ever discovered to have sponsored 9-11,
we’d be seeing the evidence night and
day on the controlled media, and hearing
about it non-stop from all the President’s
warmongers as well as the Israeli-occu-
pied US Congress and Senate. This alone
is evidence that no Arab government was
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Israel and 9/11
involved in 9-11.
It can’t be an Arab government. Why
would any Arab government sponsor
“Al-qaeda”, an organisation dedicated
to overthrowing what it sees as corrupt,
US-backed Arab governments? What
Arab government would have incentive
to attack America – its best oil purchasing
customer? What Arab government would
have the ability to shield itself from US
media exposure? What Arab government
would be so suicidal, so hell-bent on its
own destruction, as to attack a mighty
nuclear superpower like the United States?
So who, if not an Arab government could
be the chief sponsor of 9-11? Again, let’s
go back to FOX News quoting an FBI
official. Pay close attention to the specific
language used:
“Evidence linking these Israelis to 9-11
is classified. I cannot tell you about the
evidence that has been gathered. It is
classified information.” (25) (emphasis
added)
In order for evidence “linking these
Israelis to 9-11” to become classified, the
evidence has to have existed in the first
place! Furthermore, it must have been
very, very serious stuff indeed. Only the
really ugly stuff merits the distinction of
being “classified!”
It may be possible that the good Senator
doesn’t know himself which country or
countries are involved. Graham may still
be under the delusion that it’s an Arab
government. Or, perhaps he’s a disgusted
patriot just trying to throw a subtle shot at
Israel in his own little way, without actu-
ally having to commit “career suicide” as
so many other anti-Zionist politicians have
in the past. History will reveal the truth
one day, just as it did for Pearl Harbor.
The trouble is, by that time, no one will
care about 9-11 and this phony war “War
on Terrorism” anymore. The American
attention span does not reach “20-30
years”. It’s closer to 20-30 minutes, about
the length of an average Dan Rather, Peter
Jennings, or Tom Brokaw infomercial. If
even that!
History always repeats itself. But who will
teach this history to the American people
when the Zionists control the informa-
tion industry? The Zionist Mafia and their
careerist henchmen in media, government,
academia, and business have all of the
bases covered.
Reprinted from “What Really Happened”
References available from
www.whatreallyhappened.com
51
 Mack White

52 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

UNCENSORED HISTORY

A Timeline of
CIA Atrocities

The author of this article was enemies of big business, using interrogation, torture and murder.
The victims are said to be “communists,” but almost always they
recently assassinated. His are simply peasants, liberals, moderates, labour union leaders,
death was made to look like political opponents and advocates of free speech and democracy.
Widespread human rights abuses follow.
it was a suicide. Seaarch for
“Steve Kangas” and read for This scenario has been repeated so many times that the CIA
actually teaches it in a special school, the notorious “School of
yourself the extraordinarily the Americas.” (It opened in Panama but later moved to Fort
suspicious murder of Kangas in the office Benning, Georgia.) Critics have nicknamed it the “School of the
Dictators” and “School of the Assassins.” Here, the CIA trains
building of one of America’s most notorious Latin American military officers how to conduct coups, including
the use of interrogation, torture and murder.
“hard core” conservative billionaire zealots,
Richard Mellon Scaife. The following timeline The CIA justifies these actions as part of its war against com-
munism. But most coups do not involve a communist threat.
describes just a few of the hundreds of atroci- Unlucky nations are targeted for a wide variety of reasons: not
ties and crimes committed by the CIA. only threats to American business interests abroad, but also
liberal or even moderate social reforms, political instability, the
CIA operations follow the same recurring script: unwillingness of a leader to carry out Washington’s dictates, and
declarations of neutrality in the Cold War. Indeed, nothing has
First, American business interests abroad are threatened by a infuriated CIA Directors quite like a nation’s desire to stay out of
popular or democratically elected leader. The people support the Cold War.
their leader because he intends to conduct land reform, strengthen
unions, redistribute wealth, nationalise foreign-owned industry, The ironic thing about all this intervention is that it frequently
and regulate business to protect workers, consumers and the fails to achieve American objectives. Often the newly installed
environment. So, on behalf of American business, and often dictator grows comfortable with the security apparatus the CIA
with their help, the CIA mobilises the has built for him. He becomes an expert
opposition. First it identifies right-wing The Association for Responsible at running a police state. And because
groups within the country (usually the the dictator knows he cannot be over-
military), and offers them a deal: “We’ll Dissent estimates that by 1987, thrown, he becomes independent and de-
put you in power if you maintain a 6 million people had died as a fiant of Washington’s will. The CIA then
favorable business climate for us.” finds it cannot overthrow him, because
result of CIA covert operations. the police and military are under the dic-
The Agency then hires, trains and Former State Department official tator’s control, afraid to cooperate with
American spies for fear of torture and
works with them to overthrow the
existing government (usually a de- William Blum correctly calls this execution. The only two options for the
U.S at this point are impotence or war.
mocracy). It uses every trick in the
book: propaganda, stuffed ballot boxes,
an “American Holocaust.” Examples of this “boomerang effect” in-
purchased elections, extortion, black- clude the Shah of Iran, General Noriega
mail, sexual intrigue, false stories about opponents in the local and Saddam Hussein. The boomerang effect also explains why
media, infiltration and disruption of opposing political parties, the CIA has proven highly successful at overthrowing democra-
kidnapping, beatings, torture, intimidation, economic sabotage, cies, but a wretched failure at overthrowing dictatorships.
death squads and even assassination. These efforts culminate in a
military coup, which installs a right-wing dictator. The CIA trains
the dictator’s security apparatus to crack down on the traditional
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 53
The following timeline should confirm
that the CIA as we know it should be
abolished and replaced by a true informa-
tion-gathering and analysis organisation.
The CIA cannot be reformed — it is insti-
tutionally and culturally
corrupt.
1929
The culture we lost
— Secretary of State
Henry Stimson refuses
to endorse a code-break-
ing operation, saying,
“Gentlemen do not read
each other’s mail.”
1941
COI created — In preparation for World
War II, President Roosevelt creates the Of-
fice of Coordinator of Information (COI).
General William “Wild Bill” Donovan
heads the new intelligence service.
1942
OSS created — Roosevelt restructures
COI into something
more suitable for
covert action, the
Office of Strategic
Services (OSS).
Donovan recruits so
many of the nation’s
rich and powerful
that eventually people joke that “OSS”
stands for “Oh, so social!” or “Oh, such
snobs!”
1943
Italy — Donovan recruits the Catholic
Church in Rome to be the centre of Anglo-
American spy operations in Fascist Italy.
This would prove to be one of America’s
most enduring intelligence alliances in the
Cold War.
1945
OSS is abolished — The remaining Amer-
ican information agencies cease covert
actions and return to harmless information
gathering and analysis.
Operation PAPERCLIP – While other
American agencies are hunting down Nazi
war criminals for arrest, the US intelli-
gence community is smuggling them into
America, unpunished, to use them against
the Soviets. The most important of these is
Reinhard Gehlen, Hitler’s master spy, who
had built up an intelligence network in
the Soviet Union. With full US blessing,
he creates the “Gehlen Organization,” a
54 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
band of refugee Nazi spies who reactivate
their networks in Russia. These include SS
intelligence officers Alfred Six and Emil
Augsburg (who massacred Jews in the
Holocaust), Klaus Barbie (the “Butcher
of Lyon”), Otto von Bolschwing (the
Holocaust mastermind who worked with
Eichmann) and SS Colonel Otto Skorzeny
(a personal friend of Hitler’s).
The Gehlen Organization supplies the US
with its only intelligence on the Soviet
Union for the next ten years, serving as a
bridge between the abolition of the OSS
and the creation of the CIA. However,
much of the “intelligence” the former
Nazis provide is bogus. Gehlen inflates
Soviet military capabilities at a time
when Russia is still rebuilding its devas-
tated society, in order to inflate his own
importance to the Americans (who might
otherwise punish him).
In 1948, Gehlen almost convinces the
Americans that war is imminent, and the
West should make a preemptive strike. In
the 50s he produces a fictitious “missile
gap.” To make matters worse, the Russians
have thoroughly penetrated
the Gehlen Organization with
double agents, undermining
the very American security
that Gehlen was supposed to
protect.
1947
Greece — President Tru-
man requests military aid to
Greece to support right-wing
forces fighting communist
rebels. For the rest of the
Cold War, Washington and
the CIA will back notori-
ous Greek leaders who have
deplorable human rights records.
CIA created — President Truman signs
the National Security Act of 1947, creat-
ing the Central Intelligence Agency and
National Security Council. The CIA is
accountable to the president through the
NSC – there is no democratic or congres-
sional oversight. Its charter allows the
CIA to “perform such other functions and
duties… as the National Security Coun-
cil may from time to time direct.” This
loophole opens the door to covert action
and dirty tricks.
1948
Covert-action wing cre-
ated — The CIA recre-
ates a covert action wing,
innocuously called the
Office of Policy Coordi-
nation, led by Wall Street
lawyer Frank Wisner.
According to its secret
charter, its responsibili-
ties include “propaganda,
economic warfare, preventive direct
action, including sabotage, anti-sabotage,
demolition and evacuation procedures;
subversion against hostile states, includ-
ing assistance to underground resis-
tance groups, and support of indigenous
anti-communist elements in threatened
countries of the free world.”
Italy — The CIA corrupts democratic
elections in Italy, where Italian commu-
nists look likely to win the elections. The
CIA buys votes, broadcasts propaganda,
threatens and beats up opposition leaders,
and infiltrates and disrupts their organi-
sations. It works – the communists are
defeated. [Ed - they also blew up school
buses full of children in Operation Gladio]
1949
Radio Free Europe — The CIA creates its
first major propaganda outlet, Radio Free
Europe. Over the next several
decades, its broadcasts are so
blatantly false that for a time it
is considered illegal to publish
transcripts of them in the US.
Late 40s
Operation MOCKINGBIRD
— The CIA begins recruiting
American news organisations
and journalists to become spies
and disseminators of propa-
ganda. The effort is headed by
Frank Wisner, Allan Dulles,
Richard Helms and Philip
Graham. Graham is publisher
of The Washington Post, which becomes
a major CIA player. Eventually, the CIA’s
media assets will include ABC, NBC,
CBS, Time, Newsweek, Associated Press,
United Press International, Reuters, Hearst
Newspapers, Scripps-Howard, Copley
News Service and more. By the CIA’s own
admission, at least 25 organisations and
400 journalists become CIA assets.

1953
Iran – CIA overthrows the democratically
elected Mohammed Mossadegh in a mili-
tary coup, after he threatens to nationalise
British oil. The CIA replaces him with
a dictator, the Shah of
Iran, whose secret police,
SAVAK, is as brutal as the
Gestapo.
Operation MK-ULTRA
— Inspired by North
Korea’s brainwashing pro-
gramme, the CIA begins
experiments with tech-
niques of mind control.
The most notorious part of
this project involves giv-
ing LSD and other drugs
to American subjects
without their knowledge
or against their will, causing several to
commit suicide. However, the operation
involves far more than this. Funded in part
by the Rockefeller and Ford foundations,
research includes propaganda, brainwash-
ing, public relations, advertising, hypno-
sis, and other forms of suggestion.
(Ed note: Hippy guru and father of LSD
in the US – Timothy Leary – was a CIA
asset.)
1954
Guatemala — CIA overthrows the
democratically elected Jacob Arbenz in a
military coup. Arbenz has threatened to
nationalise the Rockefeller-owned United
Fruit Company, in which CIA Director
Allen Dulles also owns stock. Arbenz is
replaced with a series of right-wing dicta-
tors whose bloodthirsty policies will kill
over 100,000 Guatemalans in the next 40
years.
1954-1958
North Vietnam — CIA officer Edward
Lansdale spends four years trying to
overthrow the communist government of
North Vietnam, using all the usual dirty
tricks. The CIA also attempts to legitimise
a tyrannical puppet regime in South Viet-
nam, headed by Ngo Dinh Diem. These
efforts fail to win the hearts and minds of
the South Vietnamese because the Diem
government is opposed to true democ-
racy, land reform and poverty reduction
measures. The CIA’s continuing failure
results in escalating American interven-
tion, culminating in the Vietnam War.
1956
Hungary — Radio Free Europe in-
cites Hungary to revolt by broadcasting
Khruschev’s Secret Speech, in which he
denounced Stalin. It also hints that Ameri-
can aid will help the Hungar-
ians fight. This aid fails to
materialise as Hungarians
launch a doomed armed
revolt, which only invites a
major Soviet invasion. The
conflict kills 7,000 Soviets
and 30,000 Hungarians.
1957-1973
Laos — The CIA carries out
approximately one coup per
year trying to nullify Laos’
democratic elections. The
problem is the Pathet Lao, a
leftist group with enough popular support
to be a member of any coalition govern-
ment. In the late 50s, the CIA even creates
an “Armee Clandestine” of Asian merce-
naries to attack the Pathet Lao. After the
CIA’s army suffers numerous defeats, the
US starts bombing, dropping more bombs
on Laos than all the US bombs dropped
in World War II. A quarter of all Laotians
will eventually become refugees, many
living in caves.
1959
Haiti — The US military helps “Papa
Doc” Duvalier become dictator of Haiti.
He creates his own private police force,
the “Tonton Macoutes,” who terrorise the
population with machetes. They will kill
over 100,000 during the Duvalier fam-
ily reign. The US does not protest their
dismal human rights record.
1961
The Bay of Pigs — The CIA sends 1,500
Cuban exiles to invade Castro’s Cuba.
But “Operation Mongoose” fails, due to
poor planning, security and backing. The
planners had imagined that the invasion
will spark a popular uprising against
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Castro – which never happens. A promised
American air strike also never occurs. This
is the CIA’s first public setback, causing
President Kennedy to fire CIA Director
Allen Dulles.
Dominican Republic — The CIA assassi-
nates Rafael Trujillo, a murderous dictator
Washington has supported since 1930.
Trujillo’s business interests have grown so
large (about 60 percent of the economy)
that they have begun competing with
American business interests.
Ecuador — The CIA-backed military
forces the democratically elected Presi-
dent Jose Velasco to resign. Vice President
Carlos Arosemana replaces him; the CIA
fills the now vacant vice presidency with
its own man.
Congo (Zaire) — The CIA assassinates
the democratically elected Patrice Lu-
mumba. However, public support for
Lumumba’s politics runs so high that the
CIA cannot clearly install his opponents
in power. Four years of political turmoil
follow.
1963
Dominican Republic — The CIA over-
throws the democratically elected Juan
Bosch in a military coup. The CIA installs
a repressive, right-wing junta.
Ecuador — A CIA-backed military coup
overthrows President Arosemana, whose
independent (not socialist) policies have
become unacceptable to Washington. A
military junta assumes command, cancels
the 1964 elections, and begins abusing
human rights.
1964
Brazil — A CIA-backed military coup
overthrows the democratically elected
government of Joao Goulart. The junta
that replaces it will, in the next two
decades, become one of the most blood-
thirsty in history. General Castelo Branco
will create Latin America’s first death
squads, or bands of secret police who hunt
down “communists” for torture, interroga-
tion and murder. Often these “commu-
55
nists” are no more than Branco’s political
opponents. Later it is revealed that the
CIA trains the death squads.
1965
Indonesia — The CIA overthrows the
democratically elected Sukarno with a
military coup. The CIA has been trying
to eliminate Sukarno since 1957, using
everything from attempted assassination to
sexual intrigue, for nothing more than his
declaring neutrality in the Cold War. His
successor, General Suharto, will massacre
between 500,000 to 1 million civilians
accused of being “communist.” The CIA
supplies the names of countless suspects.
Dominican Republic — A popular rebel-
lion breaks out, promising to reinstall Juan
Bosch as the country’s elected leader. The
revolution is crushed when US Marines
land to uphold the military regime by
force. The CIA directs everything behind
the scenes.
Greece — With the CIA’s backing, the
king removes George Papandreous as
prime minister. Papandreous has failed to
vigorously support US interests in Greece.
Congo (Zaire) — A CIA-backed mili-
tary coup installs Mobutu Sese Seko as
dictator. The hated and repressive Mobutu
exploits his desperately poor country for
billions.
1966
The Ramparts Affair — The radical
magazine Ramparts begins a series of
unprecedented anti-CIA articles. Among
their scoops: the CIA has paid the Uni-
versity of Michigan $25 million dollars
to hire “professors” to train South Viet-
namese students in covert police methods.
MIT and other universities have received
similar payments. Ramparts also reveals
that the National Students’ Association
is a CIA front. Students are sometimes
recruited through blackmail and bribery,
including draft deferments.
1967
Greece — A CIA-backed military coup
overthrows the government two days
before the elections. The favourite to
win was George Papandreous, the liberal
candidate. During the next six years, the
“reign of the colonels” – backed by the
CIA – will usher in the widespread use of
torture and murder against political oppo-
nents. When a Greek ambassador objects
to President Johnson about US plans for
Cypress, Johnson tells him: “Fuck your
parliament and your constitution.”
56 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Operation PHOENIX — The CIA helps
South Vietnamese agents identify and then
murder alleged Viet Cong leaders operat-
ing in South Vietnamese villages. Accord-
ing to a 1971 congressional report, this op-
eration killed about 20,000 “Viet Cong.”
1968
Operation CHAOS — The CIA has been
illegally spying on American citizens
since 1959, but with Operation CHAOS,
President Johnson dramatically boosts the
effort. CIA agents go undercover as stu-
dent radicals to spy on and disrupt campus
organizations protesting the Vietnam War.
They are searching for Russian instiga-
tors, which they never find. CHAOS will
eventually spy on 7,000 individuals and
1,000 organisations.
Bolivia — A CIA-organised military
operation captures legendary guerilla Che
Guevara. The CIA wants to keep him alive
for interrogation, but the Bolivian govern-
ment executes him to prevent worldwide
calls for clemency.
1969
Uruguay — The notorious CIA tor-
turer Dan Mitrione arrives in Uruguay, a
country torn with political strife. Whereas
right-wing forces previously used torture
only as a last resort, Mitrione convinces
them to use it as a routine, widespread
practice. “The precise pain, in the pre-
cise place, in the precise amount, for the
desired effect,” is his motto. The torture
techniques he teaches to the death squads
rival the Nazis’. He eventually becomes so
feared that revolutionaries will kidnap and
murder him a year later.
1970
Cambodia — The CIA overthrows
Prince Sahounek, who is highly popular
among Cambodians for keeping them out
of the Vietnam War. He is replaced by
CIA puppet Lon Nol, who immediately
throws Cambodian troops into battle. This
unpopular move strengthens once minor
opposition parties like the Khmer Rouge,
which achieves power in 1975 and mas-
sacres millions of its own people.
1971
Bolivia — After half a decade of CIA-
inspired political turmoil, a CIA-backed
military coup overthrows the leftist Presi-
dent Juan Torres. In the next two years,
dictator Hugo Banzer will have over 2,000
political opponents arrested without trial,
then tortured, raped and executed.
Haiti — “Papa Doc”
Duvalier dies, leaving
his 19-year old son
“Baby Doc” Duvalier
the dictator of Haiti.
His son continues his
bloody reign with full
knowledge of the CIA.
1972
The Case-Zablocki Act — Congress
passes an act requiring congressional
review of executive agreements. In theory,
this should make CIA operations more
accountable. In fact, it is only marginally
effective.
Cambodia — Congress votes to cut off
CIA funds for its secret war in Cambodia.
Watergate Break-in — President Nixon
sends in a team of burglars to wiretap
Democratic offices at Watergate. The team
members have extensive CIA histories,
including James McCord, E. Howard Hunt
and five of the Cuban burglars. They work
for the Committee to Reelect the President
(CREEP), which does dirty work like
disrupting Democratic campaigns and
laundering Nixon’s illegal campaign con-
tributions. CREEP’s activities are funded
and organised by another CIA front, the
Mullen Company.
1973
Chile — The CIA overthrows and assas-
sinates Salvador Allende, Latin America’s
first democratically elected socialist lead-
er. The problems begin when Allende na-
tionalises American-owned firms in Chile.
ITT offers the CIA $1 million for a coup
(reportedly refused). The CIA replaces Al-
lende with General Augusto Pinochet, who
will torture and murder thousands of his
own countrymen in a crackdown on labour
leaders and the political left.
CIA begins internal investigations
— William Colby, the Deputy Director
for Operations, orders all CIA person-
nel to report any and all illegal activities
they know about. This information is later
reported to Congress.
Watergate Scandal — The CIA’s main
collaborating newspaper in America, The
Washington Post, reports Nixon’s crimes
long before any other newspaper takes up
the subject. The two reporters, Woodward
and Bernstein, make almost no mention
of the CIA’s many fingerprints all over the
scandal. It is later revealed that Woodward
was a Naval intelligence briefer to the
White House, and knows many important
intelligence figures, including General
Alexander Haig. His main source, “Deep
Throat,” is probably one of those.
CIA Director Helms Fired — President
Nixon fires CIA Director Richard Helms
for failing to help cover up the Watergate
scandal. Helms and Nixon have always
disliked each other. The new CIA director
is William Colby, who is relatively more
open to CIA reform.
1974
CHAOS exposed — Pulitzer prize win-
ning journalist Seymour Hersh publishes
a story about Operation CHAOS, the
domestic surveillance and infiltration of
anti-war and civil rights groups in the US
The story sparks national outrage.
Angleton fired — Congress holds hear-
ings on the illegal domestic spying efforts
of James Jesus Angleton, the CIA’s chief
of counterintelligence. His efforts included
mail-opening campaigns and secret sur-
veillance of war protesters. The hearings
result in his dismissal from the CIA.
House clears CIA in Watergate — The
House of Representatives clears the CIA
of any complicity in Nixon’s Watergate
break-in.
The Hughes Ryan Act — Congress passes
an amendment requiring the president to
report nonintelligence CIA operations to
the relevant congressional committees in a
timely fashion.
1975
Australia — The
CIA helps topple the
democratically elected,
left-leaning govern-
ment of Prime Minister
Edward Whitlam. The
CIA does this by giving
an ultimatum to its Governor-General,
John Kerr. Kerr, a longtime CIA collabo-
rator, exercises his constitutional right to
dissolve the Whitlam government. The
Governor-General is a largely ceremo-
nial position appointed by the Queen; the
Prime Minister is democratically elected.
The use of this archaic and never-before-
used law stuns the nation.
Angola — Eager to demonstrate Ameri-
can military resolve after its defeat in
Vietnam, Henry Kissinger launches a
CIA-backed war in Angola. Contrary to
Kissinger’s assertions, Angola is a country
of little strategic importance and not
seriously threatened by communism. The
CIA backs the brutal leader of UNITAS,
Jonas Savimbi. This polarises Angolan
politics and drives his opponents into the
arms of Cuba and the Soviet Union for
survival. Congress will cut off funds in
1976, but the CIA is able to run the war
off the books until 1984, when funding is
legalised again. This entirely pointless war
kills over 300,000 Angolans.
The CIA and the Cult of Intelligence—
Victor Marchetti and John Marks pub-
lish this whistle-blowing history of CIA
crimes and abuses. Marchetti has spent 14
years in the CIA, eventually becoming an
executive assistant to the Deputy Direc-
tor of Intelligence. Marks has spent five
years as an intelligence official in the State
Department.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Inside the Company — Philip Agee pub-
lishes a diary of his life inside the CIA.
Agee has worked in covert operations in
Latin America during the 60s, and details
the crimes in which he took part.
Congress investigates CIA wrong-do-
ing — Public outrage compels Congress
to hold hearings on CIA crimes. Senator
Frank Church heads the Senate investi-
gation (“The Church Committee”), and
Representative Otis Pike heads the House
investigation. (Payback: Despite a 98
percent incumbency reelection rate, both
Church and Pike are defeated in the next
elections.) The investigations lead to a
number of reforms intended to increase
the CIA’s accountability to
Congress, including the cre-
ation of a standing Senate
committee on intelligence.
However, the reforms prove
ineffective, as the Iran/Con-
tra scandal will show. It
turns out the CIA can con-
trol, deal with or sidestep
Congress with ease.
The Rockefeller Commission — In an
attempt to reduce the damage done by the
Church Committee, President Ford creates
the “Rockefeller Commission” to white-
wash CIA history and propose toothless
reforms. The commission’s namesake,
Vice President Nelson Rockefeller, is
himself a major CIA figure. Five of the
commission’s eight members are also
members of the Council on Foreign Rela-
tions, a CIA-dominated organisation.
1979
Iran — The CIA fails to predict the fall of
the Shah of Iran, a longtime CIA puppet,
and the rise of Muslim fundamentalists
who are furious at the CIA’s backing of
SAVAK, the Shah’s bloodthirsty secret
police. In revenge, the Muslims take 52
Americans hostage in the US embassy in
Tehran.
Afghanistan — The Soviets invade
Afghanistan. The CIA immediately begins
supplying arms to any faction willing to
fight the occupying Soviets. Such indis-
criminate arming means that when the
Soviets leave Afghanistan, civil war will
erupt. Also, fanatical Muslim extremists
now possess state-of-the-art weaponry.
One of these is Sheik Abdel Rahman, who
will become involved in the World Trade
Center bombing in New York. (Ed note:
evidence points to the first bombing of the
WTC as an FBI operation.)
57
El Salvador — An idealistic group of El Mazote in 1982, where they massacre
young military officers, repulsed by the between 700 and 1000 men, women and 1986
massacre of the poor, overthrows the children. By 1992, some 63,000 Salvador- Eugene Hasenfus — Nicaragua shoots
right-wing government. However, the ans will be killed. down a C-123 transport plane carrying
US compels the inexperienced officers military supplies to the Contras. The lone
to include many of the old guard in key survivor, Eugene Hasenfus, turns out to be
positions in their new government. Soon,
1981 a CIA employee, as are the two dead pi-
Iran/Contra Begins — The CIA begins lots. The airplane
things are back to “normal” — the mili- selling arms to Iran at high prices, using belongs to South-
tary government is repressing and killing the profits to arm the ern Air Transport,
poor civilian pro- Contras fighting the a CIA front. The
testers. Many of Sandinista government incident makes a
the young mili- in Nicaragua. President mockery of Presi-
tary and civilian Reagan vows that the dent Reagan’s
reformers, find- Sandinistas will be claims that the
ing themselves “pressured” until “they CIA is not ille-
powerless, resign say ‘uncle.’” The CIA’s gally arming the
in disgust. Freedom Fighter’s Contras.
Manual disbursed to
Nicaragua the Contras includes Iran/Contra
— Anastasios instruction on economic Scandal — Al-
Samoza II, sabotage, propaganda, though the details have long been known,
another CIA-
extortion, bribery, the Iran/Contra scandal finally captures
backed dicta- blackmail, interroga- the media’s attention in 1986. Congress
tor, falls. The tion, torture, murder and holds hearings, and several key figures
Marxist Sand- political assassination. (like Oliver North) lie under oath to
inistas take over [Ed - It actually turns protect the intelligence community. CIA
government. out they were selling Director William Casey dies of brain
They are initially cocaine from the contras cancer before Congress can question him.
popular because to black neighbour- All reforms enacted by Congress after the
of their com- hoods in the US and scandal are purely cosmetic.
mitment to land using the massive
and anti-poverty profits to arm Iran.]
reform. Samoza
had a murderous and hated personal army
called the National Guard. Remnants of 1983
the Guard will become the Contras, who Honduras — The CIA gives Hondu-
fight a CIA-backed guerilla war against ran military officers the Human Re-
the Sandinista government led by Daniel source Exploitation Training Manual
Ortega throughout the 1980s. (Ortega is – 1983, which teaches how to torture
again politically ascendant.) people. Honduras’ notorious “Battal-
ion 316” then uses these techniques,
with the CIA’s full knowledge, on
1980 thousands of leftist dissidents.
El Salvador — The At least 184 are murdered.
Archbishop of San Sal-
vador, Oscar Romero, Haiti — Rising popular revolt in Haiti
pleads with President 1984 means that “Baby Doc” Duvalier will
Carter “Christian to The Boland Amendment — The remain “President for Life” only if he has
Christian” to stop aid- last of a series of Boland Amend- a short one. The US, which hates instabil-
ing the military govern- ments is passed. These amend- ity in a puppet country, flies the despotic
ment slaughtering his ments have reduced CIA aid to Duvalier to the South of France for a com-
people. Carter refuses. the Contras; the last one cuts it fortable retirement. The CIA then rigs the
Shortly afterwards, off completely. However, CIA upcoming elections in favour of another
right-wing leader Ro- Director William Casey is already right-wing military strongman. However,
berto D’Aubuisson has prepared to “hand off” the opera- violence keeps the country in political tur-
Romero shot through tion to Colonel Oliver North, who moil for another four years. The CIA tries
the heart while saying illegally continues supplying the to strengthen the military by creating the
Mass. The country soon Contras through the CIA’s infor- National Intelligence Service (SIN), which
dissolves into civil war, mal, secret, and self-financing suppresses popular revolt through torture
with the peasants in the network. This includes “humani- and assassination.
hills fighting against the military govern- tarian aid” donated by Adolph Coors and
ment. The CIA and US Armed Forces William Simon, and military aid funded
supply the government with overwhelm- by Iranian arms sales.
ing military and intelligence superiority.
CIA-trained death squads roam the coun-
tryside, committing atrocities like that of

58 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

1989
Panama — The US
invades Panama to
overthrow a dictator of
its own making, Gen-
eral Manuel Noriega.
Noriega has been on
the CIA’s payroll since
1966, and has been
transporting drugs
with the CIA’s knowl-
edge since 1972. By
the late 80s, Noriega’s
growing independence
and intransigence have angered Washing-
ton… so out he goes.
1990
Haiti — Competing against 10 compara-
tively wealthy candidates, leftist priest
Jean-Bertrand Aristide captures 68 percent
of the vote. After only eight months in
power, however, the CIA-backed military
deposes him. More military dictators bru-
talise the country, as thousands of Haitian
refugees escape the turmoil in barely
seaworthy boats. As popular opinion calls
for Aristide’s return, the CIA begins a
disinformation campaign painting the cou-
rageous priest as mentally unstable.
1991
The Gulf War — The US liberates Kuwait
from Iraq. But Iraq’s dictator, Saddam
Hussein, is another creature of the CIA.
With US encouragement, Hussein invaded
Iran in 1980. During this costly eight-
year war, the CIA built up Hussein’s
forces with sophisticated arms, intel-
ligence, training and financial backing.
This cemented Hussein’s power at home,
allowing him to crush the many internal
rebellions that erupted from time to time,
sometimes with poison gas. It also gave
him all the military might he needed to
conduct further adventurism — in Kuwait,
for example.
(Ed note: He had gotten the green light for
his invasion of Kuwait from US Ambassa-
dor Alice Gillespie.)
The Fall of the Soviet Union
— The CIA fails to predict this most
important event of the Cold War.
This suggests that it has been so
busy undermining governments that
it hasn’t been doing its primary job:
gathering and analysing informa-
tion. The fall of the Soviet Union
also robs the CIA of its reason for
existence: fighting communism.
This leads some to accuse the CIA
of intentionally failing to predict
the downfall of the Soviet Union.
Curiously, the intelligence community’s
budget is not significantly reduced after
the demise of communism.
1992
Economic Espionage — In the years fol-
lowing the end of the Cold War, the CIA is
increasingly used for economic espionage.
This involves stealing the technological
secrets of competing foreign companies
and giving them to American ones. Given
the CIA’s clear preference for dirty tricks
over mere information gathering, the
possibility of serious criminal behavior is
very great indeed.
1993
Haiti — The chaos in Haiti grows so bad
that President Clinton has no choice but
to remove the Haitian military dictator,
Raoul Cedras, on threat of US invasion.
The US occupiers do not arrest Haiti’s
military leaders for crimes against human-
ity, but instead ensure their safety and
rich retirements. Aristide is returned to
power only after being forced to accept an
agenda favorable to the country’s ruling
class.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
EPILOGUE
In a speech before the CIA cele-
brating its 50th anniversary, Presi-
dent Clinton said: “By necessity,
the American people will never
know the full story of your cour-
age.”
Clinton’s is a common defence of
the CIA: namely, the American
people should stop criticising the
CIA because they don’t know what
it really does. This, of course, is
the heart of the problem in the first
place. An agency that is above crit-
icism is also above moral behavior
and reform. Its secrecy and lack of
accountability allows its corruption
to grow unchecked.
Furthermore, Clinton’s statement
is simply untrue. The history of the
agency is growing painfully clear,
especially with the declassification
of historical CIA documents. We
may not know the details of spe-
cific operations, but we do know,
quite well, the general behaviour
of the CIA. These facts began
emerging nearly two decades ago
at an ever-quickening pace. Today
we have a remarkably accurate
and consistent picture, repeated in
country after country, and verified
from countless different directions.
RIP STEVE KANGAS
59
George “We have now sunk to a
Orwell depth at which the restatement
of the obvious is the first duty
English novelist, of intelligent men.”
essayist, and critic.
(1903 - 1950) “Political language. . .
is designed to make lies sound
truthful and murder respectable,
and to give an appearance of
solidity to pure wind.”

“They could be made to accept

the most flagrant violations of
reality, because they never fully
grasped the enormity of what
was demanded of them, and
were not sufficiently interested
in public events to notice
what was happening.”

“The nationalist not only does

not disapprove of atrocities
committed by his own side, but
he has a remarkable capacity for
not even hearing about them.”

“Freedom is the right

to tell people what they
do not want to hear.”
 UNCENSORED ECONOMICS
Do Banks
Create Money
Out of Thin Air?
By Katherine Smith
Review of AT WHAT COST?
By Robert G. Anderson
RG and J Anderson Books,
PO Box 8188, Cherrywood, Tauranga,
NZ, 2005; 70 pages
$12 (including delivery within NZ – or
$20 for two copies to the same address)
“Bankers own the earth. Take it away from
them, but leave them the power to create
money and control credit, and with a flick
of the pen they will create enough to buy it
back.”
I left school at the end of Form 7 having
been taught nothing more about money than
how to create a personal budget, and that
anyone who took out a home loan would,
over time, pay several times more interest
than the initial value of a house. (I might
add that I knew this only because my inter-
mediate school included a short programme
on “life skills”, as I didn’t study economics
or accounting at high school.)
Like most people, I had thought the banking
system worked like this:
1) People deposit money into a bank (to
ensure it cannot be stolen from their home or
person – and so that they can earn interest.)
2) The bank loans out money deposited by
its clients to people who want to borrow
money (such as people who wish to take out
a mortgage to buy a house.)
3) The bank makes money because the
interest rate that they pay out to people who
deposit money into the bank is lower than
the interest rate that they charge people
who have mortgages (or other types of bank
loans.)
Over the years I had heard rumours that my
assumptions about how the banking system
worked were inaccurate. However, not be-
ing financially literate (to put it mildly) and
not having a mortgage, the subject was not
of sufficient immediate interest for me to
follow it up more thoroughly.
Well, I certainly am interested now, thanks
to reading Dr Anderson’s new book which
succinctly describes how the fraudulent
banking system contributes to immeasurable
human suffering and environmental degrada-
tion.
Perhaps you think “fraudulent” is too strong
a word to use when describing the banking
system. (Perhaps you think that my previous
points 1-3 of how banks operate are correct
– Well, they’re not.)
A more accurate (although still incomplete)
account of how the system works is
this:
1) People deposit money into a bank (to
ensure it cannot be stolen from
their home or person – and so that they can
earn interest.)
2) People (perhaps the very same people
who have deposited money into the bank in
step 1) decide that they want to buy a house
and apply for a mortgage. The bank creates
a debt (essentially a string of digits in a
computer) for the amount of the mortgage
and the people buy the house.
3) If the people are successful in meeting all
their mortgage payments
over a, say 20 year period,
they will eventually own
their house mortgage free.
(In the interim, they will
have paid several times
the original value of the
house in interest payments
as part of their mortgage.)
Incredibly, almost all of
the money paid to the
bank over the course of the
mortgage is profit, since
the bank never actually
paid out any money for
the mortgage in the first
place; it merely created a
debt which the would-be
home owner had to pay off
over time. (Administra-
tion costs to the bank for a
mortgage are generally low
and will be largely offset
by fees charged as part of the mortgage
package.)
4) If the people who take out a mortgage
to buy a house cannot meet their mortgage
payments for any reason (such as illness,
loss of employment etc) under the terms of
the mortgage, the bank can sell the house for
whatever it is worth on the market – regard-
less of the fact that by the time that this oc-
curs the would-be home owner may already
have paid more than the initial value of the
house in mortgage payments.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
(This is one of the reasons that banks man-
age to prosper in a depression; they not only
collect mortgage payments but may acquire
people’s property as well.)
Essentially, banks create debt with the stroke
of a pen (or, for the modern equivalent,
a few digits on a computer) which they
can then use to legally extort money from
people who do not have sufficient cash or
savings to buy a needed or desired product
or service.
The banking system has become so en-
trenched that only 3% of the New Zealand
money-supply supply is cash – a whopping
97% of it is debt.
Not surprisingly, given that they are literally
creating money (as debt) a few banks have
a huge asset base and make huge profits.
Moreover, by having control of the vast ma-
jority of a country’s money supply, they play
a significant role in the national economy as
they decide what industries they will finance
– and which they won’t.
In New Zealand, most banks are foreign-
owned, meaning their
profits are distributed to
overseas share-holders.
Of the banks operating
in NZ, recent assets list-
ings include:
ANZ: 259 billion ($A)
BNZ: 39 billion $NZ)
Westpac: 45 billion
($NZ)
Profits, after tax in NZ
dollars in 2005 were:
BNZ: $611 million
ANZ/National: $566
million
ASB: $382 million
Westpac: $549 million
It might be noted that
despite making such a
large profit, banks often do not share their
prosperity with staff. In 2004, for example,
Westpac made a $611 million profit but
NZ staff were offered only a 3.75% wage
increase – barely above inflation. This offer
was rejected by staff because it tied them
in to a performance package that involved
selling increasingly large amounts of “debt
products” to customers.
Perhaps you are wondering about the other
3% of our money supply: the money held
by the public in cash (and also in travellers
61
cheques, credit unions, cheque accounts,
NOW accounts and automatic transfer ac-
counts).
Cash is issued by the Reserve Bank. The
Reserve Bank of New Zealand is a publicly-
owned bank – one of our last national as-
sets. (By contrast the Bank of England and
Federal Reserve in the USA are privately
owned corporations.) Trading banks (such
as the BNZ, ASB, ANZ, Westpac etc) which
need to acquire cash are obliged to buy it
from the Reserve Bank at its face value. In
this way (among others) the Reserve Bank
helps to regulate the money supply.
However, if the NZ government wants to
borrow money (for example to undertake
some sort of publics work project such as
building additional state houses or improve
the transportation infrastructure) it must
print say, $10,000,000 in bonds, give them
to a bank and then borrow the money from
the bank.
Don Bethume (quoted in At What Cost?)
illustrates the absurdity of this type of finan-
cial transaction:
“Have you ever wondered why, when/if the
government needs say, $1,000,000, it prints
up $1,000,000 in Bonds, gives them to a
bank which then literally creates $1,000,000
out of nothing, and lends it to the govern-
ment at whatever interest rate it can get.
What is to stop the government [from] creat-
ing the $1,000,000 interest-and-debt-free
and spending it into the economy? I recently
asked this very question of National’s Fi-
nance Spokesman, Mr John Hay, and his
answer was that there was nothing to stop
the government [from] doing just that. The
problem is, of course, that if that kind of
monetary system were to be introduced, the
money lenders would cease to be the slave
masters, which they are now.”
(Note: Several letters to Dr Cullen from Dr
Robert Anderson on this very subject have
tellingly gone un-answered.)
So, how did this dysfunctional system come
about? Dr Anderson explains that gold (and
other metal coinage) was the traditional cur-
rency in Europe. As this was very heavy and
inconvenient for wealthy merchants to carry
much of it, goldsmiths became unofficial
bankers into whose care merchants deposited
their gold. In return the goldsmiths issued
receipts verifying the amount of gold depos-
ited which merchants could use as evidence
of their ability to pay for goods. By the
seventeenth century Europe was becoming
increasingly industrialised and goldsmiths
invented credit by issuing loans in the form
of “promissory” notes. These totalled sev-
eral times the amount of gold held in credit.
As Robert Anderson explains:
“Simply put, with a stroke of the pen they
created out of nothing a form of money.”
This “money” was then put into circulation
62 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
as an interest-bearing loan, payable to the
goldsmiths themselves.
Here’s the good part:
“The goldsmiths took some tangible asset
as security, and retained it if the borrower
couldn’t pay back the loan.”
Private consortiums soon created banks to
take advantage of the ability to create money
out of nothing. The first was the Bank of
England (a private company, then and now)
which had in its charter from the govern-
ment of the day (1694) the statement:
“The bank shall have the profit on all money
created out of nothing.”
This abusive swindle continues to this day in
all Western countries.
It might be noted that the Muslim Sharia
system does not allow usury. Following the
invasion of Iraq, an American company, JP
Morgan won the contract to set up an Iraqi
Central Bank. (Iran, as a Muslim nation,
may also be the current target of hostile
US rhetoric because of its recent financial
decisions, not least its announcement that it
plans to start trading in oil in Euros instead
of the US dollar.)
It is obvious that the Western banking
system is a gigantic con. But it is more: The
international banks have plenty of money to
finance wars, but precious little for the real
needs of the poor, whom they have in the
thrall of crushing debt. Indeed it is estimated
that for every dollar contributed in aid to
impoverished nations, eight dollars are
extracted in debt repayment. (!)
The ability of the economies of Africa
and South America to deliver an adequate
standard of living for the majority of the
population has been devastated by the
international plague of debt over the latter
part of the twentieth century. Between
1960-1980 per capita income grew 73% and
34% in Latin America and Africa respec-
tively. However, since 1980 Latin American
incomes have climbed only 6% over 20
years while incomes in Africa have been
devastated, declining by 23%. One reason
for these depressing figures is the fact that
IMF loans to governments are conditional
on the government agreeing to de-regulate
the economy and sell off state assets. Of
course these sorts of policies typically cause
economic havoc which is not conducive to
repaying debt.
The situation for debtor nations is only made
worse by the International Monetary Fund
(IMF) and World Bank “Structural Adjust-
ment Policies” (SAPs) which are forced on
nations which cannot meet debt payments
These SAPs typically involve cuts in social
spending such as health and education,
thereby reducing employment of people who
would have been working in these areas, and
causing further economic destabilisation by
undermining the health status and employ-
ment opportunities for the general popula-
tion.
So is there a better way? Yes – there is
always a better way, although it might not be
easier. There have been cases of communi-
ties – on a local or national level which have
successfully run alternative financial systems
which do not rely on private banks creating
money as debt – forcing communities to pay
for assets several times over by the time that
interest charges are taken into account.
Once such success story is that of the Island
of Guernsey in the English Channel which
found itself broke at the end of the Napo-
leonic wars. The island was in need of
crucial infrastructure improvements such
as seawalls and roads. There was plenty
of manpower and local materials but no
money. The autonomous government of the
island decided that lack of money shouldn’t
deprive its population of these much needed
improvements.
The State of Guernsey government therefore
decided to issue money itself to pay for the
cost of materials and labour necessary to
pay for the public works programme. When
the projects were completed the money
was withdrawn from circulation (by way of
taxes), thereby ensuring it did not have an
inflationary impact on the island’s economy.
Ten years on, Guernsey had become a
prosperous little community – and attracted
the avaricious interest of bankers. (There
had previously been no banks on the island.)
True to form, the bankers pressured the
Guernsey government to stop issuing its
own money and instead accept bank loans
with interest thus ending Guernsey’s suc-
cessful experiment by the mid-1830s. How-
ever, there is no reason why this successful
model for financing public works without
adding to the public debt could not be copied
by other communities or nations and Robert
Anderson’s book has other examples of suc-
cessful local currency schemes.
At What Cost? fills a vital gap in most
people’s financial education, is devastating
in its logic and clarifies a formerly “com-
plex” topic with an engaging style. In fact
the whole idea of “mortage” as coming from
the words meaning “death” and “grip” take
on new meaning with this book.
I would particularly recommend it to people
who are considering taking out a mortgage
or student loan.
 We (the bankers) must proceed with caution and guard every move
made, for the lower order of people are already showing signs of restless
commotion. Prudence will therefore show a policy of apparently yielding to
the popular will until our plans are so far consummated that we can declare
our designs without fear of any organized resistance.
 
THE Organizations in the United States should be carefully watched by our
trusted men, and we must take immediate steps to control these organiza-
BANKERS’ tions in our interest or disrupt them.
 
At the coming Omaha convention to be held July 4, 1892, our men must
MANIFESTO attend and direct its movement or else there will be set on foot such antago-
nism to our designs as may require force to overcome. This at the present
OF 1892 time would be premature. We are not yet ready for such a crisis. Capital
must protect itself in every possible manner through combination (con-
spiracy) and legislation.

People without homes will not

quarrel with their leaders.  
 
When, through the process of law, the common people have lost their
homes, they will be more tractable and easily governed through the influ-
ence of the strong arm of the government applied to a central power of
imperial wealth under the control of the leading financiers. People without
homes will not quarrel with their leaders. History repeats itself in regular
cycles. This truth is well known among our principle men who are engaged
in forming an imperialism of the world. While they are doing this, the
people must be kept in a state of political antagonism.
 
The question of tariff reform must be urged through the organization
known as the Democratic Party, and the question of protection with the
reciprocity must be forced to view through the Republican Party.
 
By thus dividing voters, we can get them to expend their energies in
fighting over questions of no importance to us, except as teachers to the
common herd. Thus, by discrete actions, we can secure all that has been so
generously planned and successfully accomplished.
 
Revealed by Congressman Charles A. Lindbergh, Sr. to the US Congress
sometime between 1907 and 1917.
 

Capital must protect itself in every way, through combination and through
legislation. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as
THE soon as possible. When through a process of law, the common people have
lost their homes, they will be more tractable and more easily governed by
BANKERS’ the strong arm of the law applied by the central power of wealth, under
control of leading financiers.
MANIFESTO
OF 1934 The courts must be called to our aid,
debts must be collected, bonds and mortgages
foreclosed as rapidly as possible.
This is well known among our principle men now engaged in forming an
IMPERIALISM of capital to govern the world. By dividing the people
we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no
importance to us except as teachers of the common herd. Thus by discrete
action we can secure for ourselves what has been generally planned and
successfully accomplished.

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 63

 SCIENCE / TECHNOLOGY NEWS
The Whole
Solar System
Is Undergoing
“Global”
Warming
This is a fact that not many people
know about, and quite a few people
would like to deny, as they would
like to believe that human activity
is the sole cause for global warm-
ing on Earth. I am not advocating
that releasing harmful gases, and
chemicals in the oceans and atmo-
sphere is a good thing. However,
after years of research, I have come
to understand that global warming
is happening throughout the Solar
System – not just on Earth.
For example, Mars may be going
through a period of climate change,
new findings from NASA’s Mars
Odyssey orbiter suggest.
Odyssey has been mapping the dis-
tribution of materials on and near
Mars’ surface since early 2002,
nearly a full annual cycle on Mars.
Besides tracking seasonal changes,
such as the advance and retreat
of polar “dry ice”, the orbiter is
returning evidence useful for learn-
ing about longer-term dynamics.
http://mars.jpl.nasa.gov/odyssey/newsroom/
pressreleases/20031208a.html
64 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Martian Ice Shrinking
Dramatically
New gullies that did not exist in
mid-2002 have appeared on a Mar-
tian sand dune.
That’s just one of the surprising
discoveries that have resulted from
the extended life of NASA’s Mars
Global Surveyor, which this month
began its ninth year in orbit around
Mars.
Boulders tumbling down a Martian
slope left tracks that weren’t there
two years ago. New impact craters
formed since the 1970s suggest
changes to age-estimating models.
And for three Mars summers in
a row, deposits of frozen carbon
dioxide near Mars’ south pole have
shrunk from the previous year’s
size, suggesting a climate change
in progress.
http://mars.jpl.nasa.gov/mgs/newsroom/
20050920a.html
Prediction Of A Global
Climate Change On Jupiter
by Philip S. Marcus
Jupiter’s atmosphere, as observed in
the 1979 Voyager space craft images, is
characterised by 12 zonal jet streams and
about 80 vortices, the largest of which are
the Great Red Spot and three White Ovals
that had formed in the 1930s. The Great
Red Spot has been observed continu-
ously since 1665 and, given the dynamical
similarities between the Great Red Spot
and the White Ovals, the disappearance
of two White Ovals in 1997−2000 was
unexpected. Their longevity and sudden
demise has been explained, however,
by the trapping of anticyclonic vortices
in the troughs of Rossby waves, forcing
them to merge. Here I propose that the
disappearance of the White Ovals was not
an isolated event, but part of a recurring
climate cycle which will cause most of
Jupiter’s vortices to disappear within the
next decade. In my numerical simulations,
the loss of the vortices results in a global
temperature change of about 10 K, which
destabilises the atmosphere and thereby
leads to the formation of new vortices.
After formation, the large vortices are
eroded by turbulence over a time of 60
years – consistent with observations of the
White Ovals – until they disappear and the
cycle begins again.
http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v428/
n6985/abs/nature02470.html
Pluto Is Undergoing
Global Warming,
Researchers Find
October 9, 2002
BIRMINGHAM, Ala. – Pluto is undergo-
ing global warming, as evidenced by a
three-fold increase in the planet’s atmo-
spheric pressure during the past 14 years,
a team of astronomers from Massachusetts
Institute of Technology (MIT), Williams
College, the University of Hawaii, Lowell
Observatory and Cornell University an-
nounced in a press conference today at the
annual meeting of the American Astro-
nomical Society’s (AAS) Division for
Planetary Sciences in Birmingham, AL.
The team, led by James Elliot, professor
of planetary astronomy at MIT and direc-
tor of MIT’s Wallace Observatory, made
this finding by watching the dimming
of a star when Pluto passed in front of it
Aug. 20. The team carried out observa-
tions using eight telescopes at Mauna Kea
Observatory, Haleakala, Lick Observatory,
Lowell Observatory and Palomar Obser-
vatory. Data were successfully recorded at
all sites.
An earlier attempt to observe an occulta-
tion of Pluto on July 19 in Chile was not
highly successful. Observations were
made from only two sites with small tele-
scopes because the giant telescopes and
other small telescopes involved lost out to
bad weather or from being in the wrong
location that day. These two occultations
were the first to be successfully observed
for Pluto since 1988.
web.mit.edu/newsoffice/2002/pluto.html
That’s a 300% increase in atmospheric
pressure in Pluto, which is the highest
increase in any planet in the Solar system,
and it is increasing as Pluto orbits away
from the Sun. If the Sun is the cause for
global warming in the solar system, as
some scientists say, why is it that Pluto,
the planet that is the farthest away from
the Sun, experiencing the most
severe effects, and it is getting
worse and worse as it orbits
away from the sun?
Pluto Thought To
Be Warming Up
Astronomers at the University of Tas-
mania have found that the solar system’s
smallest planet is not getting colder as
first thought and it probably does not have
rings.
Dr John Greenhill has collected observa-
tions from last month’s event when Pluto
passed in front of a bright star, making it
easier to study.
French scientists have shared the measure-
ments they took in Tasmania that night,
which indicate that the planet is unlikely
to have rings.
Dr Greenhill says the results are surprising
because they show Pluto is warming up.
“It looks as though the atmosphere has
not changed from 2002, which is pretty
surprising because we expected the
atmosphere would freeze out as the planet
moved further away from the Sun,” he
said.
“But so far, if anything, the atmosphere
has gotten even denser.”
www.abc.net.au/news/newsitems/200607/
s1697309.htm
The following is a site which was made
by several scientists who have no links
with any government, or corporation,
their findings are very interesting and give
a different picture as to what is causing
global warming. I can’t quote any excerpts
as there is a copyright issue, but I will post
the link. Anyone interested in that infor-
mation should read that site.
biocab.org/Cosmic_Rays_Graph.
html#anchor_77
biocab.org/Global_Warming.
html#anchor_32
ESA Sees Stardust Storms
Heading For Solar System
Monday, August 18, 2003
Artemis Society
Until ten years ago, most astron-
omers did not believe stardust
could enter our Solar System.
Then ESA’s Ulysses spaceprobe
discovered minute stardust par-
ticles leaking through the Sun’s
magnetic shield, into the realm
of Earth and the other planets.
Now, the same spaceprobe has shown that
a flood of dusty particles is heading our
way.
What is surprising in this new Ulysses dis-
covery is that the amount of stardust has
continued to increase even after the solar
activity calmed down and the magnetic
field resumed its ordered shape in 2001.
Scientists believe that this is due to the
way in which the polarity changed dur-
ing solar maximum. Instead of reversing
completely, flipping north to south, the
Sun’s magnetic poles have only rotated at
halfway and are now more or less lying
sideways along the Sun’s equator. This
weaker configuration of the magnetic
shield is letting in two to three times more
stardust than at the end of the 1990s.
Moreover, this influx could increase by as
much as ten times until the end of the cur-
rent solar cycle in 2012.
www.spaceref.com/news/
viewpr.html?pid=12353
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Another Reference of Note:
Title: Is the solar system entering a nearby
interstellar cloud?
Authors: Vidal-Madjar, A.; Laurent, C.;
Bruston, P.; Audouze, J.
Affiliation: AA(CNRS, Laboratoire de
Physique Stellaire et Planetaire, Verrieres-
le-Buisson, Essonne, France), AB(CNRS,
Laboratoire de Physique Stellaire et
Planetaire, Verrieres-le-Buisson, Essonne,
France), AC(CNRS, Laboratoire de Phy-
sique Stellaire et Planetaire, Verrieres-le-
Buisson, Essonne, France), AD(Meudon
Observatoire, Hauts-de-Seine; Paris XI,
Universite, Orsay, Essonne,
France)
Publication: Astrophysical Jour-
nal, Part 1, vol. 223, July 15,
1978, p. 589-600. (ApJ Homep-
age)
Publication Date: 07/1978
Category: Astrophysics
Origin: STI
NASA/STI Keywords:
ASTRONOMICAL MODELS, DEUTE-
RIUM, HYDROGEN ATOMS, INTER-
STELLAR GAS, SOLAR SYSTEM,
ABUNDANCE, EARLY STARS, GAS
DENSITY, INTERSTELLAR EXTINC-
TION
DOI:
10.1086/156294
Bibliographic Code:
1978ApJ...223..589V
Abstract
Observational arguments in favor of such
a cloud are presented, and implications
of the presence of a nearby cloud are
discussed, including possible changes in
terrestrial climate. It is suggested that the
postulated interstellar cloud should en-
counter the solar system at some unspeci-
fied time in the ‘near’ future and might
have a drastic influence on terrestrial
climate in the next 10,000 years.
http://adsabs.harvard.edu/abs/
1978ApJ...223..589V
SEE ALSO:
http://www.
whatdoesitmean.com/
index601.htm
65
 Proof NASA Is
Altering The True
Colours Of The
Pictures Of Mars
Mars seen through the Hubble Telescope

More info on the Mars Dial at:

athena.cornell.edu/kids/
Investigation shows that there are several indications sundial.html
that NASA is tampering with the colours of Mars, and
changes them from an Earth-like environment into a
red inhospitable environment. But it seems that the
young scientists at Jet Propulsion Laboratory (JPL) are
not comfortable with this.

At the right is shown the first found evidence the

NASA is altering the colours, in such a way, that blue
is displayed as red:

These images can be found on:

marsrovers.jpl.nasa.gov/gallery/press/spirit/20040108a.
html  

Hi-res - [ photojournal.jpl.nasa.gov/catalog/
?IDNumber=pia05015 ]

Please follow the hyperlink and investigate the page.

Note that the colour calibration target shown on the

other pictures where you can’t see the sky, does have
the colour blue on Mars and Earth, but on the large
panoramic picture on the top of the page, they have
changed blue into red! What happened? The blue has
changed into red. This also explains why the green tab
has turned into orange, because green is a combination
of blue and yellow. If you change the blue component
into red, yellow + red will give orange, exactly what
happened in the picture.

This means: All green elements in the complete pic-

ture have changed into orange, and all blue elements
have changed into red!

[Ed - It’s still online as we go to print so if you don’t

believe us check it out for yourself!]

66 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

JPL* Has It Right
At the press conference called to announce the successful
JPL*
landing on Mars of their rover, the JPL scientists showed
the latest picture of the Martian landscape. It showed Mars
a salmon-coloured desert with a blue sky. It seems that
they did it on purpose, since previous pictures were all
extremely red. On the right, the pictures of the conference
are shown:

It shows the same picture with the same hill on the up-
per-right, slightly zoomed-out. The administration of the
NASA seems to have tampered with the picture. NASA
Temperatures on Mars Mars
In the press conference the guys from JPL state:
“On the ground, the warmest temperature is around
five degrees Celsius (37 Fahrenheit) and the cold-
est is -15 degrees Celsius (5 Fahrenheit)”. But the
NASA site says:  “This graph shows the predicted
daily change in the atmospheric temperature one
meter above the surface of Mars at Gusev Crater, the True colour NASA colour
Mars Exploration Rover Spirit’s landing site”. With
a picture above it with a curve shown from -70 de-
grees celcius to -5 degrees celcius! Who has right?
De guys of JPL (The good guys), or the administra-
tor of the NASA?

If the young scientists from JPL are right, it might Mud?

explain this:    

It seems to be nothing else but mud!

Author: Gerson Lage

weirdexception@hotmail.com

* JPL = Jet Propulsion Laboratories, a NASA contractor

More information about colour calibration on Mars:

http://mars.spherix.com/spie2003/SPIE_2003_Color_Paper.
htm

More about the colours on Mars:

http://www.enterprisemission.com/colors.htm

Alternative 3:
http://www.abovetopsecret.com/pages/alternative3.html

Hubble Telescope pictures of Mars showing a blue atmo-

sphere:
http://hubblesite.org/newscenter/newsdesk/archive/releases/
category/solar%20system/mars/

Artificial dome and tunnels on Mars: This golfball-like feature can be found on the Mars
http://ida.wr.usgs.gov/html/m15012/m1501228.html
Global Surveyor page

Mars Anomaly Research: http://ida.wr.usgs.gov/html/m15012/m1501228.html

http://www.marsanomalyresearch.com/

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 67

 But the searchers may be running out Even Polaroid photographs of the screen
One Giant Blunder of time. The only known equipment on
which the original analogue tapes can be
that showed the original images received
by Parkes are significantly sharper than
For Mankind: decoded is at a Goddard centre set to close
in October, raising fears that even if they
what the public saw. While the technique
looks primitive today, Mr Sarkissian said
How NASA “Lost” are found before they deteriorate, copying
them may be impossible.
it was the best solution that 1969 technol-
ogy offered.
Moon Pictures “We want the public to see it the way the Among the few who saw the original
moon walk was meant to be seen,” Mr high-quality broadcast was David Cooke,
Richard Macey
Sarkissian said. a Parkes control room engineer in 1969.
August 5, 2006
“There will only ever be one first moon “I can still see the screen,” Mr Cook, 74,
THE heart-stopping moments when Neil
walk.” said. “I was amazed, the quality was fairly
Armstrong took his first tentative steps
onto another world are defining images of good.”
Originally stored at Goddard, the tapes
the 20th century: grainy, fuzzy, unforget-
were moved in 1970 to the US National Does NASA also
table.
Archives. No one knows why, but in 1984
But just 37 years after Apollo 11, it is
about 700 boxes of space flight tapes there “colourise” the moon?
were returned to Goddard.
feared the magnetic tapes that recorded the
first moon walk – beamed to the world via
Before:
“We have the documents to say they were
three tracking stations, including Parkes’s
withdrawn, but no one knows exactly
famous “Dish” – have gone missing at
where they went,” Mr Sarkissian said.
NASA’s Goddard Space Centre in Mary-
land.
Many people involved had retired or died.
A desperate search has begun amid con-
Also among tapes feared missing are the
cerns the tapes will disintegrate to dust
original recordings of the other five Apollo
before they can be found.
moon landings. The format used by the
original pictures beamed from the moon
It is not widely known that the Apollo 11
was not compatible with commercial tech-
television broadcast from the moon was a
nology used by television networks. So the
high-quality transmission, far sharper than
images received at Parkes, and at tracking
the blurry version relayed instantly to the
stations near Canberra and in California,
world on that July day in 1969.
were played on screens mounted in front
Among those battling to unscramble the
of conventional television cameras.
mystery is John Sarkissian, a CSIRO
scientist stationed at Parkes for a decade. After:
“The quality of what you saw on TV at
“We are working on the assumption they
home was substantially degraded” in the
still exist,” Mr Sarkissian told the Herald.
process, Mr Sarkissian said, creating the
ghostly images of Armstrong and Aldrin
“Your guess is a good as mine as to where
that strained the eyes of hundreds of
they are.”
millions of people watching around the
world.
Mr Sarkissian began researching the role
of Parkes in Apollo 11’s mission in 1997,
before the movie The Dish was made.
However, when he later contacted NASA
colleagues to ask about the tapes, they
could not be found.

“People may have thought

‘we have tapes of the moon
walk, we don’t need these’,”
said the scientist who hopes
a new, intensive hunt will
locate them.
If they can be found, he proposes making
digitalised copies to treat the world to a
very different view of history.

68 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

HOW AMERICA KEEPS THE PEACE

Sea-Based X-Band
Radar Completed
http://www.boeing.com/defense-space/space/gmd/
news/2006/q1/060110d_nr.html

ST. LOUIS, Jan. 10, 2006 – Boeing announced the ar-

rival in Hawaii of the Sea-Based X-Band Radar (SBX)
built for the US Missile Defense Agency.

“The arrival of SBX in the Pacific builds on the momen-

tum of the GMD program, which recently conducted a
successful flight test and installed its 10th operational
interceptor missile at Fort Greely,” said Pat Shanahan,
Boeing Missile Defense Systems vice president and gen-
eral manager. “The SBX is a one-of-a-kind platform that
will perform essential sensing functions for the Ballistic
Missile Defense System. It can be deployed worldwide;
it can sense small objects thousands of miles away; it can
provide critical data on incoming ballistic missile threats;
and it is the only platform of its type in the world.”

Bush’s Giant
Laser Weapon
By William J. Broad
3 May 2006

The Bush administration is developing a powerful

ground-based laser weapon to destroy enemy satellites
in orbit.

The largely secret project, parts of which have been

made public through Air Force budget documents sub-
mitted to Congress in February, is part of a wide-rang-
ing effort to develop space weapons, both defensive
and offensive. No treaty or law forbids such work.

via www.eyeball-series.org

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 69

Review/Essay:
The Rise and Fall
of a Scientific
Genius:
The Forgotten
Story of Royal
Raymond Rife
Written, Produced and Directed by Shawn
Montgomery, copyright 2003-4
Price:$53.95 US (plus shipping) for the
set of two, or the videos can be bought
individually for $US29.95 each (plus
shipping). They can be ordered from the
web site:
http://www.zerozerotwo.org/
By Katherine Smith
This set of two videos exam-
ines in detail the colossal
achievements and subsequent
suppression of the work of sci-
entist Royal Raymond Rife.
I was already familiar with Rife’s story,
having read Barry Lyne’s excellent book
about Rife – The Cancer Cure that
Worked. (The book, Politics in Healing,
reviewed in this issue, also has an excel-
lent chapter on Rife’s life and work.)
Given my prior exposure to Rife’s tragic
story, I was nevertheless unprepared for
how moving I found these two videos.
They are a pair: “Part One”, entitled
“Rife’s Rise” describes his scientific
achievements, including the invention and
development of the most powerful mi-
croscope of his day (and the only one TO
THIS DAY able to reveal live viruses to
the naked eye). His work, to those who are
not yet familiar with this man of towering
genius, was to culminate in a successful
clinical trial of his Beam Ray invention
in which 16 patients who had terminal
cancer were cured within three months.
The second of the videos: “Part Two:
Rife’s Fall” documents the suppression
of Rife’s work, depriving the world of a
healing modality of inestimable value and
70 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
destroying Rife’s work and ultimately his
health.
Both videos include rare film footage of
Rife in his laboratory, as well as photo-
graphs of Rife and his contemporaries.
Perhaps most interesting is that they
include audio-tapes of conversations
between Rife and other scientists and
doctors. These tapes were discovered
in 1999, in an extremely delapidated
state. However, they were painstakingly
restored thanks to the efforts of the Kinna-
man Foundation. Now the protagonists in
this scientific drama are again permitted to
speak for themselves, and we are reward-
ed, indeed treated, to a priceless piece of
suppressed history.
For those both familiar and unfamiliar
with Rife’s story, these tapes are invalu-
able. As a young man during the 1920s
Rife deduced that cancer must have a
microbial cause. Unfortunately, the
microscopes available at the time were
inadequate for observing micro-organisms
smaller than bacteria; their effective reso-
lution was limited to about 1,400 times the
diameter of the organism being studied.
Rife realised that in order to prove his
hunch that cancer had a microbial origin,
he would have to invent a microscope
that would allow him to study viruses.
Moreover, he determined that to be of true
utility, such a microscope would have to
be capable of viewing the microbes in
a live state; so that the effect of differ-
ent treatments on the microbes could be
observed.
Rife was fortunate to gain the patronage of
the Timken family which owned Timken
Roller Bearings which turned out millions
of ball bearings needed for the machines
of the early twentieth century. Rife had
developed an x-ray machine that could
detect flaws in steel prior to processing
into the ball bearings, which saved the
company a great deal of time and money
and increased its output. Henry Timken
rewarded Rife by setting him up with a
laboratory in his substantial San Diego
property. Thanks to Timken, and his sister
Amelia Bridges who was also extremely
wealthy, it was one of the best equipped
laboratories anywhere in the world. In
rare footage obtained by the makers of the
video, Rife is shown in the doorway of his
laboratory, a slim, shy looking young man
with a gentle smile.
Over the course of twenty years, Rife
built a series of revolutionary microscopes
that have never been duplicated to this
day. They were capable of resolutions of
31,000 times the original diameter of the
organism being studied. Moreover, Rife’s
chemical analysis of different microbes al-
lowed him to identify a specific chemical
that was predominant in each organism.
He then used monochromatic light of a
wavelength appropriate to each organism
under study to cause it to fluoresce, thus
obviating the need for chemical stains
used in conventional microscopy that kill
the specimens under study.
Rife formed a working relationship with
one of the top microbiologists of his era,
Dr Kendall, inventor of a culture me-
dium which came to be known as the “K
medium”.
Hours upon hours of work at the micro-
scope allowed Rife to identify micro-or-
ganisms associated with polio, TB, cholera
and many other illnesses. Over the years,
he also developed relationships with other
leading doctors and scientists, including
Dr Rosenow, Head of the Department of
Research and Bacteriology at the Mayo
Clinic who discovered a relationship be-
tween streptococcal bacteria and the polio
virus and Dr Cameron Gruner who had a
developed a new sort of culture medium
derived from asparagus and agar which he
used to culture cryptomyces pleomorphia
fungi.
Rife also enjoyed the sup-
port of Dr Millbank Johnson
a prominent and very well
respected physician who
was the chairman of the lo-
cal medical society, and who
helped organise the clinical
trial of Rife’s Beam Ray
technology.
In 1932, Rife successfully
cultured a cancer virus from
a sample of cancerous breast
tissue. In order to facilitate
the growth of the virus, he
incubated the cultures in
vessels surrounded by a
tube of argon gas into which
5000 volts was vibrating at
60 Hz. His lab notes show
that the organism he obtained (which
he called the BX virus) was ovoid with
dimensions of just 1/15 of a micron by
1/20th of a micron. It fluoresced a pur-
plish-red colour under the microscope. It
was also highly motile and unaffected by
X-rays, UV and infra red rays. It was heat
sensitive with temperatures of 42 degrees
for twenty-four hours being sufficient to
kill it.
A collaboration by Gruner and Rife
showed that a pleomorphic relationship
existed between Rife’s BX cancer virus
and Gruner’s fungus: If the fungus were
incubated in “K medium” BX virus would
be produced,while if the BX virus were
incubated in Gruner’s asparagus-agar me-
dium, Gruner’s cryptomyces pleomorphia
fungus would be produced.
The concept that micro-organisms are
pleomorphic; that is, they may take dif-
ferent forms according to changes in their
environment, was not popular in the
1930s. It is still resisted by mainstream
microbiology, despite considerable evi-
dence that this is a real phenomenon (and
not an artefact of contaminated growth
media or similar laboratory errors.)
Interestingly, during the documentary
Rife’s voice may be heard discussing his
work with a doctor in which Rife states
that the pH of a growth medium was
crucial for the successful culturing of
micro-organisms; he was unable to grow
anything in media with a pH of seven.
Nonetheless, having established that there
was indeed a pleomorphic organism as-
sociated with cancer, Rife set out to find
a way to kill the BX virus using his Beam
Ray machine that produced electromag-
netic frequency waves, and with which
through trial and error he had established a
“mortal oscilliatory rate” for other micro-
organisms.
According to Rife’s lab notes, the fre-
quency that killed the BX virus was 11.78
megahertz. (Once he had established the
MO rate of an organism, he repeated the
test at least 10 time each on a fresh culture
to determine that the result was valid.)
Rife injected the BX virus into over 400
laboratory rats which developed huge
tumours, as footage and photographs in
the video amply illustrate. This experi-
ment fulfilled Koch’s postulates that states
that an infectious agent should be able to
produce the same disease in a laboratory
animal that it produced in a sick human.
The rats recovered from their tumours af-
ter being treated with the Beam Ray, thus
paving the way for the successful human
trial of the Beam Ray in terminally ill
cancer patients, organised by Dr Millbank
Johnson and supervised by the Special
Medical Research Committee of the Uni-
versity of Southern California.
One of the patients successfully treated
at the clinical trials which was held at the
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Scripps Ranch, La Jolla, California was
a man described by one of the doctors as
being “just on the last end of cancer…a
bag of bones”. Suffering from stomach
cancer, the man’s stomach was, according
to the doctor “just a solid mass”. However,
the doctor relates: “to my astonishment he
completely recovered.”
In the documentary Rife talks about his
work with cancer patients and states how
twice weekly treatments were found to be
superior to daily treatments as the lym-
phatic system could become overwhelmed
with the debris from
killed microbes when
treatments were adminis-
tered in a daily
basis.
Dr Johnson (who was
extremely wealthy) held
a huge banquet at his
mansion in Rife’s honour
entitled “The End of All
Disease”.
However, despite the
amazing success of the
trial (all sixteen termi-
nally ill patients were
pronounced cured after
three months) and the
unwavering support of the
influential Dr Johnson,
many other doctors failed
to appreciate the importance of Rife’s
work.
One of his lab assistants, Ben Cullen,
relates on audio-tape in the documentary
how Rife showed visiting doctors the mi-
cro-organisms that cause polio, cancer and
TB through his remarkable microscopes,
only to meet a lukewarm response:
“Interesting if true,” is what Cullen
reported, they said, remarking that the
technological breakthrough that Rife
had achieved went completely over their
heads.
Rife too, is heard in the documentary
lamenting the lack of interest by many
members of the medical profession in the
fruits of his work which had taken him
twenty years to accomplish:
“I gave it to them on a silver platter…Here
is the end result of this work. Do they
want it? No.”
Rife hoped that his work would be
supported by two prestigious research
organisations, the Hooper Foundation and
the International Cancer Research Founda-
71
tion; however, both organisations simply
swamped Rife and Johnson in a sea of
paperwork, hindering, rather than support-
ing Rife’s research.
Rife is heard on the video expressing
considerable frustration and bitterness
at this state of affairs, saying to engineer
John Crane that organisations such as the
International Cancer Research Foundation
(which at that
time of their
conversation
had assets of
$127,000,000)
were taking
advantage of
the generosity
of the public:
“They [the pub-
lic] pay in their
good money in
the [supposi-
tion] that it
will be of
some benefit to
humanity but
where does it
go? It goes no
place.” (Ap-
parently this
foundation had spent just $50,000 sup-
porting cancer research, despite its huge
resources.)
Following the successful clinical trial of
Rife’s Beam Ray technology, a company
was set up to manufacture and market the
Beam Ray Device. Interest in the product
was initially promising with orders for
14 Beam Ray machines in the first year.
However, the company did not own the
patent on the Beam Ray device and the
business manager of the company made
some peculiar share transfer deals. These
irregularities in the distribution of shares
were seized upon as an example of the
mismanagement of the company by
Hoyland, an engineer and one of the four
original board members. He sued in court
for the company to be put into receiver-
ship, even though he had been present at
meetings in which these share distribu-
tion decisions had been agreed upon by
the board. Hoyland later admitted that he
initiated the legal action after receiving a
bribe of $10,000 (a considerable sum at
the time) from the Hahn Brothers.
The Hahn Brothers were realtors and as-
sociates of Morris Fishbein the infamous
editor of the Journal of the American
Medical Association. As the editor of
JAMA Fishbein routinely tried to destroy
medical breakthroughs that threatened the
72 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
established power of the pharmaceutical However, financially and emotionally
companies which were the AMA’s chief exhausted by the conflict, they declined
source of financial support. Hearing of his offer.
the successful treatment of an elderly man
with advanced cancer using the Beam With Rife himself on the road to personal
Ray, Fishbein wanted a piece of the action destruction, the AMA threatened doc-
and used the Hahn Brothers as his agents. tors using the Beam Ray to give up as a
therapeutic tool or be expelled from the
The case dragged on over much of 1939, AMA. Most kowtowed to this threat,
which was a disastrous year for Rife as his except Dr Johnson and physicians close to
him. However, after John-
sonb’s death in 1954, most of
these doctors were persuade to
abandon the use of the Beam
Ray by AMA threats.
Rife spent his remaining years
in decline suffering from fail-
ing eyesight (caused by work-
ing 16-18 hours a day at the
microscope for so many years )
as well as alcoholism. He was
forced to close his lab in 1946.
His invention was later
adopted and adapted by new
collaborators including engi-
neer John Crane to whom Rife
bequeathed all his microscopes
and other equipment at his
death in August 1971. However
the work never regained the
patron Amelia Bridges also died in that momentum that it had in the 1920s and
year. Moreover he was subpoenaed to ap- 30s, leaving the world much the poorer
pear in the trial the day before he was due for the loss of this therapeutic break-
to depart for England to instruct Winter through.
Gonin, the King’s physician in the use of
the microscope that Gonin had purchased
from him. The subsequent outbreak of
WWII meant that Rife was never able to
go to the UK to do this and the micro-
scope languished unused.
However, most disastrous was the trial
itself. Rife was described by a contempo-
rary as having “an exaggerated fear of be-
ing on the witness stand”. His doctor said
that he did not have any drugs for anxiety
that were not addictive and suggested that
a little brandy would settle Rife’s nerves.
Rife took his doctor’s advice and became
an alcoholic. Despite (or because) of the
alcohol he was a “nervous, gibbering
idiot” in court.
Regardless of Rife’s poor performance in
court, there was sufficient evidence in the
minutes of company meetings and from
other witnesses that the judge found in fa-
vour of Rife and the other board members’
counter-suit and ordered that Hoyland pay
them costs. (He never did.) Judge Edward
Kelly was so interested in the case and the
AMA’s attempted suppression of Rife’s
work that he offered to go to court against
the AMA for Rife and his associates.
THE 10 MOST PUZZLING ANCIENT ARTEFACTS
Over the last few hundred
years, many perplexing
artefacts have been unearthed
that do not fit the currently
accepted theories of geology
and the history of man.
“Sitchin claims that modern humans are
the product of genetic engineering by
beings from another planet Nibiru. They
arrived here 450,000 years ago. Nibiru or-
bits the sun every 3600 years, and at some
stage they abandoned the planet earth and
returned to Niburu. Nibiru is due to return
in 2013 and is also referred to as Planet X.
It was the Nubiruans or Annukai that built
the pyramids, the Sphinx, Stonehenge
etc.”
The Bible tells us that God created Adam
and Eve just a few thousand years ago,
by some fundamentalist interpretations.
Science informs us that this is mere fiction
and that man is a few million years old,
and that civilisation just tens of thousands
of years old. Could it be, however, that
conventional science is just as mistaken
as the Bible stories? There is a great deal
of archaeological evidence that the history
of life on earth might be far different than
what current geological and anthropologi-
cal texts tell us. Consider these astonish-
ing finds:
The Grooved Spheres
Over the last few
decades, miners in
South Africa have been
digging up mysterious
metal spheres. Origin
unknown, these spheres
measure approximately
an inch or so in diameter, and some are
etched with three parallel grooves running
around the equator. Two types of spheres
have been found: one is composed of a
solid bluish metal with flecks of white;
the other is hollowed out and filled with
a spongy white substance. The kicker is
that the rock in which they where found
is Precambrian – and dated to 2.8 billion
years old! Who made them and for what
purpose is unknown.
The Dropa Stones The Antikythera
Computer
In 1938, an archeological expedition led
by Dr. Chi Pu Tei into
A perplexing artefact
the Baian-Kara-Ula
was recovered by
mountains of China
made an astonishing sponge-divers from a
shipwreck in 1900 off
discovery in some caves
the coast of Antiky-
that had apparently
thera, a small island
been occupied by some
that lies northwest
ancient culture. Buried in the dust of ages
of Crete. The divers
on the cave floor were hundreds of stone
brought up from the wreck a great many
discs. Measuring about nine inches in di-
marble and and bronze statues that had ap-
ameter, each had a circle cut into the cen-
parently been the ship’s cargo. Among the
tre and was etched with a spiral groove,
findings was a hunk of corroded bronze
making it look for all the world like some
that contained some kind of mechanism
ancient phonograph record some 10,000
composed of many gears and wheels.
to 12,000 years old. The spiral groove,
Writing on the case indicated that it was
it turns out, is actually composed of tiny
made in 80 B.C., and many experts at first
hieroglyphics that tell the incredible story
thought it was an astrolabe, an astrono-
of spaceships from some distant world
mer’s tool. An x-ray of the mechanism,
that crash-landed in the mountains. The
however, revealed it to be far more com-
ships were piloted by people who called
plex, containing a sophisticated system of
themselves the Dropa, and the remains of
differential gears. Gearing of this com-
whose descendents, possibly, were found
plexity was not known to exist until 1575!
in the cave.
It is still unknown who constructed this
amazing instrument 2,000 years ago or
how the technology was lost.
The Ica Stones
Beginning in the 1930s, the father of Dr. The Baghdad Battery
Javier Cabrera, Cultural
Today batteries can be found in any gro-
Anthropologist for Ica,
cery, drug, convenience and department
Peru, discovered many
store you come across.
hundreds of ceremo-
Well, here’s a battery
nial burial stones in the
that’s 2,000 years old!
tombs of the ancient
Known as the Baghdad
Incas. Dr. Cabrera, carrying on his father’s
Battery, this curiosity
work, has collected more than 1,100 of
was found in the ruins
these andesite stones, which are estimated
of a Parthian village believed to date
to be between 500 and 1,500 years old and
back to between 248 B.C. and 226 A.D.
have become known collectively as the Ica
The device consists of a 5-1/2-inch high
Stones. The stones bear etchings, many
clay vessel inside of which was a cop-
of which are sexually graphic (which was
per cylinder held in place by asphalt, and
common to the culture), some picture
inside of that was an oxidised iron rod.
idols and others depict such practices as
Experts who examined it concluded that
open-heart surgery and brain transplants.
the device needed only to be filled with an
The most astonishing etchings, however,
acid or alkaline liquid to produce an elec-
clearly represent dinosaurs – brontosaurs,
tric charge. It is believed that this ancient
triceratops (see photo), stegosaurus and
battery might have been used for electro-
pterosaurs. While sceptics consider the
plating objects with gold. If so, how was
Ica Stones a hoax, their authenticity has
neither been proved or disproved. this technology lost... and the battery not
rediscovered for another 1,800 years?
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 73
The Corso Artifact
While mineral hunt-
ing in the mountains of
California near Olancha
during the winter of
1961, Wallace Lane,
Virginia Maxey and
Mike Mikesell found
a rock, among many others, that they
thought was a geode – a good addition
for their gem shop. Upon cutting it open,
however, Mikesell found an object inside
that seemed to be made of white porcelain.
In the centre was a shaft of shiny metal.
Experts estimated that, if this was a geode,
it should have taken about 500,000 years
for this fossil-encrusted nodule to form,
yet the object inside was obviously of
sophisticated human manufacture. Further
investigation revealed that the porcelain
was surround by a hexagonal casing, and
an x-ray revealed a tiny spring at one end,
like a spark plug. There’s a bit of con-
troversy around this artifact, as you can
imagine. Some contend that the artifact
was not inside a geode at all, but encased
in hardened clay. The artefact itself has
been identified by experts as a 1920s-era
Champion spark plug. Unfortunately,
the Corso Artifact has gone missing and
cannot be thoroughly examined. Is there a
natural explanation for it? Or was it found,
as the discoverer claimed, inside a geode?
If so, how could a 1920s spark plug get
inside a 500,000-year-old rock?
Ancient Model Aircraft
There are artefacts belonging to ancient
Egyptian and Central American cultures
that look amazingly like modern-day air-
craft. The Egyptian artefact,
found in a tomb at Saqquara,
Egypt in 1898, is a six-inch
wooden object that strongly
resembles a model airplane,
with fuselage, wings and tail.
Experts believe the object
is so aerodynamic that it is actually able
to glide. The small object discovered in
Central America (shown at right), and
estimated to be 1,000 years old, is made
of gold and could easily be mistaken for
a model of a delta-wing aircraft - or even
the Space Shuttle. It even features what
looks like a pilot’s seat.
74 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Giant Stone Balls of
Costa Rica
Workmen hacking and burn-
ing their way through the
dense jungle of Costa Rica
to clear an area for banana
plantations in the 1930s
stumbled upon some incredible objects:
dozens of stone balls, many of which
were perfectly spherical. They varied in
size from as small as a tennis ball to an
astonishing 8 feet in diameter and weigh-
ing 16 tons! Although the great stone balls
are clearly man-made, it is unknown who
made them, for what purpose and, most
puzzling, how they achieved such spheri-
cal precision.
Impossible Fossils
Fossils, as we learned in school, appear
in rocks that were
formed many
thousands of years
ago. Yet there are
a number of fossils
that just don’t make
geological or historical sense. A fossil of a
human handprint, for example, was found
in limestone estimated to be 110 million
years old. What appears to be a fossilised
human finger found in the Canadian Arctic
also dates back 100 to 110 million years
ago. And what appears to be the fossil of a
human footprint, possibly wearing a san-
dal, was found near Delta, Utah in a shale
deposit estimated to be 300 million to 600
million years old.
Have you ever wondered why
...there have been so many changes
to the engine of your automobile
that cut down pollution, when the
mileage that you are getting, hasn’t
changed significantly since 1920?
Have you ever wondered why there are so
many wonderful medical devices that are
able to diagnose illness, when there are none
that offer a cure?
The answer to both of these questions is
money. Oil magnates have quickly put a stop
to the inventions that would allow your car
to run on half or even one quarter the amount
of gasoline. (Read my book the Secret Super
Mileage Report.) Pharmaceutical companies
influence the government to hold back any
technology that is an effective method to
heal our bodies. (Please read The Col-
loidal Report on my website – how to use
Out-of-Place Metal Objects
Humans were not even around 65 million
years ago, never mind people who could
work metal. So then how does science
explain semi-ovoid metallic tubes dug out
of 65-million-year-old Cretaceous chalk
in France? In 1885, a block of coal was
broken open to find a metal cube obvious-
ly worked by intelligent hands. In 1912,
employees at an electric plant broke apart
a large chunk of coal out of which fell
an iron pot! A nail was found embedded
in a sandstone block from the Mesozoic
Era. And there are many, many more such
anomalies.
What are we to make of these finds? There
are several possibilities: Intelligent hu-
mans date back much, much further than
we realise.
Other intelligent beings
and civilisations existed
on earth far beyond
our recorded history.
Our dating methods are
completely inaccurate, and that stone, coal
and fossils form much more rapidly than
we now estimate.
In any case, these examples - and there are
many more - should prompt any curious
and open-minded scientist to reexamine
and rethink the true history of life on
earth.
colloidal silver, gold, and copper, to regain
and maintain health.) Please visit www.
himacresearch.com and tell everyone you
know about this amazing source of informa-
tion. Or, for FREE information, if you do
not have access to the web, please send your
name and address and $3.00 to cover S & H.
We will include FREE plans for PCV Jar – a
simple device that any can build to increase
Mileage and cut pollution.
Bruce McBurney
HIMAC Research
6665 McLeod Road
Niagara Falls Ont. L2G 3G3
905 358-8541 fax
905 358-9439
WWW.HIMACRESEARCH.COM
We share the TRUTH and YOU have
the RIGHT to know about SUPER-EFI!
This is the “Air Pollution Solution”. Our
future depends on it.
GET INVOLVED NOW!
 DIY REPORT: FUEL SAVER
How Andrew Hall and your editor converted a
1966 Hillman to run on pre-heated fuel – and
got excellent fuel economy for our efforts!
Pre-heating the fuel has a long, illustrious history in
helping internal combustion engines (ICEs) achieve
better efficiency (“combustion profiles”).That’s be-
cause added heat enables the petrol to vaporise more
efficiently, and as we all (should) know, it’s the vapour
that combusts, not the liquid petrol. We carefully
studied some of the history of vapour technology and
decided that the best, safest, and cheapest way to raise
the temperature of the fuel was to run the fuel pipe
through the top reservoir of the radiator. So here’ the
experimen – and it worked:

First, we bought some copper pipe. Then we removed

the radiator. Then we drilled two holes one on each
side of the radiator (about an inch from the top),
straightened out about a metre of pipe and threaded it
through, leaving plenty of pipe sticking out on both
ends to fasten via a rubber hose connector to the fuel
hose. We carefully soldered up the holes where the
pipe went in and out to avoid any chance of leakage.

For additional heat, we then routed the fuel through

another fuel heating device, basically a coiled up fuel
pipe inside a stainless tube that fits inside the radia-
tor hose. Doing this is unnecessary but it does add a
bit more heat and
grunt to the equa-
tion.

The results? The

car went from 160
ppm unburned
HCs to ZERO - 10
ppm unburned
HCs.

And my fuel
economy went Fuel pipe
from about 30
mpg to nearly entering top
37 mpg. of radiator
Not bad, eh?

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 75

 DIY REPORT: FUEL SAVER
How Andrew Hall came up with the idea to
vaporise petrol by using zinc coated chicken
wire – with a positive charge going to it
Back in the good old days before fuel injection, when all cars had attracted to the negative (earth). Whereupon, supposedly, it gets
carburettors and you didn’t need an advanced degree in computer vaporised or fractured even further. It wasn’t hard to put a copper
science to change your spark plugs, DIY people (and there were lip onto the chicken wire vaporiser, and then hook a hot wire
millions of them) liked to go out to the shed an tinker. Tinker- to it, with a fuse in the line, of course. We tried it, and it works
ing was relatively harmless and often led to the acquisition of rather well. Twelve volts now course through the chicken wire,
some very necessary set of skills. People who had them weren’t and the car is going better than ever, though we haven’t tested it
thought of as being oddball or anything like that. They were for improvements in the fuel economy. We’re too busy trying out
practical people who got the job done. They also had the intuition whatever we can get our hands on or think of.
and the vision to realise when something could be improved on,
and they didn’t need some jackass or expert (but I repeat myself)
to tell them it that it was “impossible”.
The Gunnerman Idea
UNCENSORED Technical Editor Wolf Brinsbury suggested that
Anyhow, long story short, I have been saving lots of money for we nickel plate the combustion chamber (and the spark plugs)
many, many years, simply by having placed a stainless steel and try out the Gunnerman Patent. This patent claims that nickel,
mesh screen under my carburettor. It was formed into a cup (to a catalyst for cracking hydrogen from water (it is), can be used
avoid the butterfly valve) in the top of my intake manifold. When to make hydrogen in the combustion chamber from water that’s
the petrol droplets come down the carby throat, in the rush of injected along with your fuel. Gunnerman claimed to run a car on
air, they hit the mesh and are fractured into a million even tinier up to 70% water and 30% HC (he used naptha). Well, we got the
droplets, some of which are transformed into, you guessed it, a head (and plugs) nickel plated, and reinstalled it on the car. Then
vapour. we hooked up a water injector that injects a mixture of 50-50
water and methanol. The car liked it. Then just to see what would
The thing worked really well for many years, increasing my fuel happen, we leaned out the carburettor by putting a fuse wire
economy by about 10% or so, dropping my emissions through through the mainjet (cheaper than going out and buying a new
the floor (from 350 ppm unburned HCs to 150) and enabling me jet) ... and the car ran fine again, with just a little hesitation (a flat
to go ever so much longer between oil changes, thanks to the fact spot) on acceleration.
that the usual “carbon buildup” – just stopped.
The theory is that the nickel is cracking some of the water into
There was a problem, however. Thanks to the laws of physics or hydrogen and oxygen, which immediately combust, taking the
something, it took about 5 minutes (sometimes longer) on cold methanol (and water) with the little bit of petrol (now heated and
mornings, before the car would run right. It would idle slowly, vaporised) with them in
but thanks to the fact that the fuel-air mixture was icing up or one beautiful chain reac-
something, I had to wait until the car warmed up before I could tion.
drive off. The holes in the mesh were too small, and the fuel air
mixture wasn’t getting down to the cylinders. So far, so good. However,
we’ve taken a few days
An inconvenience. off to fix the timing chain,
a broken stud and the
Andrew Hall, my ingenious sculptor friend, came up with the old corroded thermostat
solution: chicken wire! And not just any old chicken wire, either. housing (the car is 40
His solution was to cut a strip about 2 1/2 inches high by about years old, for goodness
6 inches long, and then roll it up into a tight little roll. Then he sake) but this coming
stuffed it into the manifold where it would give the petrol drop- week we’ll do some more
lets something to slide down in the air stream (which wasn’t terri- testing. We’re heating
bly restricted, by the way). At the bottom of the roll of wire, the up the water-methanol
droplets had become ... you guessed it, a vapour, and there was mixture now by wrapping
no “icing up” in the least. Not even in the coldest of mornings. the copper pipe around the
exhaust pipe, and the car
However, we weren’t completely satisfied – not after we read the loves it.
patent of some guy who put a positive charge through his little
mesh vaporiser, and claimed to get better economy as a result. Thus far we’ve gone from
What supposedly happens is that the petrol (or “whatever”, a baseline of about 27 mpg Here’s Andrew Hall holding up
maybe water, who knows?) comes down through the mesh (or in to over 40. Not, bad, but the chicken wire vaporiser
our case, the chicken wire), and picks up the positive charge, and we’re aiming for 100 mpg.
then heads straight for the sides of the inlet manifold where it is

76 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07

 What Your Doctor
Will Never Tell You
The Dangers of
Sunscreen
(From mercola.com – an excellent site!)
A research team reports that unless sun-
screen is reapplied often, the sunscreen
itself can become harmful to the skin.
Sunscreen works by blocking ultraviolet
light. When skin is exposed to the ultra-
violet radiation in sunlight, it can generate
harmful compounds called reactive oxy-
gen species or ROS. ROS can react with
cell walls, lipid membranes, mitochondria
and DNA, leading to skin damage. One
effect is an increase in the visible signs of
age.
However, the molecules in sunscreen that
block ultraviolet light can themselves pen-
etrate into the skin, leaving the epidermis
exposed to ultraviolet radiation. In addi-
tion, some of these molecules, including
octylmethoxycinnamate, benzophenone-3
and octocrylene, generate ROS molecules
in skin themselves when exposed to
ultraviolet radiation. This occurs when
the molecules have both penetrated into
the skin, and additional sunscreen has not
been applied to block the ultraviolet light.
About 95 percent of the visible signs of
aging are associated with the ROS mol-
ecules created by exposure to ultraviolet
light.
– Science Blog 29 August, 2006
Dr. Mercola’s Comment:
Here’s yet more evidence of what I’ve
been saying for some time: Sunscreens are
dangerous and can cause more harm than
good. The solution the researchers recom-
mended is to reapply sunscreen often (so
UV light cannot reach the sunscreen that’s
penetrated more deeply into your skin, and
produce dangerous compounds), but my
advice is to avoid using sunscreens at all,
unless there is absolutely no alternative
(and then choose a natural version).
Sensible sunlight exposure is beneficial,
and necessary, for you, and you can avoid
the sun’s potentially negative effects by
not getting burned.
This means, go out in the sun gradually
until you’re able to stay out longer without
getting burned, and when you want to
cover up, grab a wide-brimmed hat or a
light jacket to cover your skin.
Despite what you may have heard, sen-
sible sun exposure actually reduces your
risk of skin cancer, by causing your body
to naturally create the essential Vitamin D.
In fact, sun exposure is protective against
a total of 16 types of cancer, including
skin cancer and cancers of the digestive
and reproductive systems.
It is estimated that 45,000 Americans die
from cancer annually related to inadequate
sun exposure causing subtherapeutic lev-
els of vitamin D.
Skin cancers are more typically caused
by the large distortion most people have
in their omega-6 to omega-3 fat ratio.
The high excess of omega-6 fats in most
people’s diet puts them at a much higher
risk of developing skin cancer when they
get sunburned.
So stop your sun exposure short of getting
burned, and consider supplementing your
diet with omega-3 fats. [These are found
primarily in oily fish and fish oil supple-
ments.]
Ed Note: We
make our own
sunscreen from
powdered zinc
oxide (very
cheap) and olive
oil. Be aware
that it can stain
clothing if you
want to try this.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
ASPARTAME* – is
the World’s Best
Ant Poison
Contributed by Jan Jensen of WELLthy Choices
 
We live in the woods and carpenter ants
are a huge problem. We have spent thou-
sands of dollars with Orkin and on ant
poisons trying to keep them under control
but nothing has helped.
 
So when I read somewhere that aspartame
(Nutrasweet) was actually developed as an
ant poison and only changed to being con-
sidered non-poisonous after it was realised
that a lot more money could be made on
it as a sweetener than as an ant poison, I
decided to give it a try.
 
I opened two packets of aspartame sweet-
ener, and dumped one in a corner of each
of our bathrooms. That was about 2 years
ago and I have not seen any carpenter ants
for about 9 to 12 months. It works better
than the most deadly poisons I have tried.
Any time they show up again, I simply
dump another package of Nutrasweet in a
corner, and they will be gone for a year or
so again.
 
Since posting this information I have
had many people tell me of their success
solving ant problems with this substance,
when nothing else worked.
We found later that small black ants would
not eat the aspartame. It was determined
that if you mixed it with apple juice, they
would quickly take it back to the nest, and
all would be dead within 24 hours, usu-
ally. I have found that sometimes it will
kill them, and sometimes it does not. Not
sure why, may be slightly different species
of ants or something.
 
Fire Ants: We got our first fire ant hill
*(artificial sweetener such as Equal(R)
and Nutrasweet(R))
77
about 2 weeks ago. Poison did not work.
We tried aspartame and the ants ignored
it until we got a light rain. It was just a
sprinkle, enough to moisten the Nutra-
sweet and ground, but not enough to wash
it away. They went crazy, hundreds of
them grabbing it and taking it back into
the mound. When I checked the mound
2 days later, there was no sign of the fire
ants. I even dug the mound up some, and
still saw none of them.
How does it Work: Aspartame is a neuro-
poison. It most likely kills the ants by
interfering with their nervous system. It
could be direct, like stopping their heart,
or something more subtle like killing their
sense of taste so they can’t figure out what
is edible, or smell, so they can’t follow
their trails, or mis-identify their colony’s
members, so they start fighting each other.
Not sure what causes them to end up dy-
ing, just know that for many species of
ants it will kill them quickly and effec-
tively.
 
As with any poison I recommend wear-
ing gloves and washing any skin areas
that come in contact with this poison, and
avoid getting it in your mouth, despite
anything the labeling may indicate.
 
I suspect it will work for other insects
such as yellow jackets as well, but have
not tested that yet.
 
More information on this fantastic poison
can be found at:
http://www.dorway.com
The Truth
About Calcium
Compiled by Owen R. Fonorow in 2003
“Should anyone be taking
calcium supplements? In my
opinion, absolutely not.”
– Thomas E. Levy, MD, JD, OPTIMAL
NUTRITION FOR OPTIMAL HEALTH,
2001, Pg 132.
Everything we know is
wrong…
Calcium carbonate is the mineral form
of calcium that is the predominant form
in dolomite, a very common and cheap
source of calcium used in many supple-
78 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
ment preparations today. One of the 4. Calcium citrate does not
primary characteristics of calcium carbon- require stomach acid to be
ate in nature is its tendency to precipitate absorbed. It may be superior to
out of solution back into its hard, rocklike coral calcium.
form. Dehydration, whether caused by the
failure to drink enough water or by taking 5. The claim that coral calcium
medications such as diuretics, can promote is superior to other forms of this
this precipitation. – Thomas E. Levy, MD mineral is largely based upon
JD, OPTIMAL NUTRITION FOR OPTI- better absorption. The percent-
MAL HEALTH, Pg 128 age of coral calcium available
for absorption is published at
A Calcium Primer 39%, and for coral mineral
powder at 98%, and for Dr.
Barefoot’s calcium formula
In Japan and Portugal where the consump-
84-97%. There are no indepen-
tion of calcium from dairy products is the
dent studies, so there is no way
lowest on the planet so are the mortality
to verify these figures. But the
rates. [International Journal Cardiology,
body maintains a tight control
Volume 33, 1991] – Bill Sardi
over the absorption of calcium.
Too much calcium and the
Overdoses of non-organically based ele-
blood circulation would become
ments, seen in many mineral preparations
too alkaline. If 80 to 90 percent
must accumulate when they are continu-
of calcium were absorbed, there
ally taken, and the result is usually bad
would be undesirable health
in the long run. There is a lot of calcium
consequences, including an
in most diets, and even a relatively small
electrolyte imbalance which
amount of calcium supplementation, taken
could induce a spasm in heart
on a regular basis, can result in undesir-
muscle leading to sudden-death
able, rocklike, non-biologic deposits of
heart attack.
calcium in the tissues. – Thomas E. Levy,
MD JD
6. The widespread shortage of
magnesium, not calcium, in the
Here is the best advice available concern-
western diet contributes to the
ing calcium:
high rates of sudden-death heart
attack.
1. American women and men
consume about 800 milligrams
7. Calcium supplements should
of calcium per day and only
be balanced with magnesium,
require an additional 400-600
(probably in equal ratios).
milligrams of supplemental
There is a false idea that
calcium.
magnesium interferes with the
absorption of calcium. Increas-
2. More than 500 milligrams of
calcium in a single serving is ing magnesium intake up to
826 milligrams per day was not
poorly absorbed.
3. Consumption of calcium
found to inhibit calcium absorp-
tion at an intake level of 812
milligrams of calcium. [Journal
in between meals, as recom-
American College Nutrition,
mended by government health
Volume 13, 1994]
authorities, reduces absorp-
tion. Stomach acid levels are
8. Some of those 73 trace min-
low between meals. Acid aids
erals in coral calcium are heavy
in the absorption of calcium,
metals, which are undesirable.
while calcium carbonate, the
Even trace amounts of lead are
most commonly used form of
not permitted in other calcium
supplemental calcium, is gener-
supplements. – Bill Sardi,
ally well absorbed when taken
Knowledge of Health, Inc.
with meals. Calcium carbonate
Copyright 2002
tablets are not recommended
for adults who do not produce
enough stomach acid (about 30 Separating Fact from Fiction
percent of older adults). [Public
Health Reports, Volume 104, There is another side to calcium that
1989] advocates don’t mention. Calcium can
accumulate in heart valves (mitral valve),
a condition that strikes 1 in 11 Americans.
It can become a concretion in the kidneys
and become a stone, a condition that af-
fects 1 in 12 Americans. While some stud-
ies indicate increased calcium intake may
help reduce the risk of kidney stones, a
recent study suggests calcium stone form-
ers should consume water “relatively low
in calcium” and calcium-rich meals should
be avoided. [Urology International, Vol-
ume 67, 2001] Calcium can also pile up
in blood vessels. Calcium artery scans are
now performed to diagnose arteriosclero-
sis. Calcifications can block the circulation
to the back of the eyes too. – Bill Sardi
Calcium Toxicity
In nature, precipitation occurs when the
water content of the dissolved calcium
carbonate begins to evaporate, concentrat-
ing the mineral and making it easier to
drop out of solution. In the body, simi-
lar factors can prompt the undesirable
precipitation of poorly dissociated mineral
forms out of the blood, including calcium
carbonate. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD
Even a highly dissolvable form of calcium
with weak ionic attractions when dis-
solved, such as calcium chloride or cal-
cium citrate, will eventually saturate the
blood and drop out of solution. So even
if your calcium (or other mineral) doesn’t
come from rock, it can still eventually
deposit abnormally in your tissues if you
take too much. – Tom Levy
One of the clearest examples of toxic
accumulation is seen with most com-
mon forms of calcium supplementation.
Massive amounts of calcium from such
sources will increase bone density only
slightly, while significantly increasing
unwanted calcium deposition elsewhere
in the body. Furthermore, high supple-
mental calcium may increase the risk of
symptomatic kidney stones, while high
dietary calcium intake appears to decrease
the risk. – Thomas E. Levy, MD JD,
OPTIMAL NUTRITION FOR OPTIMAL
HEALTH, Pg 128-132
Too much calcium not only results in
calcifications, but calcium overload can
produce severe muscle spasms and cramp-
ing. Calcium is a muscle constrictor while
magnesium is a muscle relaxant. Exces-
sive calcium often produces symptoms of
constipation, heart flutters (fibrillation),
eyelid twitch, migraines, leg cramps, back
aches and monthly cramping in females.
– Bill Sardi
Sodium competes with calcium for ab-
sorption. American women may require
far more calcium than women in Asian
cultures. Women with low protein and
sodium intake may need as little as 500
milligrams of calcium per day (which
is about the amount Japanese women
consume). Women with high protein and
sodium consumption may need as much
as 2000 milligrams of calcium per day.
[Principles Bone Biology, 2nd edition,
Robert P. Heaney, 2002]
Link From Calcium to
Cancer Runs Both Ways…
Horse breeder and researcher Gordon
Woods has long suspected the important
role of calcium in rapid cell division,
which occurs when a tumour is growing
out of control – and when an embryo is
developing. “There is an electrifying simi-
larity between rapidly dividing embryo
cells and rapidly developing cancer cells,”
he said. [*]
Woods’ discovery that calcium was key to
success in the mule-cloning experiment
bolstered his hypothesis that calcium in-
duces rapid cell growth. While attempting
to clone a mule, Woods discovered that
bathing the cloned embryo in a common
element – calcium – was key to a success-
ful pregnancy. Coincidentally, calcium
also plays a key role in the development
of cancer tumours; its levels in cells are
elevated when cancer tumour cells divide
uncontrollably.
Calcium and Prostate
Cancer
High calcium consumption may not be a
good idea for older males who are prone
to developing prostate cancer. Consump-
tion of more than 2000 milligrams of
calcium per day increased the risk of pros-
tate cancer by about 300 percent. [Cancer
Research, Volume 58, 1998] – Bill Sardi
Owen Fonorow
Vitamin C Foundation
PO Box 3097, Lisle IL 60532
630-416-1438
www.VitaminCFoundation.org
BolenReport.com
PaulingTherapy.com
Hearttechnology.com
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
A Cure for Migraines?
Summary# 43957
Topic: MIGRAINE HEADACHES
- Magnesium, Vitamin B2, Riboflavin,
Coenzyme Q10, Ubiquinone, CoQ10,
Feverfew, Chrysanthemum Parthenium,
Vitamins, Minerals, Herbs, Prophylaxis
Title: Magnesium, Riboflavin, Coenzyme
Q10, and Feverfew in Migraine Preven-
tion
Reference: “Medications for migraine
prophylaxis,” Modi S, Lowder DM, Am
Fam Physician, 2006; 73(1): 72-8.
Address:
Department of Family Medicine,
Brody School of Medicine
at East Carolina University,
Greenville, NC 27834, USA.
E-mail: modis@mail.ecu.edu
Summary: In an article reviewing evi-
dence related to the use of medications
for the prevention of migraine headaches,
intake of magnesium, vitamin B2 (ribofla-
vin), and coenzyme Q10 were all found to
have limited evidence supporting their use
in migraine prophylaxis. After reviewing
data regarding various pharmacological
agents, the authors review evidence of
‘other agents’ used to prevent migraines.
Oral intake of magnesium was found to
be effective at 600 mg/day; however,
this dose may be associated with the side
effect of diarrhea. Three and four months
after treatment, compared with a placebo,
oral intake of vitamin B2 (riboflavin) was
found to be effective at 400 mg/day, with
number needed to treat (NNT) of 2.3, for
a 50% or greater reduction in the number
of days with headache. Coenzyme Q10,
compared with a placebo, at a dosage of
100 mg three times per day, had an NNT
of 3.0 for a 50% or greater reduction in
the frequency of migraines, according
to results from a small trial . The herb
feverfew, in three of five trials (mixed
quality of studies), was found to be more
effective than a placebo, at dosages of
50-82 mg/day. Recommending dosages
of feverfew is difficult due to variations
among formulations. The results of this
review suggest that vitamin, mineral and
herbal treatments may effectively prevent
migraine headaches, and may be effec-
tive alternative treatments when standard
pharmacological medication cannot be
used. Further research evaluating the use
of these non-pharmacological agents in
the prevention of migraines would help
strengthen the existing evidence.
79

Cholesterol –
Not A Major
Cause Of Arterial
Disease
By Dr. James Howenstine, MD.
20 February 2005
Several factors appear to be of greater
importance than cholesterol in causing ar-
terial disease. Among these are deposition
of toxic metals in the lining endothelium
of arteries, Vitamin C deficiency, exces-
sive amounts of lipoprotein (a), inflam-
mation in arteries, excessive clotting of
blood, homocysteine elevation
(hyperhomocystinemia) and
dangerous foods. An important
study by Dr. Harlan Krumholz
“Most studies in old persons
revealed that persons with low
cholesterol levels over the age of
have shown that cholesterol is
70 died twice as often from heart
attacks[3] as older persons with
not a risk factor for coronary
high cholesterol values.
Most studies in old persons have
shown that cholesterol is not a
risk factor for coronary artery disease.
Approximately 90% of cardiovascular
disease is seen in persons over 60 years
of age. Almost all studies have shown
that high cholesterol is not a risk factor
for women.[4] This leaves cholesterol
as a risk factor for less than 5% of those
persons dying of a heart attack.
High cholesterol values protect against
infection. In a review of 19 studies involv-
ing 68,000 persons low cholesterol values
revealed an increased risk for dying from
lung and gastrointestinal diseases. Both
lung and g.i. (gastro-intestinal) dis-
eases are often related to infections. This
information was confirmed by a 15 year
study of 100,000 healthy persons in the
San Francisco area. Persons entering this
study with low cholesterol values were
more often admitted to hospitals because
of infectious diseases.[5] Patients with a
history of a sexually transmitted disease
or liver disease were twice as likely to
develop HIV infection[6] over 7 to 8 year
follow up if they had a low cholesterol
value when entering the study.
Patients with severe heart failure have
high levels of endotoxins and cytokines
in their blood. Endotoxins are toxic
substances derived from gram negative
bacteria. Cytokines are hormones secreted
from white blood cells responding to an
inflammatory process in the body.
80 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
A medical team in Germany learned that
the strongest predictor for death in a
patient with heart failure was the con-
centration of cytokines[7] in the blood.
They felt that bacteria in the gut found
it easier to penetrate tissues when the
pressure in abdominal veins was elevated
by heart failure. Endotoxins were highest
in patients with oedema and endotoxin
levels fell significantly when heart failure
improved with therapy. Patients with heart
failure whose immune function is unable
to respond to bacterial antigens (anergy)
had a higher mortality than patients who
still responded to bacterial antigens. In
addition the mortality was higher in those
patients who had the lowest cholesterol,
LDL, and triglyceride values. The risk
of dying in a group of 1000 patients with
artery disease.”
heart failure followed for 5 years was 62%
in patients whose cholesterol was below
129 mg/dl whereas patients whose cho-
lesterol was over 223 mg/dl had only one
half this risk of death.
When arteries are examined visually, by
x-rays or ultrasound there has never been
any correlation between changes in cho-
lesterol values and the extent of arterio-
sclerosis.
Why Metal Deposition In
Artery Linings (Endothelium)
Is So Important
After more than 30 years of use intrave-
nous chelation therapy (EDTA) has be-
come an accepted form of therapy because
it has been found to be an effective, safe
and relatively inexpensive way to reverse
occluded arteries to the heart, brain, kid-
neys and extremities. Chelation is known
to have powerful anti-oxidant effects but
this may not afford a complete explanation
for the benefits observed.
An important new concept about chela-
tion relates to the inner lining of blood
vessels (endothelium). This lining tissue
generates the powerful arterial vessel
dilator nitric oxide. The endothelium also
produces prostacyclin which decreases the
clotting of blood and also causes dilating
of arteries. A third important endothelial
product is heparin, a potent substance that
helps prevent clots from forming. Exces-
sive deposition of heavy metals in the
endothelium diminishes the endothelium’s
ability to produce nitric oxide, prosta-
cyclin, and heparin.[8] Chelation may
restore the body’s ability to create these
important substances by removing these
metals (iron, cadmium, lead, mercury)
from the endothelial lining. Additionally
removal of excess iron can decrease the
risk of subsequent heart attacks.[9] By
improving blood circulation, chelation
may benefit patients with angina pectoris,
claudication, impotence, macular degen-
eration, glaucoma, pancreatitis, gout, rheu-
matoid and osteoarthritis, chronic
fatigue syndrome, fibromyalgia,
dementia, multiple sclerosis, and
cancer. Several of the pioneers in
chelation therapy are alive in good
health in their 90s after receiving
thousands of intravenous chela-
tion treatments.
The latest improvement in chela-
tion permits this therapy to be
adminstered orally. Oral chela-
tion obviously will not be as fast
as intravenous chelation but this is not
an important issue for most patients who
have massive amounts of metals needing
removal. Doing chelation orally is simpler
and less expensive than the intravenous
approach.
Lead poisons enzyme systems in the body.
The bones of modern man contain 1000
times more lead[10] than the bones of men
living 400 years ago. It takes 7 to 20 years
for the body to completely replace the
tissue in bone. Since bone is the primary
storage area for lead there is clearly no ne-
cessity in most patients for rapid chelation
by intravenous therapy. Nearly all health
problems (learning disorders, cancer, heart
disease, infections, AHHD, autism, hyper-
tension etc.) are made worse by the high
levels of lead found in our bodies. Lead
is an important cause for hypertension
and removal of lead from patients with
hypertension often permits blood pressure
values to return to normal. Recent studies
have implicated lead in the genesis of
cataracts. The EDTA present in chelating
solutions binds lead so it can be excreted
by the kidneys.
Full story and references at:
www.newswithviews.com/Howenstine/
james23.htm
SHOCK!!!!!!
CHOLESTEROL
THEORY WIPES
OUT HUMAN RACE!
PLANET EARTH, April 9, 2057 - A faulty theory
on the origin and cause of heart disease,
introduced on Planet Earth 100 years prior to
this date, has caused the demise of the human
race, according to a Pleiadean delegation re-
port. The theory led to food choices that proved
lethal to humans over several generations.
“We were surprised at the rapidity of its ef-
fects,” said the commission’s chairman, “and
the tenacity of the theory. Even when infertility
and early death became widespread, humans
did not question the validity of the basic as-
sumptions.”
The delegation, which visits Planet Earth once
every fifty earth years on fact-finding missions,
estimated the decrease in earthling numbers
at almost 99 percent. Only pockets of isolated
populations and some descendants of impov-
erished dairy farmers, too poor to purchase
supermarket foods, remained.
Proponents of the cholesterol theory main-
tained that animal fats and cholesterol from
animal foods were the cause of heart disease.
Vegetable oils gradually replaced animal fats
in the human diet as Earth-dwellers sought to
lower their blood cholesterol below the levels
needed to produce reproductive hormones.
The introduction of imitation foods rich in
plant-based estrogens, and of plant sterols
into commonly eaten foods, exacerbated the
antifertility effects.
Humans were also encouraged to take drugs
to lower cholesterol levels and these had side
effects such as cancer, which contributed to
the population decline. And heart disease
increased, in spite of rigid adherence to cho-
lesterol-lowering regimes. Low cholesterol
levels also contributed to an increase in deaths
from suicide and violence. In addition, children
experienced growth problems and increasing
numbers failed to reach sexual maturity. The
investigators cited the lack of protective nutri-
ents found in animal fats as a factor exacer-
bating all these conditions.
Ironically, a few earthling scientists had
warned against the effects of diets based on
vegetable oils, the commission found. But
these souls were either ignored or perse-
cuted. Over time, mental ability declined, with
great numbers of children experiencing learn-
ing difficulties and attention deficit disorder.
Alzheimer’s and senility increased among the
elderly. Humans could no longer make sense
of ancestral dietary traditions or of published
studies on the role of animal fats in human
nutrition.
The real enemy, according to the report, was
fear. “Humans were taught to fear the very
foods that had made their evolution possible,”
said the observers. “They were very gullible
and believed the advertisements and pro-
nouncements of those who profited from the
sale of vegetable oils and cholesterol-lowering
drugs.”
“Even if earthlings can overcome their fear and
return to traditional foods,” said the commis-
sion, “it will take centuries to repopulate the
earth.” The delegation expressed regret at the
waste of a fine planet.
Source: www.westonaprice.org
See also The Oiling of America, by Mary Enig,
PhD and Sally Fallon
Contact: Sally Fallon, President
(202)333-4325
westonaprice@msn.com
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 81
 Review/Essay by Katherine Smith
Medical Science or Medical Mafia?
Politics in
Healing:
The Suppression and
Manipulation of American
Medicine
by David Haley
Potomac Valley Press,
Washingon DC
Fourth printing 2003
• “What’s wrong with Ameri-
can healthcare?”
• “Why is one American dying
of cancer every minute?”
• “What is the solution?”
These are the key qustions
emblazoned on the cover of
Politics in Healing. Each is
amply answered in the course
of this comprehensive 480
page book.
Author David Haley, a former New York
State Assemblyman, wrote this book
because “over a period of 10-15 years, I
kept hearing about effective, non-toxic
therapies which saved many lives and
would have saved many more but for
political machinations and interference by
the American Medical Association (AMA)
and US Food and Drug Administration
(F.D.A).”
This book examines ten medical break-
throughs – and their suppression by vested
interests determined to maintain their
market share in the healthcare (sickness)
industry. That maintaining the status quo
would
lead to huge amounts of human suffering
– and the tragedy of easily preventable
premature deaths from cancer and other
serious illnesses made no difference to
these psychopathic organisations.
The contrast between the brilliant, dedi-
cated and compassionate scientists and
health professionals working to relieve
suffering on the one hand and the callous,
82 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
calculating, murderous skull-duggery of
the upper echelons of the heirarchy of
the AMA and FDA makes reading this
book alternately inspiring and depressing.
Many readers may also feel very angry
reading some sections of this book; espe-
cially those detailing the suppression of
cancer treatments – which, had they been
on the market today, may well have saved
friends and family members from painful,
premature deaths.
Why is modern medicine so corrupt? Well,
for one, the AMA, Haley
writes, relies on advertising
from pharmaceutical com-
panies for one of its “prin-
cipal sources of income – if
not its principal one...”
Haley also discloses the
unofficial revolving door
arrangement between the
FDA and the pharmaceuti-
cal companies with between
2/3 and 3/4 of FDA
employees moving on from
the FDA to take jobs in the
pharmaceutical companies
– the same industry that they were sup-
posed to regulate while at the FDA.
The FDA, Haley writes, also arrogates to
itself the power to prevent the manufactur-
ers of herbal or nutritional products to dis-
close the legitimate uses of their product
to consumers, despite the fact that in the
US, free speech is supposed to be pro-
tected under the First Amendment of the
US Constitution. The First Amendment
has been used to allow the production and
distribution of pornography and extremely
violent films but such is the power of the
AMA and FDA that manufacturers are
prohibited from making truthful label
claims.
One of the early heads of the AMA whose
frank villainy may have caused more
deaths than Hitler, was Morris Fishbein, a
doctor who had failed anatomy in medi-
cal school and never practised medcine a
day in his life. However Fishbein’s dismal
record as a health professional did not
deter him from setting himself up as a
medical authority in the media and leading
AMA crusades against health profession-
als and scientists who were treating cancer
patients successfully.
Herbalist Harry Hoxsey was one such
health professional targeted by Fishbein
and the AMA – even though Fishbein was
forced to admit in court that Hoxsey’s
formulae cured “external cancers”. (There
was voluminous evidence that other types
of cancer could be successfully treated
with Harry Hoxsey’s herbal formulae
as well as patients cured by Hoxsey’s
formulae testified in court on numerous
occasions in their physician’s defence.).
Fishbein did not publicly acknowledge the
efficacy of Hoxsey’s treatment for internal
cancers, although Hoxsey wrote in his
autobiography that his problems with the
AMA began after he had refused to sell his
formulae to representatives of the organi-
sation.
Fishbein also played a role, according to
Haley, in helping to destroy the work of
Royal Raymond Rife, an incredibly gifted
scientist who designed and built a series of
microscopes that could be used to observe
living viruses (a feat still impossible with
today’s electron microscopes) – includ-
ing viruses that he identified as a cause
of cancer. He subsequently developed a
frequency device (the “beam ray”) that
could be used to kill microbes by using a
specific frequency to match to crystalline
structure of the microbe – setting up a
resonance which would cause the microbe
to shatter. Using this treatment he was
able to cure a number of people who had
been considered terminally ill with
cancer.
Today there is a renaissance of interest in
Rife’s work but no one has replicated his
successes in treating cancer and other seri-
ous diseases.Rife himself, a sensitive man,
found the stress of court battles instigated
by the AMA too much for him and he de-
veloped alcoholism, an illness from which
he never recovered.
Rife and Harry Hoxsey (also forced by
stress-related ill health to give up treating
cancer patients in the USA) – and their
patients – were not the only victims of
the AMA. Even members of the medi-
cal community who previously enjoyed
the high esteem of their peers could be
destroyed by the AMA from committing
the unforgivable sin of telling the truth
about the success of an unorthodox (“un-
proven”) cancer treatments.
Dr Andrew Ivy was a nationally respected
professor whose reputation and career
were all but destroyed because he refused
to kowtow to the AMA who pressured him
to “confess” that the horse serum-based
anti-cancer agent Krebiozen he was using
on his patients was worthless (it wasn’t).
Dr Ivy, who had seen relief of pain and
significant improvement in “terminal” pa-
tients and remissions in people with earlier
stage disease, believed in letting the scien-
tific evidence speak for itself. He therefore
held back from engaging in politics. His
honesty and decency cost him dearly.
(Dr Ivy refrained from using the word
“cure” in association with Krebiozen
which was a new medication so most
patients had not received sufficient fol-
low-up to ascertain whether or not they
remained cancer-free long term.)
In the absence of Dr Ivy’s condemnation
of Krebiozen, an AMA report slammed
it as useless. The effect of this official
pronouncement and the actions taken
against Dr Ivy was to make doctors too
frightened to use it lest they too became
AMA targets.
The AMA report was scandalously inac-
curate (to put it mildly), categorising as
“dead” patients who had been success-
fully treated with Krebiozen and were in
good health. A court case later proved the
report to be fraudulent. Nevertheless, the
AMA was not an organisation to let incon-
venient truths get in the way of business-
as-usual and never withdrew or amended
the report. Instead it concentrated on
suppressing the use of the medication even
further, eventually ensuring its use was
outlawed. Ironically the year that Kre-
biozen was finally banned in the USA
was the same year that the US signed the
Helsinki declaration on health. This docu-
ment states:
“In the treatment of the sick person ...
doctors must be free to use a new thera-
peutic measure if in his/her judgement it
offers hope of saving life, reestablishing
health, or alleviating suffering.”
Fortunately the FDA hasn’t managed to
suppress all the breakthroughs that de-
tailed in Politics of Healing. Some break-
throughs have survived and are available
to this day.
One of these medical breakthroughs is
DMSO – a pine-tree derived solvent that
is best known for its useful analgesic
properties when applied to the skin in an
appropriate dilution. (It is still used to
treat some injuries in race horses.) Even
though I was familiar with DMSO as a
treatment for arthritis and as a adjunct
in cancer treatment, I had no idea that
it has been used successfully (again in
an appropriate dilution) to treat macular
degeneration – a major cause of visual
loss in elderly people – as well as retinitis
pigmentosa. Nor did I know that intrave-
nous DMSO can be used to treat strokes
due to its ability to dissolve fibrin and
therefore abort a stroke in progress.
Another treatment for stroke that the FDA
tried to but failed to suppress is the Alpha-
Stim which delivers micro-electric current
to the skin. The use of this device has
been successful in restoring lost function
of some stroke victims as well as helping
people suffering from anxiety and depres-
sion.
The Alpha-Stim has also been used suc-
cessfully to treat people with drug addic-
tions. However, a trial of this device by
the National Institute of Drug Abuse was
fraudulently conducted (a much lower cur-
rent than required was used, making the
therapy ineffective) and the Alpha-Stim
is now little known, despite the desper-
ate need for safe non-drug therapies for
people suffering from these debilitating
conditions.
The Alpha-Stim is not alone in having a
US government Department assess its ef-
fectiveness in a trial that was intentionally
designed to fail. Other therapies that have
threatened established pharmaceutical
treatments have similarly been the subject
of badly, even criminally conducted, trials.
One such example, detailed in Politics in
Healing, was a National Cancer Institute
(NCI) trial of the cancer medication hy-
drazine sulfate. Patients were not warned
that commonly prescribed tranquilisers
could interact adversely with hydrazine
sulfate, with potentially fatal consequenc-
es. Not single patient in the NCI trial of
hydrazine sulfate survived, a result that
was not at all consonant with previous
data on hydrazine sulfate in which patients
knew to avoid specific medications and
foods which could cause adverse inter-
actions. Penthouse magazine blew the
whistle on this trial and suggested that the
patients’ families should sue the NCI for
murder as the NCI had been warned that
animal data showed the taking tranquilis-
ers with hydrazine sulfate created a lethal
combination.
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Garlic Blasts Worst
Antibiotic Resistant
Bacteria
10-2-6
Crush garlic 20 minutes before eating it...
This creates more beneficial chemical
compounds
CHICAGO (UPI) - Microbiology researchers
said Wednesday the active ingredient in garlic
combats two of the nastiest antibiotic resistant
microbes faced by doctors and patients.
The ingredient, a substance know as al-
licin, has been found effective in killing off
methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus – a
microbe that has been especially troubling in
skin and soft tissue wounds – and in inhibiting
growth of vancomycin-resistant enterococci,
an intestinal bacteria that causes considerable
illness and deaths in hospital settings.
“Allicin simply blows enormous holes through
MRSA,’ said Ronald Cutler, senior lecturer in
microbiology at the University of East Lon-
don, England.
He said he also tested the cream on healthy
volunteers – including himself –and “we have
found absolutely no adverse reactions.”
“What happens in a test tube may not occur
when it is used in humans,” cautioned Dr.
Jaya Prakash, chairperson of the department
of pathology, microbiology and public health
at National University of Health Sciences,
Lombard, Ill.
Prakash is experimenting with allicin in
thwarting VRE.
“We have shown that we can inhibit the
growth of these bacteria with allicin. Some of
the isolates are more stubborn than others,”
she said, but at 150 micrograms of allicin the
bacteria cannot proliferate.
She said humans can ingest about 25 grams a
day of garlic without ill effects, and that much
garlic contains about 15 milligrams of allicin
– about 100 times more than what she used to
control VRE.
Methicillin and vancomycin both are powerful
antibiotics that for many years were consid-
ered among the last medical defenses against
vicious microbes such as S. aureus. In recent
years, however, both S. aureus and enterococci
have developed mutations that allow the bugs
to escape the killing power of these antibiotics.
Both organisms are multi-drug resistant.
The studies were presented at the annual Inter-
science Conference on Antimicrobial Agents
and Chemotherapy, a meeting sponsored by
the American Society of Microbiology in
Chicago.
83

Homoeopathy
for Serious Emergencies
by Katherine Smith
A review/essay on:
Biological, Chemical and Nuclear
Warfare: Protecting Yourself and
Your Loved Ones: The Power of
Digital Medicine*
by Savely Yurkovsky MD
Price: $US 29.95
Available from:
www.powerofdigitalmedicince.com
This book provides potentially lifesaving
information you won’t get from main-
stream media or orthodox medicine, for
anyone who has been exposed to biologi-
cal, chemical or nuclear weapons (includ-
ing “chemtrails”.)
The book is based in the science of
homoeopathy, or “energy medicine” – a
venerable, though little known, branch of
medicine that is only now being rediscov-
ered for new uses.
Homoeopathy is perhaps one of the most
controversial of the so-called “alternative”
medicine modalities. Long disparaged
by orthodox science and medicine (they
don’t understand its principles and thus
refuse to learn), it has been relegated to
the outer fringes of the barely acceptable
by “experts” who are convinced that the
[* Lest any one be confused by the term
“digital medicine: the author defines the
term in his preface as being the use of ho-
moeopathy, and “bio-resonance testing”.
These modalities have the ability, the
author claims, to “act upon physiological
pathways through extraction and delivery
of precise energetic information”.
Dr Yurkovsky uses the term “bio-reso-
nance” testing to refer to tests used to help
determine which homeopathic medicine
– and/or the potency of the medicine – is
most appropriate for an individual patient.
This may range from electronic diagnostic
aids such as Voll acupuncture machines
or lower tech techniques such as muscle
testing; both are explained in detail in the
book.]
84 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
extreme dilutions of the active ingredients
that homoeopathy uses couldn’t possibly
work – so therefore, the thinking goes, it
doesn’t.
The only problem is – it does work. Just
ask the British royal family. And millions
of other people. And scores of peer review
articles in orthodox medical and scientific
journals.
But since orthodox (materialist reduction-
ist) science doesn’t know why it works,
most scientists and doctors reject it out of
hand, without so much as trying to under-
stand the principles behind it. Or reading
the many scientific papers attesting to its
efficacy.
Dr Yurkovsky is one
“orthodox” MD who
did get his head around
not only the idea of
homoeopathy but the
practice as well, and its
potential applications
to some of the most ur-
gent needs of our time.
Yurkovsky does not
shy away from tackling
head-on the controver-
sy about the effective-
ness of alternative
medicine, stating that
the common presump-
tion “that alternative
medicine represents
inferior science…is
based on cultural myth.
The myth of the inferiority of alternative
medicine is an unavoidable psychologi-
cal by-product in a society preoccupied
with body chemistry-based approaches [to
healthcare]. This overall commitment has
propelled staggering financial rewards for
the pharmaceutical industry and related
research sector, and monopolized health-
care to the exclusion and suppression of
other more effective and much less costly
approaches to wellness.”
Yurkovsky recounts the historical roots of
homoeopathy and explains how homeo-
pathic medicines act on the energy field
(also known as the energy body) of the
human body. Lest readers think that
the energy field of the human body is a
theoretical concept that lacks scientific
evidence, Yurkovsky cites research that
show the human energy body exists – and
that animals and plants also each have an
energy body as well.
Moreover, just as living organisms have
an energy body, so also do homoeopathic
medicines have a scientifically vali-
dated individual signature, according to
Yurkovsky. In support of this assertion
he cites the research conducted into the
quantifiable energy signatures of different
homoeopathic medicines. Spectra analy-
sis of different homoeopathic medicines
using Raman-laser, infrared absorbance
and nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR)
have shown that homoeopathic medicines
can in fact be distinguished from placebos
by using these techniques. Moreover,
each homoeopathic medicine emits a
unique NMR pattern. In the case of some
homoeopathic medicines an exact frequen-
cy in Hz has been determined. Arnica for
example, commonly used for bruising and
other tissue trauma is
9.275 KHz at a 1M
potency. Interestingly,
higher potencies of the
same medicine have
shown to have higher
frequencies.
Further scientific
support for homoe-
opathy is found in an
interesting chapter that
focuses on “horme-
sis”, the intriguing
toxicological phenom-
enon which seems to
prove the old adage
“the dose makes the
poison.” (This quote
is believed to have
originated with the
sixteenth century
physician Paracelsus.) Hormesis is a
recognised but under-researched concept
in toxicology used to describe “the para-
doxical behavior of very diluted mounts
of toxic agents” which “can offer health
benefits” when “ingested in homoeopath-
ic-like doses”.
For readers who may be sceptical about
the efficacy of homoeopathy in practice,
this book provides a plethora of references
to many peer reviewed studies showing
impressive effectiveness in both preven-
tion and/or treatment of serious illness
ranging from infections such as polio,
cholera, and AIDS – as well as case histo-
ries demonstrating the successful homoeo-
pathic treatment of degenerative disease
such as diabetes and even some cancers.
Yurkovsky uses both classical homoeopa-
thy (in which the homoeopath selects the
remedy which matches the patient’s symp-
toms as closely as possible) and isopathy
(in which the medicine used is called an
isode – and is made from a diluted and
potentised version of the agent responsible
for the patient’s illness such as pathogenic
bacteria or toxic metals.)
What homoeopathy does, apparently, is
mobilise the body’s defences by provid-
ing information to the body’s energetic
pathways, prompting the body essentially
to heal itself.
He illustrates the benefits of his approach
to homoeopathy with a number of case
histories. One of the most interesting is
the case of a young man who worked at
the World Trade Centre cleanup follow-
ing the first bombing of the towers in
1993. His symptoms included breath-
ing difficulties – medical tests revealed
impaired lung capacity – a sore throat,
fatigue and dermatitis. Black sludge had
been removed from his throat and steroid
inhalers and creams prescribed by spe-
cialists. However, he remained sick and
disabled. Bio-resonance testing indicated
serious poisoning with a variety of toxins
including lead and asbestos. He was given
a complex homoeopathic remedy consist-
ing of environmental pollutants in 12X
potency and all his steroid medications
were discontinued.
Two weeks later his symptoms were
75% improved and with three further
treatments for residual lead and asbestos
poisoning he made a full recovery.
Homoeopathy can often “work miracles”
in instances involving a disturbance in
mental balance or “mental health”.
Yurkovsky describes how he used classi-
cal homoeopathy to treat a child suffer-
ing from post-traumatic stress disorder
following the September 11, 2001, attacks
in New York. His young patient had been
at her elementary school a few blocks
from the World Trade Center Towers on
the day of the attacks and had witnessed
the plane fly into the second tower. The
attacks terrified the little girl and several
months later she was still suffering from
severe anxiety, nightmares and a spasm
of her urinary sphincter which meant that
she was unable to urinate without the
use of a prescription medication to relax
her sphincter. Two doses of Aconite (a
homoeopathic remedy for which anxiety
and fear of death are dominant mental
features) in a 12C potency cured her
anxiety and she was able to discontinue
the prescription medication and urinate
normally.
Can homoeopathy work to heal radiation
sickness?
A few years previously in 1995,
Yurkovsky used homoeopathy to success-
fully treat multiple victims of a radia-
tion leak from the Brookhaven National
Laboratory on Long Island New York.
Yurkovsky (who lived on Long Island)
was alerted to the fact that there was
something wrong when he became sud-
denly ill with an extremely sore throat and
difficulty breathing. After treating himself
with classical homoeopathy, he used bio-
resonance testing to identify the cause of
his illness as being radiation poisoning.
He then developed a remedy from the
contaminated air which he administered to
numerous patients suffering from symp-
toms of severe weakness, sore throat and
swollen lymph nodes. One of the interest-
ing things about this case was that at the
time of the radiation leak there was no
public notification or warning of the radia-
tion hazard. It was not until months after
the initial outbreak of radiation poisoning
that the laboratory admitted that radiation
had been released into the air and also
contaminated local ground water supplies.
With iatrogenic illnesses (diseases caused
by medical treatment) being the third
leading cause of death in the USA – and a
significant cause of sickness and disabil-
ity) it is useful to learn that homoeopathic
medicine has the potential to relieve some
of this suffering. Yurkovsky gives two
examples of how successful homoeopathic
treatment can be in this type of situation.
The first case of homoeopathic treatment
of a iatrogenic illness involved a woman
in her late 70s who had taken an overdose
of a beta blocker (a prescription medicine
used to control high blood pressure). The
overdose caused her to develop low blood
pressure and heart rate – symptoms which
can be fatal in the elderly. Yurkovsky
prepared a homoeopathic remedy from
the beta blocker as an antidote for the
overdose. Using bio-resonance testing,
he identified a 6K potency of this remedy
as the most effective prescription for his
patient. Shortly after taking this homoeo-
pathic remedy the woman’s blood pressure
and heart rate increased and remained
stable over several hours’ observation in
the health centre. She was thus success-
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
fully treated without requiring hospitali-
sation. Dr Yurkovsky points out that the
appropriate use of homoeopathic isodes
(a homoeopathic remedy derived from a
disease-causing agent) could probably pre-
vent many of the huge numbers of deaths
caused by prescription medication errors
– such as overdoses or errors in prescrib-
ing.
Hospital-acquired infections can also be
treated successfully using homoeopa-
thy. Dr Yurkovsky relates how a patient
recently discharged from hospital (where
she had required a urinary catheter while
she was being treated for a musculo-
skeletal problem) developed a urinary
tract infection (UTI) and lung infection.
Bio-resonance testing identified E-coli as
the source of the UTI and flu virus as af-
fecting the woman’s lungs. E-coli 200X,
Influenza 30X and supportive remedies
(for the immune and endocrine systems)
were given. Recovery was complete in 24
hours – despite the fact that she had been
given a high dose of the immuno-suppres-
sive steroid prednisone while in hospital.
These latter cases (as well as the first
described) demonstrate how agents of
disease – be they pharmaceutical medica-
tions, pathogenic viruses or bacteria or air
contaminated by toxic materials or (most
astonishingly) radioactive elements – can
be converted into healing medicines using
homoeopathy.
One of the most useful aspects of this
book is that it doesn’t merely illustrate the
usefulness of homoeopathic medicine in
treating a variety of health problems but it
actually gives detailed instructions on how
to prepare remedies that may be lifesaving
in the event of an epidemic or environ-
mental disaster in which normal medical
facilities are unable to provide sufficient
or appropriate care. The author also
details classical homoeopathic treatment
of diseases that have potential to be used
as bio-weapons – such as smallpox and
anthrax. One of his case histories involves
the homoeopathic treatment of a woman
who, according to bio-resonance testing,
was suffering from anthrax.
We acquired this book on the recommen-
dation of a friend of ours who is a medi-
cal doctor who has incorporated some of
Dr Yurkovsky’s recommendations into
his practice with excellent results for
hard-to-treat conditions such as chemical
poisoning. This book will be a treasured
addition to our library and I would highly
recommend it to anyone who is interested
in maintaining good health in an increas-
ingly toxic world.
85
Basic Method of Preparing a
Homoeopathic Remedy (Isode)
of Toxic or Biological Agents
which are in the Environment
– Adapted from Chapter 9 of Biological,
Chemical and Nuclear Warfare: Protect-
ing Yourself and Your Loved Ones: The
Power of Digital Medicine.
(This technique uses a simplified method of
preparation known as Korsakov’s method.
It could be used to make a remedy from
air contaminated with dust/smoke/fumes,
pesticides, nuclear materials, anthrax or
other biological materials. While the
author doesn’t mention chemtrails there is
no reason why the same technique couldn’t
be used to protect against adverse health
effects from this high altitude aerial spray
programme.)
1) Half fill a 1 or ½ ounce glass drop-
per bottle with cold water – preferably
filtered town water or filtered well water.
(Avoid using distilled water unless you are
extremely allergic.) In an emergency any
form of glass bottle or jar or hard plastic
container could be used instead of glass
bottles; any container should be scrupu-
lously clean and rinsed with scalding hot
water, allowed to cool and then rinsed in
cold water.)
2) Remove the dropper from the bottle
(squeeze the dropper bulb to ensure that no
water is left inside it) and leave the bottle
(or other container) in the area where the
contamination is (i.e. outside in the vicinity
of the fumes from a fire, in an area which
had pesticides recently applied, in a room
which was recently re-painted, a workplace
in which toxic chemicals are used, outside
following the observation of chemtrails
etc). The bottle can be exposed to the
noxious agent for a few minutes to a few
hours with 20-30 minutes usually being
sufficient.
3) After the water in the bottle has been
exposed for a suitable length of time, care-
fully screw the dropper back on (or put the
lid on the bottle or jar) so that there will not
be any leakage. Strike the bottle against a
hard surface (such as a hardcover book or
your hand) for a dozen times. Alternatively
you may simply shake the bottle a dozen
times.
4) Remove the dropper, squeezing it to
ensure the dropper is completely empty and
discard most of the water, taking care not
to get any on your skin. (Take care not to
touch the dropper to your skin either.)
86 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
5) Pour the few remaining drops from
the bottle into a new, clean bottle, fill this
bottle ¾ full of water and label it with the
date prepared and name of the remedy (i.e.
“Chemtrail”, “Pesticide” and the potency
of the remedy – which for the first dilution
would be 1K.)
6) Refill the original bottle ¾ full with new
water and repeat the process from step 3.
Each cycle increases the potency of the
remedy by 1K. (K stands for Korsakov’s
potency.)
Important: All homoeopathic remedies
whether home-made or purchased must be
kept away from electromagnetic fields from
household wiring and appliances such as
blenders, TVs etc, well away from magnets
and out of direct sunlight and away from
essential oils. A closed cupboard or drawer
is the best place to keep them.
Dr Yukovsky’s recommendations for the
choice of potency of a remedy are as fol-
lows:
Adults (young-middle age) in average
health:
Mild illness: 9K or 12 K
Moderate illness: 15K -30K
Severe illness: 60K-90K
Very severe illness: 150K - 200K - 400K
Elderly people: 6K, 9K or 12K (depending
on the severity of the illness; a mild illness
would require a lower potency.)
Children in average health:
Under 3 years: 6K – 9K
3-10 years: 12K
11 years +: dose as for adults
Dosages for people with pre-existing health
problems:
People with autoimmune disease, serious
allergies: 3K
Those taking steroid or other immunosup-
pressive drugs, people taking chemothera-
py, radiation therapy: 6K or 9K.
As a general rule, if a sick person shows
signs of being extremely fatigued, is weak
and pale, has a slow pulse, shallow respira-
tion with only a slight fever, a weak voice
and is mentally depressed or confused, has
no interest in relating to other people or is
generally unresponsive their vital energy is
low and they would require a remedy at the
lower end of the potency recommended for
their age/general health.
Conversely, a patient with a high tempera-
ture, flushed skin, fast pulse and respira-
tion who has a strong voice and may be
mentally confused but is agitated, demand-
ing, hysterical or even abusive is likely to
require a remedy at the higher end of the
potency recommended for their age/general
health.
(Obviously, in normal circumstances it
would be wise to obtain a medical assess-
ment of anyone suffering from serious
symptoms of illness rather than relying on
do-it-yourself treatment. This is especially
true for children and the elderly who can
become seriously ill in a short time period.)
In the case of people who are suffering
from an illness, the appropriate remedy
should be given once and if improvement
occurs, it should not repeated unless the
initial symptoms return or the patient’s
improvement reaches a plateau in which
case the doses may need to be repeated. If
improvement does not result from a dose
of the medicine, a higher potency dose
(usually double the potency of the original
remedy) may be needed.
Quite commonly a patient’s symptoms
may get somewhat worse for a short time
after the administration of a homoeopathic
remedy due to the activation of the immune
system. (This is known as an aggravation
and may include temporary increase in
fever and discharges such as diarrhoea, a
rash, runny nose, coughing up of secretions
etc. This type of aggravation does not
normally last more than ½ hour to 2 hours.)
However after the aggravation has passed
the patient generally begins to feel better
with body functions gradually beginning
to normalise such as clearer and calmer
mental/emotional state, renewed interest in
eating and drinking, more normal activity
of bladder and bowels, less fatigue etc.
Dr Yurkovsky cautions that homoeopathy
in itself is not the be-all and end-all of
treatment and that commonsense adjunct
treatment is also advisable. This includes
adequate hydration, especially for feverish
patients. Good nutrition will also support
healing. Electromagnetic fields in the
vicinity of the patient should be minimised,
i.e. electric blankets should not be used.
If an isode is being used for the purposes
of prophylaxis (such as to prevent illness
from exposure to an environmental threat
that will persist in the environment, such
as radiation, for example), the remedy may
need to be repeated at intervals ranging
from once daily to once weekly depending
on the circumstances.
Preparing an Auto-Isode from
Body Fluids or Discharges:
– Adapted from Chapter 9 of Biological,
Chemical and Nuclear Warfare: Protect-
ing Yourself and Your Loved Ones: The
Power of Digital Medicine.
In the event of someone becoming serious-
ly ill with an infection that is unable to be
treated conventionally it is possible to use
the same technique as described above (to
prepare an isode) to create an auto-isode.
This autoisode can then be used to treat the
patient.
An autoisode is a homoeopathic remedy
prepared from the patient’s own body fluids
such as liquid exudates from skin lesions,
sputum, vomit, urine, faeces or, in the case
of very severe illness a small sample of the
patient’s blood. (The choice of material is
usually determined by the patient’s illness,
sputum would be the best if the patient had
pneumonia, vomit/faeces in the case of
gastrointestinal tract infection, urine in the
case of a urinary tract/kidney infection or
blood in the case of septicaemia. Saliva or
urine are alternatives to blood if you cannot
obtain a blood sample.)
Tiny amounts of the above materials (such
as less than ¼ tsp.) will suffice for making
the remedy. The person preparing the rem-
edy should wear latex gloves and a mask
and dispose of all materials used in the
preparation of the homoeopathic remedy
in a hygienic manner to avoid spreading
infection.
Higher potencies of autoisodes made from
the patient’s own excretions are safer
because they are likely to be void of a
single molecule of the original excretion
and contain only the energetic imprint. Dr
Yurkovsky generally recommends a 30K
potency.
Autoisodes prepared from the patient’s own
blood require a different potency sched-
ule: For these autoisodes 6K is a starting
potency for people with weak constitutions,
12 K for people who are in robust health
and 9K for people with average health.
The administration of the autoisode should
be followed by the use of the homoeopathic
drainage remedy “Lymph S” (from from
Mediral Company, tel (US) 877-MEDI-
RAL, 877-633-4725 or email homeopathy@
mediral.com Dr Yurkovsky recommends
using this remedy in a 9X or 12 X potency
in order to prevent toxic overload of the
lymphatic system. If this is not avail-
able Echinacea root extract could be used
instead.
Oxygen Therapies:
The Many
Benefits of
Disclaimer and WARNING: All articles in
this magazine are for educational purposes
Hydrogen
ONLY. If you are keen to try one or more
of the remedies described herein, you are
strongly urged to do so under the supervision
of a qualified health professional who can
Peroxide
ascertain that the therapy is appropriate for
your situation or condition. ALWAYS KEEP
MEDICATIONS OF ALL TYPES OUT OF
THE REACH OF CHILDREN.
By Dr. David G. Williams
http://educate-yourself.org/cancer/
benefitsofhydrogenperozide17jul03.shtml
When it comes to hydrogen peroxide
therapy there seems to be only two points
of view. Supporters consider it one of
the greatest healing miracles of all time.
Those opposed feel its ingestion is excep-
tionally dangerous, and only the foolhardy
could think of engaging in such behaviour.
Before either condemning or endorsing
hydrogen peroxide, let’s take a real close
look at what we’re dealing with.
If any substance is interesting, it’s hydro-
gen peroxide. Hydrogen peroxide should
really be called hydrogen dioxide. Its
chemical formula is H2O2. It contains
one more atom of oxygen that does water
(H20). By now everyone’s aware of the
ozone layer that surrounds the earth.
Ozone consists of three atoms of oxygen
(03). This protective layer of ozone is
created when ultraviolet light from the sun
splits an atmospheric oxygen molecule
(02) into two single, unstable oxygen
atoms. These single molecules combine
with others to form ozone (03). Ozone
isn’t very stable. In fact, it will quickly
give up that extra atom of oxygen to fall-
ing rainwater to form hydrogen peroxide
(H202). (Bear with me: all this chemistry
mumbo jumbo I’m going through actually
will help you understand the importance
of hydrogen peroxide.)
Helps Plants
It is this hydrogen peroxide in rainwater
that makes it so much more effective than
tap water when given to plants. (Also:
rainwater is distilled water, which means
it leeches minerals from rocks and soil,
and makes them available to plants – Ed.)
With the increased levels of atmospheric
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
pollution, however, greater amounts of
H202 react with air-borne toxins and
never reach the ground. To compensate for
this, many farmers have been increasing
crop yields by spraying them with diluted
hydrogen peroxide (5 to 16 ounces of 35%
mixed with 20 gallons of water per acre).
You can achieve the same beneficial effect
with your house plants by adding 1 ounce
of 3% hydrogen peroxide (or 16 drops of
35% solution) to every quart of water you
give your plants. (It can also be made into
an excellent safe insecticide. Simply spray
your plants with 8 ounces of 3% peroxide
mixed with 8 ounces of white sugar and
one gallon of water.)
Hydrogen peroxide is odourless and
colourless, but not tasteless. When
stored under the proper conditions, it is
a very stable compound. When kept in
the absence of light and contaminants, it
dismutates (breaks down) very slowly at
the rate of about 10% a year. (This can be
slowed even further by storing the liquid
in the freezer.) It boils at 152 degrees C
and freezes at minus 2 degrees C.
When exposed to other compounds hy-
drogen peroxide dismutates readily. The
extra oxygen atom is released leaving H20
(water). In nature oxygen (02) consists
of two atoms – a very stable combina-
tion. A single atom of oxygen, however,
is very reactive and is referred to as a free
radical. Over the past several years, we’ve
continually read that these free radicals are
responsible for all types of ailments and
even premature aging. What many writers
seem to forget, however, is that our bod-
ies create and use free radicals to destroy
harmful bacteria, viruses, and fungi. In
fact, the cells responsible for fighting
infection and foreign invaders in the body
(your white blood cells) make hydrogen
peroxide and use it to oxidise any offend-
87
ing culprits. The intense bubbling you
see when hydrogen peroxide comes in
contact with a bacteria-laden cut or wound
is the oxygen being released and bacteria
being destroyed. The ability of our cells
to produce hydrogen peroxide is essential
for life. H202 is not some undesirable
by-product or toxin, but instead a basic
requirement for good health.
Newer research indicates we need
hydrogen peroxide for a multitude of
other chemical reactions that take place
throughout the body. For example, we
now know that vitamin C helps fight in-
fections by producing hydrogen peroxide,
which in turn stimulates the production of
prostaglandins. Also lactobacillus found
in the colon and vagina produce hydrogen
peroxide. This destroys harmful bacteria
and viruses, preventing colon disease,
vaginitis, bladder infections and a host of
other common ailments. (Infect Dis News
Aug.8,91:5). When lactobacillus in the
colon or vaginal tract have been overrun
with harmful viruses, yeast, or bacteria, an
effective douche or enema solution can be
made using 3 tablespoons of 3% H202 in
1 quart of distilled water. Keep in mind,
however, that a good bacterial flora must
always be re-established in theses areas to
achieve lasting results.
Aerobic versus Anaerobic
While we are discussing enemas and
douches, there is another misconcep-
tion about H202 I need to address. The
friendly bacteria in the colon and vagina
are aerobic. In other words, they flourish
in high oxygen environments and thrive in
the presence of oxygen rich H202. On the
other hand, most strains of harmful bac-
teria (and cancer cells) are anaerobic and
cannot survive in the presence of oxygen
or H202. Scientists agree that hydrogen
peroxide produced within individual
body cells is essential for life. And no one
doubts its effectiveness when it comes to
treating infections topically. The contro-
versy deals with ingesting the substance
orally or introducing it into the body intra-
venously. The dispute has been going on
for decades, and considering the attitude
of our medical community, it will continue
for many more decades to come.
I’ll admit I was skeptical when I first
learned about using H202 orally or intra-
venously. This healthy dose of scepticism,
however, lead to a great deal of investiga-
tion, clinical work and experimentation.
And while I realize a large majority of
readers will probably never be convinced
that H202 is a safe and effective com-
pound, I am. Hydrogen peroxide is safe,
88 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
readily available and dirt cheap. And best
of all, it works! No one yet fully under-
stands the complete workings of hydrogen
peroxide. We do know that it is loaded
with oxygen. (A pint of the food-grade
35% solution contains the equivalent of
130 pints of oxygen. A pint of 3% hydro-
gen peroxide found at the local drugstore
contains 10 pints of oxygen. And a pint
of the 6% solution used to bleach hair
contains 20 pints of oxygen.) We also
know that when H202 is taken into the
body (orally or intravenously) the oxygen
content of the blood and body tissues in-
creases dramatically. Early researchers felt
these increases were simply due to the ex-
tra oxygen molecule being released. This
doesn’t however, appear to be the case.
Only very diluted amounts of H202
are ever introduced into the body. The
small amount of oxygen present couldn’t
be solely responsible for the dramatic
changes that take place. Dr. Charles Farr,
a strong proponent of intravenous use, has
discovered another possible answer. Dr.
Farr has shown that hydrogen peroxide
Hydrogen peroxide is
safe, readily available
and dirt cheap. And best
of all, it works!
stimulates enzyme systems throughout
the body. This triggers an increase in the
metabolic rate, causes small arteries to
dilate and increase blood flow, enhances
the body’s distribution and consumption
of oxygen and raises body temperature
(Proceedings of the International Confer-
ence on Bio-Oxidative Medicine 1989,
1990, 1991).
Father Richard Willhelm
We are just beginning to learn exactly
how H202 works. It was reported to work
as far back as 1920. The English medical
journal, Lancet, then reported that intra-
venous infusion was used successfully to
treat pneumonia in the epidemic following
World War I. In the 1940’s Father Rich-
ard Willhelm, the pioneer in promoting
peroxide use, reported on the compound
being used extensively to treat everything
from bacterial-related mental illness to
skin disease and polio. Father Willhelm is
the founder of “Educational Concern for
Hydrogen Peroxide” (ECHO, a nonprofit
organisation dedicated to educating the
public on the safe use and therapeutic
benefits of hydrogen peroxide.) Much of
the interest in hydrogen peroxide waned
in the 1940s when prescription medica-
tions came on the scene. Since that time
there has been little economic interest in
funding peroxide research. After all, it is
dirt cheap and non-patentable. Even still,
in the last 25 years, over 7,700 articles
relating to hydrogen peroxide have been
written in the standard medical journals.
Thousands more, involving its therapeutic
use, have appeared in alternative health
publications. The number of conditions
helped by hydrogen peroxide is astound-
ing. The reported dangers and side effects
are few and often conflicting.
Emphysema
Let’s look at several conditions that
seem to respond especially well to H202
therapy. First, keep in mind that there are
two methods of administering the perox-
ide – 1) orally and 2) intravenously. While
most conditions respond remarkably to
oral ingestion, emphysema is one condi-
tion in which intravenous infusion can be
a godsend. Emphysema involves destruc-
tion of the alveoli (the small air sacs in
the lungs). Although chemical fumes and
other irritants can cause the destruction,
it is most often the result of smoking. As
the disease progresses, the patient finds
it more and more difficult to breathe. A
wheel chair and supplemental oxygen
become necessary as the disease pro-
gresses. Lack of adequate oxygen reach-
ing the tissues forces the heart to pump
more forcefully. This leads to high blood
pressure, enlargement of the heart itself
and eventually heart failure. Conventional
medicine offers little help for emphysema.
There is no cure. The best that can be
hoped for is symptomatic relief and the
prevention of any serious complications
that might result in death. H202 therapy
can offer more. Using 1 ounce of 35%
peroxide per 1 gallon of non-chlorinated
water in a vaporiser improves nighttime
breathing tremendously. But intravenous
infusion holds the real key to relief. It has
the ability to cleanse the inner lining of the
lungs and restore the ability to breathe.
We continue to hear the same story from
Dr. Farr and others who use intravenous
infusion for emphysema and congestive
lung problems. Within minutes oxygen
from hydrogen peroxide begins to bubble
up between the membrane lining the lungs
sacs and the accumulated mucus. (Dr. Farr
refers to this as the “Alka-Seltzer effect.”)
The patient begins to cough and expel the
material that has accumulated in the lungs.
The amount of bubbling, coughing, and
cleansing can be regulated by simply turn-
ing the H202 on and off. As the peroxide
clears the lung surface and destroys the
bacterial infections, the patient regains
the ability to breath more normally. We
continue to receive reports from patients
for whom the technique has improved
breathing so much that a wheelchair
and supplemental oxygen are no longer
needed. If you would like to find a doctor
in your area trained in the use of intrave-
nous H202 infusion, contact the Interna-
tional Bio-Oxidative Medicine Foundation
(IBOM), P.O. Box 13205, Oklahoma City,
OK 73113 at (405) 478-4266. They can
provide names and addresses of doctors
using the procedure in your area.
If emphysema were the only ailment
successfully treated with H202 therapy, it
would still rank as one of the top health
discoveries of all time. Fortunately, H202
works wonders on a multitude of health
problems. It does so by increasing tissue
oxygen levels. A closer look at how we
have decreased the availability of external
and internal oxygen, will show you just
how important this can be. If you were
not too occupied with trying to hide dis-
section specimens in the other student’s
desks, you might remember from elemen-
tary science courses that our atmosphere
contains about 20% oxygen. That is under
ideal circumstances. It has recently been
reported that in many of our more pol-
luted cities, there levels have dropped to
around 10%! (I have already mentioned
how less hydrogen peroxide-containing
rain is reaching the earth’s surface. With
increased pollution it is reacting with
airborne toxins before it even reaches the
ground.) And everyone, by now, knows
the oxygen-generating rain forests are
being destroyed worldwide, which further
reduces available oxygen. Internal oxygen
availability is also under attack.
Chlorination of drinking water removes
oxygen. Cooking and over-processing
of our foods lowers their oxygen con-
tent. Unrestrained antibiotic use destroys
beneficial oxygen-creating bacteria in the
intestinal tract. Dr. Johanna Budwig of
Germany has shown that for proper cel-
lular utilisation of oxygen to take place,
our diets must contain adequate amounts
of unsaturated fatty acids. Unfortunately,
the oils rich in these fatty acids have be-
come less and less popular with the food
industry. Their very nature makes them
more biologically active, which requires
more careful processing and gives them
a shorter shelf-life. Rather than deal with
these challenges, the food industry has
turned to the use of synthetic fats and dan-
gerous processes like hydrogenation.
It’s obvious that our oxygen needs are not
being met. Several of the most common
ailments now affecting our population
are directly related to oxygen starvation.
Asthma, emphysema, and lung disease
are on the rise, especially in the polluted
metropolitan areas. Cases of constipation,
diarrhea, intestinal parasites and bowel
cancer are all on the upswing. Periodontal
disease is endemic in the adult popula-
tion of this country. Cancer of all forms
continues to increase. Immune system
disorders are sweeping the globe. Chronic
fatigue, “Yuppie Flu” and hundreds of
other strange viral diseases have begun
The English medical
journal, Lancet, then
reported that intrave-
nous infusion was used
successfully to treat
pneumonia in the epi-
demic following World
War I.
to surface. Ironically, many of the new
“miracle” drugs and nutritional supple-
ments used to treat these conditions work
by increasing cellular oxygen (oftentimes
through H202 formation). For example,
the miracle nutrient, Coenzyme Q10, helps
regulate intercellular oxidation. Organic
germanium, which received considerable
publicity not too long ago, also increases
oxygen levels at the cellular level. And
even substances like niacin and vitamin
E promote tissue oxidation through their
dilation of blood vessels.
Hydrogen peroxide is only one of the
many components that help regulate the
amount of oxygen getting to your cells. Its
presence is vital for many other functions
as well. It is required for the production
of thyroid hormone and sexual hormones.
(Mol Cell Endocrinol 86;46(2): 149-154)
(Steroids 82;40(5):5690579). It stimulates
the production of interferon (J Immunol
85;134(4):24492455). It dilates blood ves-
sels in the heart and brain (Am J Physiol
86;250 (5 pt 2): H815-821 and (2 pt 2):
H157-162). It improves glucose utilization
in diabetics (Proceedings of the IBOM
Conference 1989, 1990, 1991). The closer
you look at hydrogen peroxide, the less
surprising it becomes that it can help such
a wide variety of conditions.
The following is only a partial listing of
conditions in which H202 therapy has
been used successfully. (Many of these
conditions are serious, if not life-threaten-
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
ing. As always, I would highly recom-
mend seeking the advice and guidance of
a doctor experienced in the use of these
techniques.)
Allergies, Headaches, Altitude Sickness
Herpes Simplex, Alzheimer’s, Herpes
Zoster, Anaemia, HIV Infection, Arrhyth-
mia, Influenza, Asthma, Insect Bites, Bac-
terial Infections, Liver Cirrhosis, Bronchi-
tis, Lupus Erythematosis, Cancer, Multiple
Sclerosis, Candida, Parasitic Infections,
Cardiovascular Disease, Parkinsonism,
Cerebral Vascular Disease, Periodon-
tal Disease, Chronic Pain, Prostatitis,
Diabetes, Rheumatoid Arthritis, Diabetic
Gangrene, Shingles, Diabetic Retinopa-
thy, Sinusitis, Digestion Problems, Sore
Throat, Epstein-Barr Infection, Ulcers,
Emphysema, Viral Infections, Food Al-
lergies, Warts, Fungal Infections, Yeast
Infections, Gingivitis.
Grades of Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen peroxide is available in various
strengths and grades.
A) 3.5% Pharmaceutical Grade: This is
the grade sold at your local drugstore or
supermarket. This product is not recom-
mended for internal use. It contains an
assortment of stabilisers which shouldn’t
be ingested. Various stabilisers include:
acetanilide, phenol, sodium stanate and
tertrasodium phosphate.
B) 6% Beautician Grade: This is used
in beauty shops to colour hair and is not
recommended for internal use.
C) 30% Reagent Grade: This is used for
various scientific experimentation and
also contains stabilisers. It is also not for
internal use.
D) 30% to 32% Electronic Grade: This is
used to clean electronic parts and not for
internal use.
E) 35% Technical Grade: This is a more
concentrated product than the Reagent
Grade and differs slightly in that phospho-
rus is added to help neutralise any chlorine
from the water used to dilute it.
F) 35% Food Grade: This is used in the
production of foods like cheese, eggs,
and whey-containing products. It is also
sprayed on the foil lining of aseptic
packages containing fruit juices and milk
products. THIS IS THE ONLY GRADE
RECOMMENDED FOR INTERNAL
USE. It is available in pints, quarts, gal-
lons or even drums. Various suppliers are
mentioned later in this article.
89
G) 90%: This is used as an oxygen source
for rocket fuel.
Only 35% Food Grade hydrogen perox-
ide is recommended for internal use. At
this concentration, however, hydrogen
peroxide is a very strong oxidiser and if
not diluted, it can be extremely danger-
ous or even fatal. Any concentrations
over 10% can cause neurological reac-
tions and damage to the upper gastro-
intestinal tract. There have been two
known fatalities in children who ingested
27% and 40% concentrations of H202.
Recently, a 26 month old female swal-
lowed one mouthful of 35% H202. She
immediately began vomiting, followed by
fainting and respiratory arrest. Fortunately,
she was under emergency room care and
although she experienced erosion and
bleeding of the stomach and esophagus,
she survived the incident. When she was
re-examined 12 days later, the areas in-
volved had healed (J Toxicol Clin Toxicol
90;28(1):95-100).
35% Food Grade H202 must be:
1) handled carefully (direct contact will
burn the skin –immediate flushing with
water is recommended).
2) diluted properly before use.
3) stored safely and properly (after making
a dilution the remainder should be stored
tightly sealed in the freezer).
One of the most convenient methods of
dispensing 35% H202 is from a small
glass eye dropper bottle. These can be
purchased at your local pharmacy. Fill
this with the 35% H202 and store the
larger container in the freezer compart-
ment of your refrigerator until more is
needed. Store the eye dropper bottle in the
refrigerator. The generally recommended
dosage is outlined in the chart below. The
drops are mixed with either 6 to 8 ounces
of distilled water, juice, milk or even aloe
vera juice or gel. (Don’t use chlorinated
tap water to dilute the peroxide!)
Suggested Protocol
The programme outlined is only a sugges-
tion, but it is based on years of experi-
ence, and reports from thousands of users.
Those who choose to go at a slower pace
can expect to progress more slowly, but
that certainly is an option. The programme
is not carved in stone and keep in mind
that it can be adapted to fit individual
needs. Individuals who have had trans-
plants should not undertake an H202
programme. H202 stimulates the immune
90 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
system and could possibly cause a rejec-
tion of the organ.
Day # -Number of Drops/ Times Per Day
1-3/3
2-4/3
3-5/3
4-6/3
5-7/3
6-8/3
7-9/3
8 - 10 / 3
9 - 12 / 3
10 - 14 / 3
11 - 16 / 3
12 - 18 / 3
13 - 20 / 3
14 - 22 / 3
15 - 24 / 3
16 - 25 / 3
Maintenance Dosage
In most situations after the above 21 day
programme, the amount of H202 can be
tapered off gradually as follows:
25 drops once every other day for 1 week
25 drops once every third day for 2 weeks
25 drops once every fourth day for 3
weeks.
This can then be reduced to between 5
and 15 drops per week based on how one
feels. Those with more serious problems
will often benefit from staying on 25 drops
three times a day for one to three weeks,
then tapering down to 25 drops two times
daily until the problem is resolved (pos-
sibly as long as six months). Those with
chronic systemic Candidiasis may need to
start with 1 drop three times a day, then 2
drops three times a day before starting the
above schedule.
It is important that H202 be taken on an
empty stomach. This is best accomplished
by taking it either one hour before meals
or three hours after meals. If there is food
in the stomach, the reaction of H202 on
any bacteria present may cause excess
foaming, indigestion, and possibly even
vomiting. Additionally, some animal
research indicates that when H202 given
orally combines with iron and small
amounts of vitamin C in the stomach,
hydroxyl radicals are created (J Inorg
Biochem 89;35(1):55-69).
Some individuals taking H202 immedi-
ately before bedtime have a difficult time
getting to sleep. This is probably due to a
sense of alertness triggered by an increase
of oxygen at the cellular level.
The oral dosage schedule is basically the
same for all conditions. There are several
points to keep in mind, however. Some
individuals may experience upset stom-
ach. If this occurs it is recommended that
one not stop the programme, but rather
remain at the current dosage level or
reduce it to the previous level until the
problem stops. (Some patients have been
able to solve the nausea problem by tak-
ing three or four lecithin capsules at the
same time they take the H202.) During the
programme it’s not uncommon to experi-
ence what is known as a “healing crisis”.
As dead bacteria and toxins are released
from your body it may temporarily exceed
your capacity to eliminate them quickly
enough. In some individuals this overload
may cause fatigue, diarrhea, headaches,
skin eruptions, cold or flu-like symptoms,
and/or nausea. One should not discontinue
using the peroxide to stop this cleansing.
By continuing the programme toxins will
clear the body sooner and this healing
crisis will pass rather quickly.
If you are not already taking vitamin E
and an acidophilus product, I recommend
starting them before going on H202. Vita-
min E can make more efficient use of any
oxygen available and acidophilus will help
re-establish the beneficial bacterial flora in
the lower bowel and also help in the inter-
nal production of hydrogen peroxide.
Making and Using 3%
Solutions of H202
A 3.5% solution can be made quite easily
by first pouring 1 ounce of 35% H202
into a pint jar. To this add 11 ounces of
distilled water. This will make 12 ounces
of 3.5% H202. 3.5% H202 has a variety of
medicinal uses.
1. Three tablespoons mixed with a quart
of non-chlorinated water makes a good
enema or douche formula.
2. It can be used full strength as a mouth-
wash or mixed with baking soda for
toothpaste.
3. It can be used full strength as a foot
bath for athlete’s foot. (Diabetics have
found relief from circulation problems by
soaking their feet in 1 pint of 3% peroxide
mixed with 1 gallon of warm, non-chlori-
nated water for 30 minutes nightly.)
4. A tablespoon added to 1 cup of non-
chlorinated water can be used as a nasal
spray. Depending on the degree of sinus
involvement, one will have to adjust
the amount of peroxide used. I have
seen some who can use it at the full 3%
strength and others who had difficulty
with using a few drops and mixed with a
cup of water.
5. 3.5% H202 can be added to pets’
drinking water at the rate of 1 ounce per
quart of non-chlorinated water. Sick cattle
reportedly benefit from 1 pint (of 3%) to
each 5 gallons of water. (Chickens and
cows have remained healthy by using 8
ounces of 35% H202 per 1,000 gallons of
drinking water.)
Additional Information
There are two sources you should contact
if you have an interest in using hydrogen
peroxide therapy. The first, ECHO, was
founded by Father Richard Willhelm and
is run by Walter Grotz. Their information
packet includes a sample newsletter, a
list of H202 distributors and several other
items. Their address is
ECHO, Box 126
Delano, MN 55328 USA
If you have an interest in contacting doc-
tors who provide intravenous hydrogen
peroxide therapy you can write to the
International Bio-Oxidative Medicine
Foundation (IBOM) at the address listed
earlier in this article. You should also be
aware that there are now numerous hy-
drogen peroxide products on the market.
Some are simply peroxide that has been
flavoured and mixed with sea minerals,
aloe vera, inner tree bark or other ingredi-
ents to make the peroxide more palatable
(Superoxy, Oxy Toddy, etc.).
Others claim to have developed products
that deliver more oxygen than does simple
hydrogen peroxide (Aerox, Anti-Oxid-10,
Di-Oxychloride, Aerobic 07, Aqua Pure,
etc.). Basically you’ll end up paying a
small fortune and at best achieving the
same results you can get for pennies by
using hydrogen peroxide.
Conclusion
Hydrogen peroxide is one of the few sim-
ple miracle substances still available to the
public. Its safety and multiple uses ranks
it right up there with DMSO. If you’ve
never used either of these compounds you
are overlooking two of the most powerful
healing tools ever discovered. Most of us
started on hydrogen peroxide shortly after
birth. Not only does mother’s milk contain
high amounts of H202, the amount con-
tained in the first milk (colostrum) is even
higher. This seems only reasonable now
that we know one of its main functions
is to activate and stimulate the immune
system. Although I am a strong supporter
of H202 therapy, I am not suggesting that
everyone needs to be using it. There are
probably some individuals whose health
and well-being would not be enhanced
with hydrogen peroxide. But there are also
millions of others who are suffering need-
lessly because they either do not know
about hydrogen peroxide or they have
been misinformed about its use.
~ Afterword ~
The above copyrighted article has been
reprinted with permission from Mountain
House Publishing, P.O. Box 829, Ingram,
TX 78025. It appeared in a recent issue of
the health newsletter, ALTERNATIVES
($39.00/yr. 12 issues). Subscription
information and/or a sample issue can be
obtained by writing to the above address.
Source: Family Health News
Related:
Alternatives in Cancer Therapy - Hydrogen Peroxide
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenper-
oxidecancertherapybookexcerpt.shtml
Hydrogen Peroxide v. Prostate Cancer by Bill Munro
(Oct. 14, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenper-
oxideandprostatecancer14oct05.shtml
Hydrogen Peroxide Nasal Sprayer & Garden Ap-
plications by Bill Munro (Feb. 7, 2005)
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenper-
oxide07feb05.shtml
Hydrogen Peroxide by Walter Grotz
http://educate-yourself.org/cn/hydrogenper-
oxidewaltergrotz20nov04.shtm
Oxygen Therapies (Pt 2)
THE AMAZING
MIRACLE OF
OZONE
by Dennis Richard (www.drhealth.com)
The evidence and reports, both scientific
and anecdotal, concerning ozone therapy
are almost too good to be true. Perhaps
you haven’t even heard of this truly
miraculous, yet entirely natural, form of
“medicine”. That’s because until now
medical authorities have been painfully
slow in their investigation of the beneficial
uses of ozone. However, the sixth World
Ozone Conference held in Washington,
D.C., during May, 1983, produced many
outstanding papers on the medical and
therapeutic uses of ozone. They ran the
full spectrum of topics from cancer to
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
herpes to rheumatoid arthritis, written by
the world’s most recognised specialists in
their fields. These papers concluded that:
1. Ozone removes unwanted bacteria and
viruses from the blood, the same way it
does with water.
2. The possibility of becoming infected
with hepatitis, HIV virus, syphilis or other
infectious diseases through blood transfu-
sions could be eliminated by the use of
ozone.
3. Ozone disinfects open wounds.
4. Ozone is effective in cardiovascular
and cerebrovascular disease and arterio-
sclerosis. It promptly restores circulation,
relieves angina pain and improves brain
circulation and function.
5. Cancerous tumors, lymphomas and leu-
kaemia may be eliminated without the use
of surgery, radiation or chemo-therapy.
6. Ozone is highly effective for all forms
of rheumatoid and arthritic disease.
7. Ozone is very effective for allergies.
8. Ozone improves multiple sclerosis, and
other neurological diseases, ameliorates
the loss of brain function in Alzheimer’s,
senility and Parkinson’s disease.
9. External use of ozone is very effective
in treating burns, acne, ulcers, open sores
and wounds, fungus and skin disorders.
10. Ozone, is effective for proctitis,
colitis, fissure, candidiasis and other yeast
infections, trichomoniasis, other forms
of vaginitis, bladder cysts, fistulas, and
Crohns disease.
11. Mononucleosis, cirrhosis of the liver,
AIDS, herpes and hepatitis have been suc-
cessfully treated with ozone, without the
use of any drug.
12. The application of ozone is painless,
has no adverse side effects and is ex-
tremely cost effective for both physicians
and patients.
13. Gangrene has been eliminated by
sealing an affected extremity in a bag and
pumping ozone into it, thus allowing the
ozone to be absorbed through the skin.
Healing takes place very quickly, and the
flesh often turns from black to pink during
the first treatment.
14. As of 1985, more then 15 countries
have allowed the use of ozone therapy,
and more then 6,000 medical ozone gen-
erators have been sold in Europe alone.
“Even for cancer, there is only one prime
cause. Summarized in a few words, the
prime cause of cancer is the replacement
of the respiration of oxygen on normal
body cells by a fermentation of sugar.”
- Dr. Otto Warburg, the recipient of the
Nobel Prize in Medicine, in 1931 and
again in 1944
91
 overuse (Argyria).
Historic It is widely thought that during the Middle
Perspectives on Ages, silver utensils and goblets contribut-
ed a bluish hue to the skin tone of the up-
Clinical Use and per class, resulting in the term “royal blue
bloods.” Plausibly the term “born with
Efficacy of Silver a silver spoon in his mouth” was coined
during that time for the same reason, as an
attribute for describing the good fortune
ERIC J. RENTZ, D.O.
of health more than having wealth. These
http://www.lifesilver.com/history.htm
blue bloods were noted to have obtained
a measure of protection from the rampant
Prior Civilisations plagues common to Europe in those centu-
ries. The use of silver to provide bacteria-
For thousands of years, silver has been free tableware, pacifiers and storage ves-
highly regarded as a versatile healing tool. sels has been practiced throughout history.
In ancient Greece, Rome, Phoenicia and Today it is known that metallic silver will
Macedonia, silver was used extensively dissolve in water at a level which is toxic
to control infections and spoilage. Hip- to Escherichia coli and Bacillus typhosus.
pocrates, the “Father of Medicine,” taught
that silver healed wounds and controlled Pioneers of the American West would
disease. often put a silver dollar into a jar or con-
tainer of milk to help keep it fresh without
Around 400 B.C., he listed as a singular refrigeration. They would also drop
treatment for ulcers “the flowers of silver silver and copper coins in their barrels of
alone, in the finest drinking water to
powder.” Herodotus combat bacteria
describes how the and algae. During
King of Persia car- the wars with Na-
ried with him boiled poleon, the armies
water in silver of Tsar Alexander
flagons to prevent used water casks
sickness. In 69 B.C., lined with silver
silver nitrate was to clean drinking
described in the water from rivers
contemporary Ro- and streams. This
man pharmacopoeia. practice by the
Pliny the Elder, in Imperial Russian
his survey of the army was common
world’s knowledge, through World War
Natural History I and continued to
(78 A.D.), states be incorporated by
in Book XXXIII, some units in the
Section XXXV, that Soviet Army during
the slag of silver “... World War II.
has healing proper-
ties as an ingredient Raulin recorded
in plasters, being the first clinical
extremely effective description of the
in causing wounds to close up...” water-cleansing effect by silver in 1869.
He observed that Aspergillus niger could
The popularity of medicinal silver espe- not grow in silver vessels.
cially arose from 702 A.D. through 980
A.D. throughout the Middle East where In 1861, Thomas Graham found that
it was widely used and esteemed for certain solutions would pass through a
blood purification, heart conditions, and membrane and others would not. He found
controlling halitosis. Paracelsus (circa a stable, intermediate state of matter and
1520) extensively incorporated silver was able to describe it. Graham discov-
medicinally, and later Caradanus, Pareus ered that substances could enter a solution
and Sala also used it. Angelus Sala used in such a manner that they would exhibit
silver nitrate to successfully treat chorea, characteristics quite different from those
tabes dorsalis (syphilis), and “doubtably of a true solution. He applied the term
epilepsy”. These crude forms of silver “colloidal” (from kolla = glue) to this
were reported by Sala to rarely cause the intermediate state, since glue, gelatin, and
bluish hue of skin discoloration due to its related substances were the most obvious
92 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
to him as being in this unique state.
The Swiss botanist von Nageli recorded
one of the amazing discoveries of the 19th
century in 1869. Von Nageli coined the
term “oligodynamic” to describe the mi-
crobiocidal properties of a metal hydrosol
(e.g. copper, silver and tin) at minute con-
centrations. Silver is unique in its action
against micro-organisms.
Recent studies confirm that silver ions are
active against bacteria at concentrations as
low as one part per billion in pure water.
Silver ions react rapidly with the walls of
prokaryotic cells typical of micro-organ-
isms, whereas the membranes of eukary-
otic cells of mammals strongly resist any
effect by silver.
In 1884, the German obstetrician C.S.F.
Crede, observed that there was a 79% rela-
tionship between blind children and ma-
ternal venereal disease. He subsequently
introduced a prophylactic l% silver nitrate
eye solution for newborns for the preven-
tion of ophthalmia neonatorum. Following
its introduction, the incidence of eye dis-
ease in newborns dropped to about 0.2%.
His treatment was a milestone in clinical
prophylaxis and became a government
regulation throughout most of the world.
By 1897, silver nitrate began to be used in
America to prevent blindness in newborns
and is still used today. By 1910, Henry
Crookes had documented that certain met-
als, when in a colloidal state, had strong
germicidal action, but were harmless to
human beings. The oligodynamic concept
motivated the development of many anti-
microbial processes and products.
One of the water purification develop-
ments that took place in 1928 was the
development of Katadyn silver, described
as a porous metallic, spongy mesh that
attempts to maximise surface area. This
silver meshwork also contains a small
quantity of gold or palladium. Katadyn sil-
ver has been used inside flasks and storage
containers and with water filters.
Both the US and Russian space shuttle
vehicles use electrified silver and copper
water filtration systems.
Many urologic implements were made
of silver and commonly used during the
period of 1930 to 1960. This author has
a Keyes-Ultzman silver urethral canula
designed to reach the prostatic urethra.
The advent of inexpensive stainless steel
and improved sterilization methods greatly
diminished the clinical market for silver
implements.
During World War II, Charles L. Fox, a
surgeon, observed that many soldiers died
of uncontrolled bacterial infection in open
wounds. He had long used silver nitrate
as part of his medical practice, but it was
far too aggressive with protein structures
– limiting its clinical uses. His research at
the Department of Surgery and Microbiol-
ogy, College of Physicians and Surgeons,
Columbia University, New York, led to
the discovery of silver sulfadiazine. This
combination provided controlled release
of silver ions in a wound along with an
active antibiotic drug. Silver sulfadiazine
provided a steady, long-term delivery of
silver ions onto or into a wound.
This combination remains a medical
milestone in the treatment of burn wounds
and is the standard against which all other
burn wound treatments are measured. It is
a dual antagonist: silver has the primary
activity against pathogens but should an
organism be sensitive to sulfonamids,
the sulfadiazine component will also
be active. This dual function has been
extensively studied to show effectiveness
against a wide range of bacteria, fungi,
extracellular viruses and protozoa.
During the last century, advances in
pharmacological manufacturing methods
sought to harness this time-valued strategy
expressed in nearly all silver formula-
tions. Yet early manufacturing methods
rarely created high quality, homogeneous
oligodynamic silver. Nevertheless, more
than 96 different silver medicinals (many
used intravenously) were in use prior to
1939, as documented by the Council on
Pharmacy and Chemistry of the American
Medical Association.
The introduction of Argyrol, a silver-pro-
tein compound that provided silver ions
for minor illnesses, was one of the most
successful silver-based preparations. Argy-
rol was widely marketed until the advent
of the miracle drugs during the 1950s.
Also during the 1950s, Czech research-
ers developed a gennicidal silver product
called “Movidyn”. It was initially popular
because it was much less expensive than
chlorine-based disinfectants. Studies of
contaminated wells found that Movidyn
completely eliminated anaerobic bac-
teria such as Vibrio cholerae, which
causes cholera, and aerobic bacteria such
as Escherichia coli, a potential enteric
pathogen and the most common organism
associated with “traveler’s diarrhoea”, and
the Rickettsial pathogens associated with
typhus, and protozoa such as Entamoeba
histolytica associated with amoebiasis.
Apparently the Soviet military had the
Czech manufacturing facility disassem-
bled and shipped to Russia.
Charles E. Renn at the Department of
Sanitary Engineering and Water Resourc-
es, Johns Hopkins University, conducted
studies in the 1950s that revealed drink-
ing water could be disinfected if very
fine silver particles were deposited in an
activated carbon. The resulting filter acted
as a mild galvanic couple or battery that
caused silver to dissolve. Silver concen-
trations varied 25 to 40 parts per billion.
The activated carbon absorbed undesirable
organic compounds including cancer-in-
ducing trihalomethanes that can be gener-
ated in the presence of chlorine. Silver
impregnated activated carbon is a major
component of the $4,000,000,000.00 US
water purification market.
Research conducted at the Department of
Microbiology and Immunology, Univer-
sity of Arizona proved that silver and
copper ions effectively eliminate Legio-
nella in drinking water pipelines. Silver
and copper ions penetrate biofilms that
build up in hospital plumbing, destroying
entrenched Legionella and other pathogen-
ic organisms. The stability of silver and
copper ions provides long-term margins of
safety. In addition, these ions drift into and
sanitise the less-used portions of the water
supply system. Over 100 hospitals in the
US, Canada, and U.K. have silver-copper
ionisation systems to eradicate Legionella
pneumophilia from hot and cold water
recirculation pipelines.
Studies conducted over decades at the
College of Physicians and Surgeons,
Columbia University, revealed that the
minimum bactericidal concentration of
silver required for biocidal activity against
bacteria in pure water was 0.5 and 0.1
um/ml or 0.1 ppb.
A project begun in the early 1970s by
Robert Becker, an orthopedic surgeon, in-
volved a silver nylon product. This project
was instigated in order to find an electro-
magnetic shield. Instead, it led to the revo-
lutionary discoveries by Becker of silver’s
unique properties to increase the rate of
tissue regeneration in diseased or damaged
tissues and his discovery that silver ions
could induce fibrocytes to dedifferentiate
into stem cells and back again. Becker
also addressed the fact that children under
4 years of age could regenerate fingertips
with silver. His extensive studies suggest
that the regeneration effect initiated by
silver appears to be similar to that seen in
salamanders, which regenerate lost parts.
While at the Upstate Medical Center,
University of Syracuse, Syracuse, New
York, Becker developed a technique that
released large quantities of silver ions
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
from silver electrodes via small elec-
tric currents of approximately 0.9 volts.
Electrically driven silver ions were found
to consistently penetrate one centimetre
within 20 minutes into local proteins at a
wound site and were effective in treating
osteomyelitis, similar infectious diseases,
and the silver proved to be a stimulus for
reconstruction of tissue in large wounds.
Decades of practical application revealed
that this technique was effective against
both gram-negative and gram-positive
bacteria. No bacteria proved resistant to
the silver ions or developed a resistance to
silver after treatment. Toxic effects to this
process were negligible. During electri-
cally driven silver ion treatment, a profuse
exudate composed of large numbers
of cells formed at the wound site. This
exudate was accompanied by a dramatic
increase in the rate of wound healing.
No other known technique is capable of
producing this effect.
One of Becker’s research associates, A.
Bart Flick, continued work in this area for
professional and commercial applications.
As a result, Flick has filed patents in 1994,
1996 and 2000 for silver-based wound
dressings that are far superior to anything
that has ever been available before. He has
also obtained approval for these wound-
dressing products from the US Food and
Drug Administration.
Because of the success of these silver
dressings, many other medical product
manufacturers have filed for their own
parallel products. Silver products include
many variations of bandages, intratracheal
tubes and catheters.
A 12 month randomised, multicenter
trial study of uncoated and silver-coated
urinary catheters was conducted in wards
at the University of Medicine, Baltimore,
the University of Virginia Health System,
Charlottesville and the University of
Pittsburgh Hospital, Pittsburgh. This trial
revealed that the risk of infection declined
by 32% among patients in whom silver
coated catheters were used. The silver sub-
set of patients also had a decreased length
of hospital stay and a decrease in morbid-
ity. The estimated savings in hospital cost
was nearly $500,000.
In the early 1970s treatment of severe
burn cases using silver topical salves, such
as silver sulfadiazine, provided superior
control and prophylaxis. Today, multiple
drug resistant (MDR) microbes are chal-
lenging this formulation’s effectiveness,
but this review shall discuss how state-of-
the-art silver protocols and formulations
93
offer superior protection against microbial
strategies for acquiring resistance.
Absolute microbial resistance to medicinal
silver has not been scientifically estab-
lished. Several studies have indicated that
some bacterial species have physiological
mechanisms that circumnavigate silver’s
toxicity. Although it is clear that some
pathogens have mechanisms to survive
exposure to certain forms of silver, these
mechanisms are limited when compared
to higher life forms. Herein lie all the
clues necessary to identify strategic silver
therapeusis that pathogens are unlikely to
survive.
It is probable that pathogens lack suffi-
cient defence mechanisms to circumvent
the toxic effects of silver ions when oligo-
dynamic silver is delivered in sufficient,
physiologically compatible quantities. In
fact, the “apparent” resistance of microbes
to silver was mistakenly noted by many
who failed to notice and identify: (a)
insufficient oligodynamic silver particle
concentrations, (b) ineffective percentages
of charged particles, (c) inadequate proto-
cols or (d) improper procedures. Reports
that multiple-drug-resistant (MDR) patho-
gens (i.e., MRSA ( and Acinetobacter
spp.) were truly resistant to silver proved
to be erroneous.
Grier stated, “Some so-called silver-re-
sistant micro-organisms may result from
an apparent neutralization of the metal’s
inhibitory action or other assay artifacts.
These include the presence of chelators
such as serial amino acids, constituents of
hard water, different buffers, light, incuba-
tion temperature, and particularly, soluble
components of trypticase soy agar (TSA)
and tryptose glucose extract agar (TGE).
Currently, bacterial pathogens are unable
to cope with sustained exposure to a silver
hydrosol.”
With the advent of antibiotic therapy,
medicinal silver products fell largely into
disuse (circa 1940 -1945), with the notable
exceptions of topical silver salves and
neonatal eye drop preparations. These
salves advanced the science of “silver
salt-derived” delivery and effectiveness
in the mid 1960s. Then, during the mid
1970s, several papers were published that
utilised electrically activated silver probes
as delivery systems for targeted oligody-
namic. More information is available from
the US FDA on Silverlon or the company
that manufactures this dressing product.
The interest in such strategies continues to
grow to the present, with high efficacy be-
ing obtained for viral vectors such as HIV
and resistant bone and dental infection.
94 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
Sufficient defence capacity to mitigate
morbidity clearly exists in higher organ-
isms, including humans (with the excep-
tion of medically benign Argyria). Zhao
and Stevens state that, “With the rise of
antibiotic-resistant bacteria, silver is re-
emerging as a modern medicine because
all pathogenic organisms have failed to
develop an immunity to it (Ag+).”
Silver is being used in the US as a broad-
spectrum antiseptic in several commercial
arenas. For example, silver dihydrogen
citrate, Axenohl is an electrolytically
generated compound that works well with
other compounds used as hard surface dis-
infectants for food contact surfaces, clini-
cal work surfaces, medical disinfectant
wipes, and water treatment systems. The
black polyvalent silver oxide [Ag404] is
a compound unit with two single-charged
and two triple-charged silver atoms. It is
a microcidal compound effective against
bacteria, yeast and mould. It is a safe,
EPA approved antiseptic oxide compound.
Tetrasil is an example of this oxide used
in a bactericidal topical ointment. It is also
the best choice of relatively inexpensive
silver currently available for sanitising
acrylic hot tubs.
Research initiated in the 1990s by the Chi-
nese government through the Department
of Materials Science and Engineering,
Tsinghua University, Beijing, studied the
reaction between bacteria and silver ions.
Their goal was to develop an effective
antiseptic that would sanitise almost any
surface. They developed a silver/zircon
phosphate complex that proved to be an
excellent disinfectant with stable, long-
term sterilisation effects. This silver com-
plex also maintained perfect safety with
no toxicity to humans. The Science and
Technology Ministry of China certified
the new antimicrobial as a “National Key
New Product”. It is marketed as Concal
PAg-40 (TM).
In Vitro Studies
The medical literature of the early 20th
century regarding silver provides an
important cautionary lesson from the past.
Previous scientists, who were either sup-
porters or detractors of silver medicinals,
typically expressed equivocal knowledge
and misapplied context because they
failed to recognize silver speciation. This
fault undermined their definitive knowl-
edge about silver. Correct and in-context
discernment of silver’s therapeutic thresh-
old remains elusive to most investigators
even today. This “box” perception about
silver will continue to lose its limitations
as technology continues to prove itself
outside of that box in the coming decades.
Clinical reports on silver medicinals began
to flood into the various medical journals
worldwide at the start of the last century.
Initially, the Journal of the American
Medical Association took a negative posi-
tion. But within 11 years, a true revolution
in medical practice with silver medicinals
occurred that did not subside until the US
government’s purchase of the patent rights
to penicillin (circa 1940). Throughout
this period, 1920 through 1942, JAMA
articles were replete with oral (per os) and
intravenous clinical reports of the efficacy
and side effects of silver medicinals. In
tandem with research in America, Great
Britain published prominently in such
respected journals as The Lancet and the
British Medical Journal.
» www.oligodynamic.com/history.html
 cal maturation in boys. [5]

The Trouble With Tofu: A study reported in the British

medical journal Lancet found
that the “daily exposure of

Soy and the Brain infants to isoflavones in soy

infant-formulas is 6-11 fold
higher on a bodyweight basis
than the dose that has hormonal
effects in adults consuming
soy foods.” (A dose, equiva-
By John D. MacArthur malian hormones involved in reproduction and
growth – a strategy to reduce the number and lent to two glasses of soy milk per day, that
size of predators. was enough to change menstrual patterns in
“Tofu Shrinks Brain!” Not a science fiction
women. [6]) In the blood of infants tested, con-
scenario, this sobering soybean revelation is for
Toxicologists Concerned About Soy’s Health centrations of isoflavones were 13000-22000
real. But how did the “poster bean” of the ‘90s
Risks times higher than natural estrogen concentra-
go wrong? Apparently, in many ways – none of
tions in early life. [7]
which bode well for the brain.
The soy industry says that White’s study only
shows an association between tofu consump- Soy Interferes with Enzymes
In a major ongoing study involving 3,734
elderly Japanese-American men, those who tion and brain aging, but does not prove cause
and effect. On the other hand, soy experts at While soybeans are relatively high in protein
ate the most tofu during midlife had up to 2.4
the National Center for Toxicological Re- compared to other legumes, Enig says they are
times the risk of later developing Alzheimer’s
search, Daniel Sheehan, Ph.D., and Daniel a poor source of protein because other proteins
disease. As part of the three-decade long Ho-
Doerge, Ph.D., consider this tofu study very found in soybeans act as potent enzyme inhibi-
nolulu-Asia Aging Study, 27 foods and drinks
important. “It is one of the more robust, well- tors. These “anti-nutrients” block the action of
were correlated with participants’ health. Men
designed prospective epidemiological studies trypsin and other enzymes needed for protein
who consumed tofu at least twice weekly had
generally available. . . We rarely have such digestion. Trypsin inhibitors are large, tightly
more cognitive impairment, compared with
power in human studies, as well as a potential folded proteins that are not completely deacti-
those who rarely or never ate the soybean curd.
mechanism.” vated during ordinary cooking and can reduce
[1,2]
protein digestion. Therefore, soy consumption
In a 1999 letter to the FDA (and on the ABC may lead to chronic deficiencies in amino acid
“The test results were about equivalent to what
News program 20/20), the two toxicologists uptake. [8]
they would have been if they were five years
older,” said lead researcher Dr. Lon R. White expressed their opposition to the agency’s
health claims for soy, saying the Honolulu Soy’s ability to interfere with enzymes and
from the Hawaii Center for Health Research.
study “provides evidence that soy (tofu) phy- amino acids may have direct consequence for
For the guys who ate no tofu, however, they
toestrogens cause vascular dementia. Given the brain. As White and his colleagues suggest,
tested as though they were five years younger.
that estrogens are important for maintenance of “isoflavones in tofu and other soyfoods might
brain function in women; that the male brain exert their influence through interference
What’s more, higher midlife tofu consumption
contains aromatase, the enzyme that converts with tyrosine kinase-dependent mechanisms
was also associated with low brain weight.
testosterone to estradiol; and that isoflavones required for optimal hippocampal function,
Brain atrophy was assessed in 574 men using
inhibit this enzymatic activity, there is a structure and plasticity.” [2]
MRI results and in 290 men using autopsy
information. Shrinkage occurs naturally with mechanistic basis for the human findings.” [3]
High amounts of protein tyrosine kinases are
age, but for the men who had consumed more
Although estrogen’s role in the central nervous found in the hippocampus, a brain region in-
tofu, White said “their brains seemed to be
system is not well understood, White notes that volved with learning and memory. One of soy’s
showing an exaggeration of the usual patterns
“a growing body of information suggests that primary isoflavones, genistein, has been shown
we see in aging.”
estrogens may be needed for optimal repair and to inhibit tyrosine kinase in the hippocampus,
replacement of neural structures eroded with where it blocked “long-term potentiation,” a
Phytoestrogens – Soy Self Defense
aging.” mechanism of memory formation. [9]
Tofu and other soybean foods contain iso-
One link to the puzzle may involve calcium- Tyrosine, Dopamine, and Parkinson’s Disease
flavones, three-ringed molecules bearing a
structural resemblance to mammalian steroidal binding proteins, which are associated with
protection against neurodegenerative diseases. The brain uses the amino acids tyrosine or
hormones. White and his fellow researchers
In recent animal studies at Brigham Young phenylalanine to synthesize the key neurotrans-
speculate that soy’s estrogen-like compounds
University’s Neuroscience Center, research- mitters dopamine and norepinephrine, brain
(phytoestrogens) might compete with the
ers found that consumption of phytoestrogens chemicals that promote alertness and activity.
body’s natural estrogens for estrogen receptors
via a soy diet for a relatively short interval can Dopamine is crucial to fine muscle coordi-
in brain cells.
significantly elevate phytoestrogens levels in nation. People whose hands tremble from
the brain and decrease brain calcium-binding Parkinson’s disease have a diminished ability
Plants have evolved many different strategies
proteins. [4] to synthesize dopamine. An increased inci-
to protect themselves from predators. Some
dence of depression and other mood disorders
have thorns or spines, while others smell bad,
Concerns About Giving Soy to Infants are associated with low levels of dopamine
taste bad, or poison animals that eat them.
and norepinephrine. Also, the current scientific
Some plants took a different route, using birth
The most serious problem with soy may be its consensus on attention-deficit disorder points
control as a way to counter the critters who
use in infant formulas. “The amount of phy- to a dopamine imbalance.
were wont to munch.
toestrogens that are in a day’s worth of soy in-
fant formula equals 5 birth control pills,” says Soy has been shown to affect tyrosine
Plants such as soy are making oral contra-
Mary G. Enig, Ph.D., president of the Mary- hydroxylase activity in animals, causing the
ceptives to defend themselves, says Claude
land Nutritionists Association. She and other utilization rate of dopamine to be “profoundly
Hughes, Ph.D., a neuroendocrinologist at
nutrition experts believe that infant exposure to disturbed.” When soy lecithin supplements
Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. They evolved
high amounts of phytoestrogens is associated were given throughout perinatal development,
compounds that mimic natural estrogen. These
with early puberty in girls and retarded physi- they reduced activity in the cerebral cortex and
phytoestrogens can interfere with the mam-

UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07 95

“altered synaptic characteristics in a manner
consistent with disturbances in neural func-
tion.” [10]
Researchers at Sweden’s Karolinska Institute at
the National Institutes of Health and are finding
a connection between tyrosine hydroxylase ac-
tivity, thyroid hormone receptors, and depleted
dopamine levels in the brain – particularly in
the substantia nigra, a region associated with
the movement difficulties characteristic of
Parkinson’s disease. [11-13]
Soy Affects the Brain via the Thyroid Gland
Tyrosine is crucial to the brain in another way.
It’s needed for the body to make active thyroid
hormones, which are a major physiological
regulator of mammalian brain development.
By affecting the rate of cell differentiation and
gene expression, thyroid hormones regulate
the growth and migration of neurons, including
synaptic development and myelin formation
in specific brain regions. Low blood levels of
tyrosine are associated with an underactive
thyroid gland.
Scientists have known for years that isofla-
vones in soy products can depress thyroid
function, causing goiter (enlarged thyroid
gland) and autoimmune thyroid disease. In the
early 1960s, goiter and hypothyroidism were
reported in infants fed soybean diets. [14]
Scientists at the National Center for Toxico-
logical Research showed that the soy isofla-
vones genistein and daidzein “inhibit thyroid
peroxidase-catalyzed reactions essential to
thyroid hormone synthesis.” [15]
Japanese researchers studied effects on the
thyroid from soybeans administered to healthy
subjects. They reported that consumption of
as little as 30 grams (two tablespoons) of soy-
beans per day for only one month resulted in a
significant increase in thyroid stimulating hor-
mone (TSH), which is produced by the brain’s
pituitary gland when thyroid hormones are too
low. Their findings suggested that “excessive
soybean ingestion for a certain duration might
suppress thyroid function and cause goiters in
healthy people, especially elderly subjects.”
[16]
Thyroid Hormones and Fetal Brain Develop-
ment
Thyroid alterations are among the most fre-
quently encountered autoimmune conditions
in children. Researchers at Cornell University
Medical College showed that the “frequency
of feedings with soy-based milk formulas in
early life was significantly higher in children
with autoimmune thyroid disease.” [17] In a
previous study, they found that twice as many
diabetic children had received soy formula in
infancy as compared to non-diabetic children.
[18]
Recognizing the risk, Swiss healthi authorities
recommend “very restrictive use” of soy for
babies. In England and Australia, public health
agencies tell parents to first seek advice from a
96 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
doctor before giving their infants soy formula.
The New Zealand Ministry of Health recom-
mends that “Soy formula should only be used
under the direction of a health professional for
specific medical indications. . . Clinicians who
are treating children with a soy-based infant
formula for medical conditions should be
aware of the potential interaction between soy
infant formula and thyroid function.” [19]
Thyroid hormones exert their influence during
discrete windows of time. Inappropriate hor-
mone levels can have a devastating effect on
the developing human brain, especially during
the first 12 weeks of pregnancy when the fetus
depends on the mother’s thyroid hormones for
brain development. After that, both maternal
and fetal thyroid hormone levels affect the
central nervous system.
A 1999 study published in the New England
Journal of Medicine showed that pregnant
women with underactive thyroids were four
times more likely to have children with low
IQs if the disorder is left untreated. The study
found that 19% of the children born to mothers
with thyroid deficiency had IQ scores of 85 or
lower, compared with only 5% of those born to
mothers without such problems. [20]
Thyroid, Brain, and Environmental Toxins
Children exposed prenatally and during infancy
to common environmental toxins like dioxin
and polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) can suf-
fer behavioral, learning, and memory problems
because these chemicals may be disrupting the
normal action of thyroid hormone. [21]
Combinations of insecticides, weed killers, and
artificial fertilizers – even at low levels – have
measurable detrimental effects on thyroid and
other hormones as well as on the brain. [24]
EPA scientists now want to upgrade the com-
monly used herbicide, atrazine, to a “likely
carcinogen.” In animal tests, atrazine attaches
to sites on the hypothalamus, a crucial brain
region involved with regulating levels of stress
and sex hormones. [25]
Individuals newly diagnosed with Parkinson’s
disease were more than twice as likely to have
been exposed to insecticides in their home,
compared to those without the disease. [26]
Soy formulas for infants can contain other neu-
rotoxins: aluminum, cadmium, and fluoride.
Studies found that aluminium concentrations
in soy-based formulas were a 100-fold greater
compared to human breast milk, while cadmi-
um content was 8-15 times higher than in milk-
based formulas. In an Australian study, the
fluoride content of soy-based formulas ranged
from 1.08 to 2.86 parts per million. The au-
thors concluded that “prolonged consumption
(beyond 12 months of age) of infant formula
reconstituted with optimally-fluoridated water
could result in excessive amounts of fluoride
being ingested.” A study of Connecticut chil-
dren revealed that mild-to-moderate fluorosis
was strongly associated with soy-based infant
formula use. [27-30]
In May 2000, Boston Physicians for Social
Responsibility released their report, “The Toxic
Threats to Child Development.” In the section
on neurotoxins, they concluded: “Studies in
animals and human populations suggest that
fluoride exposure, at levels that are experienced
by a significant proportion of the population
whose drinking water is fluoridated, may have
adverse impacts on the developing brain.” [31]
Iodine vs. Fluorine
The thyroid gland uses tyrosine and the natural
element iodine to make thyroxine (T4), a
thyroid hormone containing four iodine atoms.
The other, much more biologically active
thyroid hormone is tri-iodothyronine (T3),
which has three iodine atoms. Lack of dietary
iodine has long been identified as the problem
in diminished thyroid hormone synthesis.
According to the International Council for
the Control of Iodine Deficiency Disorders:
“Iodine deficiency has been called the world’s
major cause of preventable mental retardation.
Its severity can vary from mild intellectual
blunting to frank cretinism, a condition that
includes gross mental retardation, deaf mutism,
short stature, and various other defects. . . The
damage to the developing brain results in indi-
viduals poorly equipped to fight disease, learn,
work effectively, or reproduce satisfactorily.”
This crucial role of iodine is another reason
why the thyroid gland is especially vulnerable
today. Canadian researcher Andreas Schuld has
documented more than 100 studies during the
last 70 years that demonstrate adverse effects
of fluoride on the thyroid gland. [32] Schuld
says, “Fluorine, being the strongest in the
group of halogens, will seriously interfere with
iodine and iodine synthesis, forcing more uri-
nary elimination of ingested iodine as fluoride
ingestion or absorption increases.”
Fluorides were actually used in the past,
specifically to reduce thyroid function. In the
1930s through to the 1960s fluorides at 0.9mg
to 4.5mg/day were given as effective anti-thy-
roid medication to hyperthyroid patients.” [33]
Russian researchers in the 1980s concluded
that prolonged consumption of drinking water
with a raised fluorine content was a risk factor
of more rapid development of thyroid pathol-
ogy. [34]
A major source of fluoride exposure in the
United States is fluoridated drinking water
– including foods and drinks manufactured and
processed with this treated water. (Only about
5% of the world’s population is fluoridated,
and more than half live in North America. 99%
of western continental Europe has rejected,
banned, or stopped the addition of fluoride
compounds to their drinking water. [35]) Also,
approximately 45 million pounds of hydrogen
fluoride are released from U.S. coal-fired plants
every year into the environment.
Soy Phytates Inhibit Zinc Absorption
Another way that soybeans may affect brain
function is because of their phytic acid content.
Phytic acid is an organic acid present in the
outer portion of all seeds. Also known as phy-
tates, they block the uptake of essential miner-
als in the intestinal tract: calcium, magnesium,
iron, and especially zinc. According to research
cited by the Weston A. Price Foundation, soy-
beans have very high levels of a form of phytic
acid that is particularly difficult to neutralize
– and which interferes with zinc absorption
more completely than with other minerals.
The soy industry acknowledges the problem,
noting that “one-half cup of cooked soybeans
contains one mg of zinc. However, zinc is
poorly absorbed from soyfoods.” As for iron,
“both phytate and soy protein reduce iron
absorption so that the iron in soyfoods is gener-
ally poorly absorbed.” [36]
Nutritionist Sally Fallon, author of Nourish-
ing Traditions: The Cookbook that Challenges
Politically Correct Nutrition and the Diet Dic-
tocrats, says that as early as 1967, researchers
testing soy formula found that it caused nega-
tive zinc balance in every infant to whom it
was given. Even when the diets were addition-
ally supplemented with zinc, there was a strong
correlation between phytate content in formula
and poor growth. She warns that “a reduced
rate of growth is especially serious in the infant
as it causes a delay in the accumulation of
lipids in the myelin, and hence jeopardizes the
development of the brain and nervous system.”
Zinc and the Brain
Relatively high levels of zinc are found in the
brain, especially the hippocampus. Zinc plays
an important role in the transmission of the
nerve impulse between brain cells. Deficiency
of zinc during pregnancy and lactation has
been shown to be related to many congenital
abnormalities of the nervous system in off-
spring. In children, “insufficient levels of zinc
have been associated with lowered learning
ability, apathy, lethargy, and mental retarda-
tion.” [37]
The USDA references a study of 372 Chinese
school children with very low levels of zinc in
their bodies. The children who received zinc
supplements had the most improved perfor-
mance – especially in perception, memory,
reasoning, and psychomotor skills such as eye-
hand coordination. Three earlier studies with
adults also showed that changes in zinc intake
affected cognitive function. [38]
New research has identified a specific con-
tingent of neurons, called “zinc-containing”
neurons, which are found almost exclusively
in the forebrain, where in mammals they have
evolved into a “complex and elaborate associa-
tional network that interconnects most of the
cerebral cortices and limbic structures.” This
suggests the importance of zinc in the normal
and pathological processes of the cerebral cor-
tex. [39] Furthermore, age-related tissue zinc
deficiency may contribute to brain cell death in
Alzheimer’s dementia. [40]
Safe Soy
To produce soy milk, the beans are first soaked
in an alkaline solution, then heated to about
115 degrees C in order to remove as much of
the trypsin inhibitors as possible. Fallon says
this method destroys most, but not all of the
anti-nutrients, however it has the “unhappy
side effect of so denaturing the proteins that
they become very difficult to digest and much
reduced in effectiveness.” Furthermore, phy-
tates remain in soy milk to block the uptake of
essential minerals.
Only a long period of fermentation will signifi-
cantly reduce the phytate content of soybeans,
as well as the trypsin inhibitors that interfere
with enzymes and amino acids. Therefore, fer-
mented soy products such as tempeh and miso
(not tofu) provide nourishment that is easily
assimilated.
References
www.soyonlineservice.co.nz
www.westonaprice.org
1. White LR, Petrovich H, Ross GW, Masaki KH, Associa-
tion of mid-life consumption of tofu with late life cognitive
impairment and dementia: the Honolulu-Asia Aging Study.
Fifth International Conference on Alzheimer’s Disease,
#487, 27 July 1996, Osaka, Japan.
2. White LR, Petrovitch H, Ross GW, Masaki KH, Hardman
J, Nelson J, Davis D, Markesbery W, Brain aging and midlife
tofu consumption. J Am Coll Nutr 2000 Apr;19(2):242-55.
3. Doerge and Sheehan, Letter to the FDA, Feb 18, 1999.
4. Lephart ED, Thompson JM, Setchell KD, Adlercreutz H,
Weber KS, Phytoestrogens decrease brain calcium-binding
proteins... Brain Res 2000 Mar 17;859(1):123-31.
5. Soy Infant Formula Could Be Harmful to Infants: Groups
Want it Pulled. Nutrition Week, Dec 10, 1999;29(46):1-2.
6. Cassidy A, Bingham S, Setchell KD, Biological effects
of a diet of soy protein rich in isoflavones on the menstrual
cycle of premenopausal women. Am J Clin Nutr 1994
Sep;60(3):333-40.
7. Setchell KD, Zimmer-Nechemias L, Cai J, Heubi JE, Ex-
posure of infants to phyto-oestrogens from soy-based infant
formula. Lancet 1997 Jul 5;350(9070):23-27.
8. Enig MG, Fallon SA, Tragedy and Hype, The Third
International Soy Symposium. Nexus Magazine Vol 7, No 3,
April-May 2000.
9. O’Dell TJ, Kandel ER, Grant SG, Long-term potentiation
in the hippocampus is blocked by tyrosine kinase inhibitors.
Nature 1991 Oct 10 353:6344 558-60.
10. Bell JM, Whitmore WL, Cowdery T, Slotkin TA,
Perinatal dietary supplementation with a soy lecithin
preparation: effects on development of central catechol-
aminergic neurotransmitter systems. Brain Res Bull 1986
Aug;17(2):189-95.
11. Zetterstrom RH, Williams R, Perlmann T, Olson L, Cel-
lular expression of the immediate early transcription factors
Nurr1 and NGFI-B suggests a gene regulatory role in several
brain regions including the nigrostriatal dopamine system.
Brain Res Mol Brain Res 1996 Sep 5;41(1-2):111-20.
12. Castillo SO, Baffi JS, Palkovits M, Goldstein DS, Kopin
IJ, Witta J, Magnuson MA, Nikodem VM, Dopamine bio-
synthesis is selectively abolished in substantia nigra... Mol
Cell Neurosci 1998 May;11(1-2):36-46.
13. Baffi JS, Palkovits M, Castillo SO, Mezey E, Nikodem
VM, Differential expression of tyrosine hydroxylase in
catecholaminergic neurons of neonatal wild-type and Nurr1-
deficient mice. Neuroscience 1999;93(2):631-42.
14. Shepard TH, Soybean goiter. New Eng J Med
1960;262:1099-1103.
15. Divi RL, Chang HC, Doerge DR, Anti-thyroid iso-
UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
flavones from soybean: isolation, characterization, and
mechanisms of action.Biochem Pharmacol 1997 Nov
15;54(10):1087-96.
16. Ishizuki Y, Hirooka Y, Murata Y, Togashi K,The effects
on the thyroid gland of soybeans administered experimen-
tally in healthy subjects. Nippon Naibunpi Gakkai Zasshi
1991 May 20;67(5):622-29.
17. Fort P, Moses N, Fasano M, Goldberg T, Lifshitz F,
Breast and soy-formula feedings in early infancy and the
prevalence of autoimmune thyroid disease in children. J Am
Coll Nutr 1990 Apr;9(2):164-67.
18. Fort P, Lanes R, Dahlem S, Recker B, Weyman-Daum
M, Pugliese M, Lifshitz FJ, Breast feeding and insulin-
dependent diabetes mellitus in children. Am Coll Nutr
1986;5(5):439-41.
19. Regulatory Guidance in Other Countries: New Zealand
Ministry of Health Position Statement on Soy Formulas
(Adobe Acrobat file).
20. Haddow JE, Palomaki GE, Allan WC, Williams JR,
Knight GJ, Gagnon J, O’Heir CE, Mitchell ML, Hermos
RJ, Waisbren SE, Faix JD, Klein RZ, Maternal thyroid
deficiency during pregnancy and subsequent neuropsycho-
logical development of the child. N Engl J Med 1999 Aug
19;341(8):549-55.
21. Hauser P, McMillin JM, Bhatara VS, Resistance to thy-
roid hormone: implications for neurodevelopmental research
on the effects of thyroid hormone disruptors. Toxicol Ind
Health 1998 Jan-Apr;14(1-2):85-101.
24. Porter WP, Jaeger JW, Carlson IH, Endocrine, immune
and behavioral effects of aldicarb (carbamate), atrazine
(triazine) and nitrate (fertilizer) mixtures at groundwater
concentrations. Toxicol Ind Health 1999 Jan-Mar;15(1-
2):133-50.
25. Watson, Traci, Common herbicide likely causes cancer.
USA Today, June 29, 2000.
26. Nelson L, American Academy of Neurology’s 52nd an-
nual meeting in San Diego, CA, April 29-May 6, 2000.
27. McGraw M, Bishop N, Jameson R, Robinson MJ,
O’Hara M, Hewitt CD, Day JP, Aluminium content of milk
formulae and intravenous fluids used in infants. Lancet 1986
Jan 18;1(8473):157.
28. Dabeka RW, McKenzie AD, Lead, cadmium, and fluo-
ride levels in market milk and infant formulas in Canada. J
Assoc Off Anal Chem 1987;70(4):754-57.
29. Silva M, Reynolds EC, Fluoride content of infant formu-
lae in Australia. Aust Dent J 1996 Feb;41(1):37-42.
30. Pendrys DG, Katz RV, Morse DE, Risk factors for
enamel fluorosis in a fluoridated population. Am J Epidemiol
1994 Sep 1;140(5):461-71.
31. Schettler T, Stein J, Reich F, Valenti M, In Harm’s Way:
Toxic Threats to Child Development. Greater Boston Physi-
cians for Social Responsibility, May 2000.
32. Studies Dealing with Fluoride and the Thyroid Gland.
See also: Fluoride Controversy in Townsend Letter for Doc-
tors and Patients.
33. Galetti PM, Joyet, G, Effect of fluorine on thyroidal
iodine metabolism in hyperthyroidism. J Clin Endocrinol
1958;18:1102-10.
34. Bachinskii PP, Gutsalenko OA, Naryzhniuk ND, Sidora
VD, Shliakhta AI, Action of the body fluorine of healthy
persons and thyroidopathy patients on the function of
hypophyseal-thyroid the system. Probl Endokrinol (Mosk)
1985 Nov-Dec;31(6):25-29.
35. Fluoridation Status of Some Countries, Fluoride: Pro-
tected Pollutant or Panacea?
36. Soy Nutritive Content, United Soybean Board.
37. Pfeiffer CC, Braverman ER, Zinc, the brain and behav-
ior. Biol Psychiatry 1982 Apr;17(4):513-32.
38. U.S. Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Research
Service, Food & Nutrition Research Briefs, July 1997.
39. Frederickson CJ, Suh SW, Silva D, Frederickson CJ,
Thompson RB, Importance of zinc in the central nervous
system: the zinc-containing neuron. J Nutr 2000 May;130(5S
Suppl):1471S-83S.
40. Ho LH, Ratnaike RN, Zalewski PD, Involvement of
intracellular labile zinc in suppression of DEVD-caspase
activity in human neuroblastoma cells. Biochem Biophys
Res Commun 2000 Feb 5;268(1):148-54.
Originally Appearing on Brain.com
97
 BILL GATES TO BUY MARS!
He’ll use his new version of
Windows ‘Microsoft Worm-
hole’ to get him there fast!
By JOHN CARTEROF
Financial Reporter
Redmond, Wash.
BILL GATES is the wealthiest man in the
history of planet Earth – if we discount the
massive collection of beads recently found
in the cave of Kromaguez, a prehistoric
man who lived in the North of Spain,
and also had a summer cave in the South
of France. One would think the founder
of Microsoft has no more mountains to
climb. That’s far from true, and those
mountains are not on this planet.
And now a company insider is telling
Weekly World News that Gates, the man
who revolutionised the world of comput-
ing with Windows, plans to move from
cyberspace to outer space. His target? Not
Earth but Mars, the fourth planet from
the sun. The reason? “Because it’s there,”
our source laughs. “He thinks it’s the next
logical step. The age of computers was
launched by the machines we created to
explore space. To come up with the next
generation of computers, Gates believes
we need to go back into space.”
“He also mentioned he wanted a new
vacation home, something with a whole
lot of privacy.” Mars would certainly give
him that. The latest data from the Red
Planet shows it to be cold and lifeless.
“It’s like Finnadigbodagattir on a Thurs-
day night,” laughed Einar Fredrikktsen,
who is arranging the sale. He is the Green-
land ambassador at the United Nations.
Not that the real estate purchase process
came easily. As an uninhabited world,
Mars fell under the jurisdiction of the
United Nations Institute of Technology
(UNIT). When the UN first decided to
sell the Red Planet as a fund-raiser for
peacekeeping efforts – ironic since Mars
was the Roman god of war – Helki Sant-
gar also made a bid to buy it. Though the
international home-furnishing store mogul
had the cash, his computer mysteriously
malfunctioned when he was submitting
98 UNCENSORED Issue 5 - October 06 - January 07
his final bid. He also didn’t have a way
of actually getting to Mars. Neither did
an anonymous third bidder who lives in
Springfield, Ohio.
“We are at least fairly assured that Gates
would have no difficulty commuting,” said
UNIT chairman Fredrikktsen. “The people
at Microsoft are apparently developing a
new version of Windows to make the trip
– something like ‘Microsoft Wormhole’.”
Microsoft Wormhole will essentially be a
matter-transporter, our source tells WWN.
There are rumours the traveller would
be digitally disassembled by a computer
or cell-phone attachment, sent through
Windows software and reconstituted at his
destination.
“Developers will allegedly debug the
program by going through the wormhole
themselves,” our insider explained. “So
far, the worst that’s happened is that an
engineer somehow acquired another ear.”
One feature in particular which our source
thinks could be “the next big thing” is the
compression utility
which provides an
instant five-pound
weight loss per trans-
port.
“We call it a super-
’fast’ program since it
keeps you from eating,” he chuckled. “It’s
better than exercise. Thanks to the passive
nature of the Internet, we have a huge and
‘spreading’ community of potential users,
if you get my drift.”
“I hope Wormhole works as well as the
Windows Millennium Edition,” whined
W. Smithers, who represented the bidder
from Springfield. “If not, we have hounds
that we’ll send to pull him out.”
The purchase also has political ramifica-
tions. Reporters who attended a recent
press conference with President Bush
asked him if he would ever consider visit-
ing Mr. Gates in his new home. According
to them, he said, “You bet. I’ve always
dreamed of vacationing closer to the sun.
And – it’s a red state, right?”
“Yes, sir,” they replied patiently.
“Sure. It’s the moon that’s blue,” they say
the President went on. “Well, the demo-
crats can have the moon,” he said, gestur-
ing toward his seat.
People who have bought homes know how
exhausting the process can be. We asked
our Microsoft source what Bill Gates
thinks it would be like to buy an entire
world.
“It would be rough, I can tell you that,
though not quite as difficult as drawing up
his prenup,” the source explained. “Plus
there’s two moons which would have to be
bought separately. If you stacked them up,
the documents alone would reach his new
planet from here.”
“It’s not simply a matter of buying land,”
he continued. “As Weekly World News has
reported on numerous occasions, alien
law is a real growth market. If microbes
or amoeba are discovered on Mars their
rights have to be preserved without reser-
vations. Or rather, with reservations,” he
said with a wink, alluding to accommoda-
tions made for Native Americans.
Microsoft has also allegedly hired
legal experts to draw up propri-
etary software licences for the Red
Planet. According to our man, “It
will work like region codes on
DVD players. If Wormhole users
pick up any viruses on Mars they won’t
infect Earth hardware and vice versa.”
When asked whether Gates plans to pick
up a few more astral bodies when he’s
firmly entrenched on Mars, our well-
informed source stated, “The sky’s the
limit. He’s got his eye on Pluto. Naturally,
I guess he wants to build a dog house
there.”
Published on: 25/10/2005
WEEKLY WORLD NEWS
– the world’s most “interesting” newspaper, as
featured in the movie Men In Black.
 Books and DVDs for people
who still think for themselves
BOOKS
• Suppressed Inventions & Other Discoveries • Nazi UFOs: The Evidence
By Jonathan Eisen
The classic work on the subject, (first published in NZ!) SUPPRESSED
INVENTIONS details the suppression of “free energy”
technologies, cures for cancer and other degenerative
diseases, suppressed archeology, NASA fabrications, UFOs ...
in fact more than 50 stories in all – and all documented fact.
($NZ 29.95)
• The Cancer Prevention Handbook
By Katherine Joyce Smith DHS
This is a manual you can’t afford to be without. While
orthodox medicine still purports not to know how people
get cancer, the facts speak otherwise. This book tells you all
about carcinogens you are exposed to every day and how you
can avoid them and then detoxify. ($NZ 24.95)
• The Asthma Breakthrough
By Henry Osiecki
Written by one of Australia’s leading nutritional biochemists,
this book identifies the triggers that set off asthmatic reac-
tions, and tells you how to identify them, and remove them
from your environment. In addition he tells you how to repair
and strengthen the body’s defences. It works! ($NZ 24.95)
• Fuel Savers that Really Work
Edited by Jonathan Eisen
This NZ resource book details the many ways that virtually
any car or truck can be made to achieve truly astounding fuel
savings. From water injection to fuel vaporisation, this book
shows you what the oil companies don’t want you to know.
($NZ 39.95)
• The GE $ellout
Edited by Jonathan Eisen
Now that the people of Switzerland have voted to introduce a 5 year moratorium
on GE it’s time to rethink not only the whole insanity of introducing genetically
modified organisms into New Zealand, but also to rethink the
whole idea of not giving the people the right to a vote on an
issue as important as this. This book is an important contribu-
tion to the understanding of the whole issue
($NZ 9.95)
• Solar Made Easy
by Simon Cope and Bob Riley
This is the first, and still the best, NZ book on every aspect
of solar energy for home heating and electrical generation
– cooking, too! Why pay the power company when you can
have FREE ELECTRICITY all year round? First published
by Auckland Institute of Technology Press. ($NZ 29.95)
• Super Foods
Edited by Katherine Joyce Smith
This is the “bible” of books on organic farming and gardening. First published
by Auckland Institute of Technology Press in 1994 in association The Soil and
Health Association SUPER FOODS is a “perennial” favourite. One of the most
useful books you can own for your your health!
($NZ 19.95)
DVDs
Now back in production after a 10 year absence, this is the
definitive work on the development of “electrogravitic”
(anti-gravity) disk craft built and flown by Nazi Germany in
the closing years of World War II. The DVD features origi-
nal blueprints, reports and photos of Nazi UFOs, together
with detailed analyses of each kind of the several craft actu-
ally built. ($NZ19.95)
• Best UFO Footage EVER
• The latest (and best) documentary on the spectacular
and growing Mexican UFO presence. Starting with a
huge number of sightings in 1991 when a UFO “parked”
over Mexico City during a full eclipse of the sun, Mexico
has been the scene for some of the best UFO sightings in
the world. This DVD contains some of the best and most
astonishing footage ever shot of UFOs, including superb
closeup footage of a UFO landing, another one mor-
phing (changing shape), UFOs invisible to the eye and yet
captured on infrared film, and a flotilla of UFOs (thousands
of them) travelling in formation. Jaime Maussan is one of the world’s leading
UFO investigators. Formerly with 60 Minutes, he is one of the few such people
actively working with the military to probe and publicise the issue of alien
visitation and what that means. ($NZ19.95)
FREE WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD
• The Cure for Insomnia (Humour)
Edited by Jonathan Eisen
OK, this is the funniest book of all time, really. Basically,
it’s a collection of the most boring “classics” of all time.
In fact it’s so boring that it’s the only book ever sold with
a performance money-back guarantee to put you to sleep
within 20 minutes or 20 pages, whichever comes first.
FREE!
Please send me the following items:
( ) Suppressed Inventions – $35.00
( ) Cancer Prevention Handbook – $25.00
( ) Asthma Breakthrough – $25.00 NOTE: All prices now
( ) Fuel Savers – $39.90 include p/h. (NZ orders
( ) GE Sellout – $9.00 ONLY.) Overseas orders,
( ) Solar Made Easy – $30.00 please add $NZ 15 per
( ) Super Foods – $20.00 book, $NZ 3 per DVD.
( ) Nazi UFOs – $20.00
( ) Jaime Maussan UFO DVD – $20.00
( ) The Cure for Insomnia–FREE (WITH ANY OTHER BOOK OR DVD)
Clip and mail with full payment to: The Full Court Press, PO Box 44-128, Auckland, NZ.
Sorry, no credit card orders. Books and DVDs sold with a MONEYBACK GUARANTEE.
TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED:$ ____________
Name .........................................................................................................
Address .....................................................................................................
City/Town .................................................COUNTRY..............................
Email ..............................................................................
 THE KNOWN UNKNOWNS,
AND THE UNKNOWN
UNKNOWNS
THE KNOWN
Behind theUNKNOWNS,
News Free Energy
AND THE UNKNOWN
� �

Future Science Alternative Health � �

UNKNOWNS
Cover-ups & Conspiracies
UFOs Ancient Mysteries
�

� �

� New & Supressed

� Behind the News Technology
� Free Energy

Future isScience
Nexus �Magazine � Alternative Health
an international publication with a
� Cover-ups
worldwide distribution. &Published
Conspiraciesbi-monthly since
1987, we also offer an extensive mail order service of
� UFOs � Ancient Mysteries
books, videos, audios,
New & on
CDs & �CDROMs Supressed Technology
relatedNexus
topics. Full range
Magazine is an international publication with a
worldwide
of back issues alsodistribution. Published bi-monthly since
1987, we also offer an extensive mail order service of
available.
books, videos, audios,
CDs & CDROMs on
AND NOW- Nexus related topics. Full range
of back issues also
Magazine presents our new book of the available.

most compelling mysteries

ANDofNOW-
all time.
Nexus
STRANGE TIMES isMagazine
a large-format presents
book of our new packed
240 pages book of the
with
info, photographs and most compelling
illustrations mysteries
perfect-bound of allglossy
in a thick time.
full-colourSTRANGE
cover. ATIMES
greatis gift idea! Notbook
a large-format in bookstores - orderwith
of 240 pages packed
direct frominfo,
Nexus Magazine.
photographs Price onlyperfect-bound
and illustrations $18.95 + $2.00 p&p.
in a thick glossy
full-colour cover. A great gift idea! Not in bookstores - order
direct from Nexus Magazine. Price only $18.95 + $2.00 p&p.
Post to: Nexus Magazine, R.D.2, KAEO, 0479. Ph: 09 405 1963 Fax: 09 405 1964
email:
Post to:nexusnz@xtra.co.nz
Nexus Magazine, R.D.2, KAEO,www.nexusmagazine.com
0479. Ph: 09 405 1963 Fax: 09 405 1964
email: nexusnz@xtra.co.nz www.nexusmagazine.com
❑ Please send me the latest Nexus Magazine Expiry date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
❑ Please send
@ $7.50 + $2.00 p&p me the latest Nexus Magazine Expiry date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
@ $7.50 + $2.00 p&p Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
❑ Please send me ____ copies
❑ Please of Strange Times
send me ____ copies of Strange Times Name: Name:. . . . . .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . .
@ $18.95 + $2.00 p&p.+ $2.00 p&p.
@ $18.95
Address: . . . . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . .
Address:
Enclosed is a cheque foris $_______
Enclosed a cheque for $_______
OR please debitOR
myplease debit my Visa/Mastercard
Visa/Mastercard # # . . . . . . ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. ... .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. ... .. .. .. . .
...........................................
...........................................
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .